The Money Advantage Podcast https://themoneyadvantage.com Personal Finance for the Entrepreneurially-Minded! Sun, 24 Mar 2019 11:16:53 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=5.1.1 The Money Advantage provides simple, fun, and doable financial talk that helps you build financial freedom with cash flow strategies, Infinite Banking, and alternative investments.<br /> <br /> We help established business owners find and fix money leaks and leverage alternative savings strategies so they have more to invest, without working harder or sacrificing their lifestyle.<br /> <br /> Through our family office model, we utilize strategies for cash flow, long-term tax reduction, estate and business legal planning, creative whole life insurance strategies (Privatized Banking) and alternative investments. Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean episodic Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall hello@themoneyadvantage.com hello@themoneyadvantage.com (Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall) Personal Finance for the Entrepreneurially-Minded! The Money Advantage Podcast https://themoneyadvantage.com/wp-content/uploads/powerpress/3000x_border-798.jpg https://themoneyadvantage.com 10 Top Mistakes Buying Life Insurance https://themoneyadvantage.com/10-mistakes-buying-life-insurance/ Sun, 24 Mar 2019 10:30:57 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5128 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E3AzQpUL16Y When buying life insurance, most people don’t have a complete map.  Without all the information to make the best decisions, many people make mistakes that lead to buyer’s remorse.  But you don’t have to worry.  Because you’re reading this, you can recognize and sidestep the common pitfalls people make in buying life insurance. Don’t end up frustrated, discouraged, unsatisfied, or without protection in your greatest hour of need. If so, what you buy won't serve you the way you thought it would.  Instead, you can make the best life insurance decisions by learning what not to do.  What We’ll Cover Today, we’ll simply answer the question: What are the most common mistakes people make when buying life insurance? We’ll help you avoid the pitfalls and win at buying life insurance.  With this information, you’ll get the protection that serves you the most. Then, you'll have the greatest peace of mind and best accomplish your goals. Where Buying Life Insurance Fits into the Cash Flow System Buying the right life insurance is important. But it’s just one small step in the greater journey of building time and money freedom.  That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings. This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  This second stage is where all aspects of insurance and Privatized Banking live. Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life. And, you'll secure your ability to control your access to capital, by being your own banker.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more. You'll invest in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. As you are empowered to make the best life insurance decisions, you’ll move beyond analysis paralysis and make forward traction. Then, you’ll gain momentum on your journey to building time and money freedom. The Top 10 Mistakes When Buying Life Insurance #1) Not Getting Your Full Human Life Value Many people get less than the maximum insurance they qualify for, leaving them underinsured.  You wouldn’t want to insure your car or your house for only half its value. So why would you leave your most valuable asset only partly protected? You are the originator of all of your other assets, the producer of your life’s wealth.  Insurance protection should start at the source.  This widely common mistake stems from mainstream skepticism about insurance. Upon further investigation, these ideas come from one of the top three myths about insurance. Myth: Worth More Dead Than Alive One of the reasons many people are underinsured is a misconception that you could leave too much for your family, or “be worth more dead than alive.”  However, the insurance company will not over-insure you.  They carefully calculate your life in economic terms. This calculation measures your income and assets you’ve built to determine the wealth potential of your life, based on what you’ve produced up to this point.  The maximum amount of death benefit you can qualify for is called your Human Life Value (HLV). Buying life insurance protects your income. Just like a home insurer wouldn’t insure a $100K home for $3 Million, the life insurer will not insure you for more than they believe you could produce during your lifetime.  Insurance simply takes on the risk of filling up your wealth reservoirs to the level you would have, if you do not get the chance to actualize your production by living out your full life expectancy. With less life insurance than your HLV limit, you’re underinsured. If they lost you,

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E3AzQpUL16Y

When buying life insurance, most people don’t have a complete map.  Without all the information to make the best decisions, many people make mistakes that lead to buyer’s remorse.  But you don’t have to worry.  Because you’re reading this, you can recognize and sidestep the common pitfalls people make in buying life insurance.

Don’t end up frustrated, discouraged, unsatisfied, or without protection in your greatest hour of need. If so, what you buy won’t serve you the way you thought it would. 

Instead, you can make the best life insurance decisions by learning what not to do. 



What We’ll Cover

Today, we’ll simply answer the question:

  1. What are the most common mistakes people make when buying life insurance?

We’ll help you avoid the pitfalls and win at buying life insurance.  With this information, you’ll get the protection that serves you the most. Then, you’ll have the greatest peace of mind and best accomplish your goals.

Where Buying Life Insurance Fits into the Cash Flow System

Buying the right life insurance is important. But it’s just one small step in the greater journey of building time and money freedom. 

That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System

Privatized Banking

The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings. This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.

Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  This second stage is where all aspects of insurance and Privatized Banking live. Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life. And, you’ll secure your ability to control your access to capital, by being your own banker. 

Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more. You’ll invest in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.

As you are empowered to make the best life insurance decisions, you’ll move beyond analysis paralysis and make forward traction. Then, you’ll gain momentum on your journey to building time and money freedom.

The Top 10 Mistakes When Buying Life Insurance

#1) Not Getting Your Full Human Life Value

Many people get less than the maximum insurance they qualify for, leaving them underinsured. 

You wouldn’t want to insure your car or your house for only half its value. So why would you leave your most valuable asset only partly protected? You are the originator of all of your other assets, the producer of your life’s wealth.  Insurance protection should start at the source. 

This widely common mistake stems from mainstream skepticism about insurance. Upon further investigation, these ideas come from one of the top three myths about insurance.

Myth: Worth More Dead Than Alive

One of the reasons many people are underinsured is a misconception that you could leave too much for your family, or “be worth more dead than alive.” 

However, the insurance company will not over-insure you.  They carefully calculate your life in economic terms. This calculation measures your income and assets you’ve built to determine the wealth potential of your life, based on what you’ve produced up to this point.  The maximum amount of death benefit you can qualify for is called your Human Life Value (HLV).

Buying life insurance protects your income.

Just like a home insurer wouldn’t insure a $100K home for $3 Million, the life insurer will not insure you for more than they believe you could produce during your lifetime.  Insurance simply takes on the risk of filling up your wealth reservoirs to the level you would have, if you do not get the chance to actualize your production by living out your full life expectancy.

With less life insurance than your HLV limit, you’re underinsured. If they lost you, family members would be left in a financial crisis, in addition to the grief they’d experience.

When you buy your full HLV in life insurance, you give your family one of the greatest gifts possible.  If something ever happened to you, they have the peace of mind that they would remain economically stable.  This gives them space and time to mourn without having to jump into action to make ends meet. 

Myth: Life Insurance Is Needs-Based

Another reason people stay tragically underinsured is that they believe life insurance’s job is just to cover the necessities.  That’s because, when buying life insurance, most people start with tallying their needs.  For instance, if there’s a remaining balance on the mortgage of $350,000, they’ll settle for $350,000 of life insurance, just so the spouse wouldn’t have to worry about making house payments. 

Even if you add in the typical needs analysis categories to account for college savings, paying off all loans, etc., you’re being forced to start from the basis of needs.  This approach is inherently restrictive, as it’s the minimum required.

However, life insurance is really about ensuring that what you want to happen in your absence will actually happen. 

Your family could continue on life as it was. Your spouse wouldn’t have to go back to work, downsize the house, take the kids out of private school, or abort the dream of building time and money freedom.  And if you were planning a 40th birthday European vacation, a car for your daughter when she turns 16, or funding your grandchildren’s college, these wants will still happen without a hitch.

Myth: There’s Always Tomorrow

If you’re underinsured, you may not have the chance to fix it later. Future health problems may arise, making you uninsurable, and preventing the opportunity to increase your protection.

Don’t fall prey to these myths.

Failure to recognize the value of life insurance is really an indication of the failure to recognize your own value.  You are worth insuring fully, completely, and properly. 

#2) Not Buying the Right Life Insurance Policy Type

We’ll chunk this one down into two different ways people end up getting the wrong kind of policy

Only Buying Term Life Insurance

First, if you buy term insurance only, it will be there for you just until the policy expires. 

According to industry data, only about 1 – 2% of term insurance policies pay out.  Either the owner outlives the term, or the owner converts it to a permanent policy. If they outlive the term, they’ve paid into a policy all those years and received zero benefit in return.  If they converted to a permanent policy, they later recognized the value of life insurance.

One of the reasons that term insurance is so popular is that it’s usually lower cost than a permanent policy.  Today anyway.  We’ll address this further in mistake #3.

Another common belief is that you won’t have a “need” for life insurance after you retire.  This misnomer stems from the belief that you will have accumulated enough assets to be self-insured. Supposedly, you will have all your liabilities paid off, kids will be adults, and your spouse won’t need income, since they’ll have Social Security, maybe a pension, and retirement accounts that will give them a comfortable standard of living.

But because of typical financial planning this vision isn’t becoming a reality for most people.  Even if it was, we see an increase in the desire to own life insurance as people age.  Some of the reasons include a desire to leave a legacy and take care of loved ones.

Life insurance is a when product, not for the if or just in case. The only time you really want it is the moment before you exit the planet.  Since we can’t predict with any degree of accuracy when that will be, the wisest step is to ensure it will be there at that moment. Then, you’ll have the greatest peace of mind.

You do this by having a permanent policy that covers you for your whole life.

Buying a Permanent Life Insurance Policy That Lacks Guarantees

Secondly, many popular permanent policies like universal, variable universal, and variable life insurance solve one problem but create another. 

They are classified as permanent policies because they cover you for the full course of your life.  You solve the problem of an expiring term because you get the peace of mind that the policy will pay out, whenever you die. 

However, these policies are built on annually renewable term insurance, which has an increased cost of insurance each year.  If the cash value growth isn’t sufficient to make the premium payments in the later years, you could end up with no cash value and an ever-increasing premium. 

We’ve seen too many of these types of policies require more premium due than illustrated when the insured reaches their 70s and 80s.  This leads to families who might be funding care of elder parents and counting on the life insurance benefit as reimbursement, being left in a lurch.  They have to scrape up extra money to find a way to keep the policy in force or risk having to surrender the policy because they couldn’t afford the ever-increasing premiums.

#3) Trying to Save Money

Saving money is a noble, worthy objective.  But going cheap and cutting costs on important things today ends up costing you more in the long run. 

Try “saving money” by living on a diet of top ramen. You’ll soon realize that your health bills cost way more than buying wholesome veggies and protein.

It’s the same with buying insurance.  If you’re buying life insurance when you’re young and in excellent health, term insurance is usually the cheapest option. Today. 

The problem is that by using a term only approach throughout your whole life to “save money,” you may actually spend the most. 

Because term insurance is designed to be a short-term solution, costs dramatically increase when you renew the policy in your later years.  A person living past their 70’s could easily expect the total premium output over their lifetime to actually be higher than the death benefit itself.  If that’s the case, a whole lifetime of term insurance is probably the worst financial decision you can make.  (More about why term insurance rates increase with time in this blog about how to shop for life insurance.)

Additionally, with the term only strategy, you wouldn’t have access to cash value during your lifetime.  This limits the good your policy can do for you.

Another way “saving money” with insurance comes back to hurt you is when you buy less insurance to lower the cost.  But this leaves you underinsured. 

Again, to “save money,” you may cancel a policy or choose not to renew it, leaving you without coverage when you need it most.

If you want to save money on insurance, use our 7 tips to make sure you’re doing it in a way you won’t regret later.

#4) Focusing Only on Death Benefit

Life insurance is a multi-faceted tool.  Focusing only on the death benefit could be called buying “death insurance.”  Even if you’re maximizing your human life value, “death insurance” is about as morbid as it sounds because it doesn’t do anything for you while you’re living.

10 Mistakes Buying Life Insurance

To get your life insurance to enhance your life during your lifetime, you want to have cash value that you can use. 

This gives you control of a pool of growing, liquid, accessible capital that won’t vanish if the stock market falls.  That means that you can build a reserve for emergencies and opportunities, giving you peace of mind and financial stability if your income dried up, an unexpected expense arose, or when you want cash ready to deploy in a perfect investment.

If you focus on death benefit only, you’ll miss the opportunity to get your money doing the most for you.

To gain the greatest control, longevity, guarantees, and death benefit, we almost exclusively use a combination of term and whole life insurance.

#5) Relying on Group Coverage

Group insurance is a benefit many employers offer to their employees. It’s part of providing a competitive compensation package to attract and retain quality talent. 

Group life insurance is attractive because it’s simple, quick, and easy.  It’s low cost because it’s collectively bargained.  It’s easy to set it and forget it because it comes out of your monthly paycheck.  There’s very little barrier to entry because it’s usually guaranteed issue, meaning you can still get covered, even if you aren’t healthy.  You can also usually add coverage for a spouse, and sometimes even your kids.

However, the employee who relies on group life insurance is putting a Band-Aid on something that needs stitches.

Here’s why relying on group coverage is a mistake. 

Most group policies are not portable.  If you leave your employer, whether by choice or not, you often can’t take your coverage with you.  If you do have the option to continue the policy, you’d move from the group cost to an individual cost as a one-year renewable policy, at your current age. This means you can expect a huge cost jump.

While group coverage is an easy first step into life insurance, it shouldn’t suffice to check life insurance off your to-do list.

Use group coverage as a supplement, but not as your primary life insurance coverage.

#6) Not the Right Product Design

One of the biggest mistakes in buying life insurance is settling for the wrong product design because it won’t do what you expect it to do for you.

You need to have a candid dialogue with your life insurance agent that includes knowing your purpose for buying life insurance and what you’re trying to accomplish.  Then, the policy needs to be designed to best suit those objectives.

If you want to implement Privatized Banking with high cash value life insurance to be able to use your cash early, make sure you’re working with an agency that’s familiar with that strategy. 

Ideally, Privatized Banking policies should have at least 50 – 60% of your premium dollars available in cash value in year 1, right after your check clears.  Then, you can access your cash with a policy loan right away.

While most life insurance agents are well-intentioned, they’re often more familiar with designing policies for long-term cash accumulation, not policies that are meant to be used.  These objectives aren’t wrong, but make sure your policy will work for what you intend.

#7) Not Buying With the Right Life Insurance Carriers

Another major mistake people make when buying life insurance, is working with a specific company just because it’s convenient. 

Maybe your brother, uncle, or best friend is in the industry, and you end up buying a policy with a particular company just because that’s the one they recommend.  Or you chose who to work with because it’s a big company with a lot of apparent clout.

That being said, insurance companies rarely go out of business.  As an industry, they maintain high standards and a strong reputation.

However, rather than choosing on the basis of convenience, you want to work with the best life insurance companies.  Your minimum criteria should be a mutual company that has A ratings or better, a Comdex score of 80+, and a 100+ year history of paying dividends. 

#8) Not Buying the Right Life Insurance Riders

It probably comes with no surprise to you that not all life insurance is designed alike.  Not only are there many carriers and companies to work with, but each also has multiple product types and policy features.  Then, many add-ons can improve the versatility and performance of your policy.

Here are a few key riders you want to make sure you include in your policy.  Some have an additional charge, and some are included as amendments to the original policy without an added cost.

Overlooking these riders, either because you didn’t know to ask for them or your life insurance agent didn’t inform you can lead to later regrets and lack of versatility.

Paid-Up Additions Rider

A Paid-Up Additions rider (PUA) enhances a whole life insurance policy.  This is a key policy design feature that allows for maximum cash value accumulation.

Waiver of Premium Rider

The Waiver of Premium rider provides for the life insurance company to pay your policy premiums if you lose your income due to disability.  This allows your policy to remain in force, even if you can’t continue funding it in that circumstance.

Accelerated Death Benefit Rider (Terminal Illness and Chronic Illness Riders)

An Accelerated Death Benefit rider allows a portion of the death benefit to be fronted to the policyholder if they are diagnosed with a terminal illness.  Also called a Terminal Illness rider or referred to as a bucket list rider, this allows you to use the policy however you want to, whether to enjoy life to the fullest, go on vacation, etc. if confronted with that reality.

A similar rider is the Long-Term Care rider, or Chronic Illness rider, accelerates the death benefit to you in the event of the failure to perform some of the activities of daily living.  The funding can then be used to fund long-term care expenses or pay for other medical costs. 

Convertibility Rider

A convertibility rider is critical to have on any term policies.  This rider gives you the option to convert to a permanent policy at any time during the term, using your original underwriting status.  You’re essentially “locking in” your health rating for the future, so you won’t have to pass underwriting again when you convert.  Your rates for the new, converted policy will be based on your age at the time of conversion.

The primary advantage of having these riders on your life insurance policy is that you now own a master key that can be used no matter how life turns out in the future.  Rather than paying for expensive individual products that do only one thing, life insurance can be your Swiss army knife that can handle just about anything.  You aren’t stuck with having paid for something you may never get to use.  This gives you the greatest peace of mind that you’ll be able to handle whatever circumstances you face.

#9) Over-Analyzing

One of the biggest mistakes in buying life insurance is being afraid to make a mistake.  Perfectionism is best friends with procrastination. 

Deciding not to decide, then, is having decided.

If you over-analyze, you’ll run the risk of making the greatest mistake in buying life insurance, which is ….

#10) Not Buying Life Insurance Soon Enough

Hand-in-hand with over-analyzing, if your decision-making process prevents you from moving forward and buying life insurance, you’ll have the greatest mistake of all on your hands. 

While it’s a mistake with dire consequences, it’s the #1 most common mistake in buying life insurance.  There’s not a client we meet that doesn’t say, I wish I started this sooner! 

The sooner you buy life insurance, the lower your lifetime premiums will be, the better ratings you’ll secure, and the more likely you are to be able to be insured.  Also, if you’re starting with a whole life policy, the earlier you start, the more cash value and death benefit you’ll build up over time because you’re getting the policy to work for longer.

Possibly the worst consequence of delaying a life insurance purchase is that it could mean that you lose the opportunity to buy it at all. 

No age is too old to buy life insurance.  In fact, we have written well-performing policies on clients even in their 70s.  However, as we age, health concerns often increase, limiting or preventing insurability.

If you find yourself in a situation where your health makes life insurance unproductive for you, there is redemption.  To obtain the benefits of control, access to cash value, and the ability to transfer your legacy, you could buy whole life insurance on a spouse, child, grandchild, or a parent. 

Your Decision Point

Today, we’ve covered the top 10 mistakes we see people making when they buy life insurance.  Our purpose is not to scare you or make you afraid of making mistakes.  Rather, getting a bird’s eye view on what everyone else is doing wrong will help you make winning decisions.

Instead of making life insurance decisions you’ll regret later, recognize the mistakes, so you don’t make them.  Use these 10 common mistakes to help you avoid the pitfalls and mental shortcuts that leave you vulnerable, unprotected, and dissatisfied with your purchase in the years to come.

If you’ve made some of these mistakes in the past, don’t beat yourself up over it.  Don’t let past mistakes prevent you from making the best decisions today.  You’ll never make perfect decisions.  You’ll only make the best decision you can with the information available to you.  We hope that you now have a lot more information and clarity to make great decisions.  Move forward today, make the best decision with the information you have, and your future self with be forever grateful.

In the future, you can always add on to your strategy, continually improving as you go.

For more information on Specially Designed Life Insurance Contracts, get our free 20-minute guide: Privatized Banking – The Unfair Advantage

For help determining the right life insurance strategy for you, book a call with our advisor team today.  We’ll also help you discover the one thing you should be doing today to optimize your personal economy and accelerate time and money freedom. 

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E3AzQpUL16Y When buying life insurance, most people don’t have a complete map.  Without all the information to make the best decisions, many people make mistakes that lead to buyer’s remorse.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E3AzQpUL16Y




When buying life insurance, most people don’t have a complete map.  Without all the information to make the best decisions, many people make mistakes that lead to buyer’s remorse.  But you don’t have to worry.  Because you’re reading this, you can recognize and sidestep the common pitfalls people make in buying life insurance.



Don’t end up frustrated, discouraged, unsatisfied, or without protection in your greatest hour of need. If so, what you buy won't serve you the way you thought it would. 



Instead, you can make the best life insurance decisions by learning what not to do. 







What We’ll Cover



Today, we’ll simply answer the question:



* What are the most common mistakes people make when buying life insurance?



We’ll help you avoid the pitfalls and win at buying life insurance.  With this information, you’ll get the protection that serves you the most. Then, you'll have the greatest peace of mind and best accomplish your goals.



Where Buying Life Insurance Fits into the Cash Flow System



Buying the right life insurance is important. But it’s just one small step in the greater journey of building time and money freedom. 



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System







The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings. This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  This second stage is where all aspects of insurance and Privatized Banking live. Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life. And, you'll secure your ability to control your access to capital, by being your own banker. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more. You'll invest in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



As you are empowered to make the best life insurance decisions, you’ll move beyond analysis paralysis and make forward traction. Then, you’ll gain momentum on your journey to building time and money freedom.



The Top 10 Mistakes When Buying Life Insurance



#1) Not Getting Your Full Human Life Value



Many people get less than the maximum insurance they qualify for, leaving them underinsured. 



You wouldn’t want to insure your car or your house for only half its value. So why would you leave your most valuable asset only partly protected? You are the originator of all of your other assets, the producer of your life’s wealth.  Insurance protection should start at the source. 



This widely common mistake stems from mainstream skepticism about insurance. Upon further investigation, these ideas come from one of the top three myths about insurance.



Myth: Worth More Dead Than Alive



One of the reasons many people are underinsured is ...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 52:29
Pat Hiban, Six Steps to Seven Figures https://themoneyadvantage.com/pat-hiban-six-steps-to-seven-figures/ Mon, 18 Mar 2019 09:00:18 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5007 As a residential agent, Pat Hiban sold over 6,000 residential homes, earning the title of Billion Dollar Agent.  He’s also the host of Real Estate Rockstar Radio, best-selling author of Six Steps to Seven Figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to Building Wealth and Creating Your Destiny, founder of Rebus University and Big Profit Agents Community, and co-founder of GoBundance. Pat Hiban is a business owner who has created a life and business he loves.  Not only that, but he’s also built an investment portfolio of cash-flowing assets.  Putting these steps in place requires the right mindset.  Through this conversation, you have the opportunity to learn from his journey, model the successful few, and accelerate your success. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System As important as your mindset, your business success, and your investing strategy are, they are part of the bigger picture of building time and money freedom.  Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and alternative savings strategies.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets like your business and real estate to financial freedom and leave a rich legacy. Who Is Pat Hiban? After being labeled “learning disabled with speech deficiencies” in the 2nd grade, Pat Hiban struggled through public school and graduated college in 1987 with a 2.6 GPA. After college, Pat jumped into the sales industry with the least barrier to entry – Real Estate!!!  In his first year, Pat struggled and almost quit, making just a little over $13,000 in commissions.  For the last 30 years, Pat has been heavily involved in the Real Estate industry as a top agent, broker, and investor in residential and commercial properties. Throughout his career, he has sold over one billion dollars in Real Estate, including over 500 homes in a single year, and 14 homes in a single day. He has been recognized by both Re/Max and Keller Williams as their number one agent in the world!  In 2010, he sold his team business to his longtime partner, Mike Sloan, and went on a book tour to promote his book 6 steps to 7 figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to Building Wealth and Creating Your Destiny. With the help of an introduction written personally by Gary Keller, the book went on to sell over 20,000 copies, hitting #6 on the New York Times Best Seller list and #1 on Amazon and Barnes and Noble. He is an active investor with over 40 lines of passive income (mostly Real Estate).  In 2014, Pat Hiban launched his podcast Real Estate Rockstars, which has had close to 3 million unique downloads by Real Estate Agents from 108 countries. He currently owns and operates Rebus University and Big Profit Agents which are training platforms for active Real Estate salespeople. He has 2 daughters in their 20’s and resides in Folly Beach South Carolina with his wife of 25 years. Conversation Highlights It wasn’t a passion for real estate, but the desire to make more money than his peers and not have a boss that drew Pat Hiban into real estate for himself, his life, and his finances.Pat Hiban went through several shifts on his way to success. The first was from a salary job to commissions with higher potential earning capacity.  Then, he shifted from being a buyer’s agent to a listing agent.  When he lost a million dollars in the stock market, he decided to invest his money in real estate instead.  Finally, he decided to build businesses, rather than just a job.To turn his work into a business, Pat leveraged teams. His objective was to buy time.

As a residential agent, Pat Hiban sold over 6,000 residential homes, earning the title of Billion Dollar Agent.  He’s also the host of Real Estate Rockstar Radio, best-selling author of Six Steps to Seven Figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to Building Wealth and Creating Your Destiny, founder of Rebus University and Big Profit Agents Community, and co-founder of GoBundance.

Pat Hiban is a business owner who has created a life and business he loves.  Not only that, but he’s also built an investment portfolio of cash-flowing assets. 

Putting these steps in place requires the right mindset.  Through this conversation, you have the opportunity to learn from his journey, model the successful few, and accelerate your success.



Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System

As important as your mindset, your business success, and your investing strategy are, they are part of the bigger picture of building time and money freedom. 

Money Mindset

Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and alternative savings strategies.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.

Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking. 

Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets like your business and real estate to financial freedom and leave a rich legacy.

Who Is Pat Hiban?

After being labeled “learning disabled with speech deficiencies” in the 2nd grade, Pat Hiban struggled through public school and graduated college in 1987 with a 2.6 GPA.

After college, Pat jumped into the sales industry with the least barrier to entry – Real Estate!!!  In his first year, Pat struggled and almost quit, making just a little over $13,000 in commissions. 

For the last 30 years, Pat has been heavily involved in the Real Estate industry as a top agent, broker, and investor in residential and commercial properties. Throughout his career, he has sold over one billion dollars in Real Estate, including over 500 homes in a single year, and 14 homes in a single day. He has been recognized by both Re/Max and Keller Williams as their number one agent in the world! 

Pat Hiban, Six Steps to Seven Figures

In 2010, he sold his team business to his longtime partner, Mike Sloan, and went on a book tour to promote his book 6 steps to 7 figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to Building Wealth and Creating Your Destiny. With the help of an introduction written personally by Gary Keller, the book went on to sell over 20,000 copies, hitting #6 on the New York Times Best Seller list and #1 on Amazon and Barnes and Noble.

He is an active investor with over 40 lines of passive income (mostly Real Estate). 

In 2014, Pat Hiban launched his podcast Real Estate Rockstars, which has had close to 3 million unique downloads by Real Estate Agents from 108 countries.

He currently owns and operates Rebus University and Big Profit Agents which are training platforms for active Real Estate salespeople.

He has 2 daughters in their 20’s and resides in Folly Beach South Carolina with his wife of 25 years.

Conversation Highlights

  1. It wasn’t a passion for real estate, but the desire to make more money than his peers and not have a boss that drew Pat Hiban into real estate for himself, his life, and his finances.
  2. Pat Hiban went through several shifts on his way to success. The first was from a salary job to commissions with higher potential earning capacity.  Then, he shifted from being a buyer’s agent to a listing agent.  When he lost a million dollars in the stock market, he decided to invest his money in real estate instead.  Finally, he decided to build businesses, rather than just a job.
  3. To turn his work into a business, Pat leveraged teams. His objective was to buy time.
  4. You must successfully interpret the business cycles, recognize creative disruption, and pivot accordingly.
  5. Everyone wins at gambling, but the successful ones stop at the right time. Success requires doing the right thing at the right time.
  6. Successful people are like dogs. They keep digging away, and then pushing the dirt behind them, storing it away and investing wisely.
  7. The advantage of being a listing agent.  How to scale your business quickly by focusing on profit-making activities.
  8. How Six Steps to Seven Figures is the wisdom Pat learned to scale his income from $13,000 to $5 Million in commissions.
  9. Pat Hiban uses his book and podcast as a way to mentor others, then developed a training platform to monetize the podcast and make his work profitable.
  10. Among business friends, Pat Hiban competed to create horizontal lines of income (multiple streams of income from assets), started doing epic bucket-list adventures together, and GoBundance was born. The mastermind community now has 180 high-performing men who talk about business, invest and travel together and create age-defying health.

Connect with Pat Hiban

Pat Hiban is giving away a copy of his book, Six Steps to Seven Figures for free if you pay the shipping. 

Also, check out his podcast, Real Estate Rockstars, training course, Rebus University, and the community of high-performing real estate agents, Big Profit Agents Community.

And to connect with high-performing people who love all things health, achievement, and success, check out GoBundance.

Create Your Time and Money Freedom

Do you want to begin building capital, putting it to work, and accelerating time and money freedom?  To find out the one thing you should be doing to increase your cash flow by keeping more of the money you make, book a Strategy Call with us today.

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
As a residential agent, Pat Hiban sold over 6,000 residential homes, earning the title of Billion Dollar Agent.  He’s also the host of Real Estate Rockstar Radio, best-selling author of Six Steps to Seven Figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to ... As a residential agent, Pat Hiban sold over 6,000 residential homes, earning the title of Billion Dollar Agent.  He’s also the host of Real Estate Rockstar Radio, best-selling author of Six Steps to Seven Figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to Building Wealth and Creating Your Destiny, founder of Rebus University and Big Profit Agents Community, and co-founder of GoBundance.



Pat Hiban is a business owner who has created a life and business he loves.  Not only that, but he’s also built an investment portfolio of cash-flowing assets. 



Putting these steps in place requires the right mindset.  Through this conversation, you have the opportunity to learn from his journey, model the successful few, and accelerate your success.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System



As important as your mindset, your business success, and your investing strategy are, they are part of the bigger picture of building time and money freedom. 







Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and alternative savings strategies.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.



Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets like your business and real estate to financial freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Who Is Pat Hiban?



After being labeled “learning disabled with speech deficiencies” in the 2nd grade, Pat Hiban struggled through public school and graduated college in 1987 with a 2.6 GPA.



After college, Pat jumped into the sales industry with the least barrier to entry – Real Estate!!!  In his first year, Pat struggled and almost quit, making just a little over $13,000 in commissions. 



For the last 30 years, Pat has been heavily involved in the Real Estate industry as a top agent, broker, and investor in residential and commercial properties. Throughout his career, he has sold over one billion dollars in Real Estate, including over 500 homes in a single year, and 14 homes in a single day. He has been recognized by both Re/Max and Keller Williams as their number one agent in the world! 







In 2010, he sold his team business to his longtime partner, Mike Sloan, and went on a book tour to promote his book 6 steps to 7 figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to Building Wealth and Creating Your Destiny. With the help of an introduction written personally by Gary Keller, the book went on to sell over 20,000 copies, hitting #6 on the New York Times Best Seller list and #1 on Amazon and Barnes and Noble.



He is an active investor with over 40 lines of passive income (mostly Real Estate). 



In 2014, Pat Hiban launched his podcast Real Estate Rockstars, which has had close to 3 million unique downloads by Real Estate Agents from 108 countries.



He currently owns and operates Rebus University and Big Profit Agents which are training platforms for active Real Estate salespeople.


]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 48:53
Don’t Step Over Dollars to Chase Pennies https://themoneyadvantage.com/step-over-dollars-to-chase-pennies/ Mon, 11 Mar 2019 09:00:03 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5004 One of the biggest mistakes people make in saving money is stepping over dollars to chase pennies.  This happens any time you put so much time and energy into cost-cutting tactics to save a few cents, that you ignore the greater opportunities to make money. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EG9TtjM2wHE The reason this is so attractive is that it takes less mental energy to remove something than it does to add. However, the glamour stops there, because you can’t shrink your way to wealth.  For your efforts to result in the freedom you crave, you must stay in the right mindset of abundance, creation, innovation, and production. Two Mindsets About Saving Money You want to save more in your business and personal life.  But when it comes to saving money, there are two methods.  And these camps are about as opposite as can be. The Procrastinators On one extreme, there are the procrastinators.  (Newsflash: if you’re reading this article, this probably isn’t you.) This is the mindset of the person who lives it up today, overspending and overleveraging but attempting to outrun the mess by making more money.  They think that higher income will solve all their problems.  They’re partially right.  If they did make more money, they could build savings.  However, Parkinson’s Law takes over and finds a way to spend the new income before they have a chance to save it.  Unfortunately, this strategy comes with some pretty hefty baggage.  Stress and worry become constant adversaries when you’re not being honest with yourself. Instead of creating solid wealth habits, those who follow this method continually spend tomorrow fixing today’s mistakes. The Misers: Experts in Stepping Over Dollars to Chase Pennies In the other camp, we have the misers, the experts in stepping over dollars to chase pennies. These people try to spend as little as possible.  In fact, they seem to think spending nothing at all is akin to godliness or some kind of financial nirvana.  They scrutinize every decision, always opting for the cheapest option. The end game of this mindset isn’t pretty either.  Imagine the miser invented a way to live with zero expense.  What then? They may have all the money in the world, but they'd be stunted in their ability to enjoy life. Life and Business Examples of Stepping Over Dollars to Chase Pennies The misers will drive six miles out of the way to save two cents per gallon on gasoline.  They’ll fail to hire a needed accountant, administrative assistant, marketing strategist, or business coach because they “can’t afford to pay someone else to do it.”  They buy from the cheapest suppliers and brag about how little they spend. How do I know?  I’m embarrassed to admit that I used to live here.  About 7 years ago, right as I was starting out in business, I attended an extreme couponing class.  I then spent several months zealously clipping and organizing coupons in a thick binder full of baseball card holders.  I then planned my meals and weekly shopping around the coupons and sales and rejoiced when my bill was smaller than my savings.  The problem was, I filled the pantry and closets with huge stashes of toothpaste and Worcestershire sauces we’d never use, just because they were “basically free.”  And the time I spent conserving dollars could have been used to work in the business, increasing my production, and consequently, my income. Here’s one business owner’s story about how she stepped over dollars to chase pennies.  Doing everything herself to save money capped her business potential.  After she allocated the money she did have accordingly to hire and spend where the most help and resources were needed, she had the time and energy to excel and grow her business. How to Escape the Naivety of the Procrastinator, Without Falling into the Trap of the Miser Neither the procrastinator or the miser have solid money habits that lead to wealth production.  Yes,

One of the biggest mistakes people make in saving money is stepping over dollars to chase pennies.  This happens any time you put so much time and energy into cost-cutting tactics to save a few cents, that you ignore the greater opportunities to make money.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EG9TtjM2wHE

The reason this is so attractive is that it takes less mental energy to remove something than it does to add. However, the glamour stops there, because you can’t shrink your way to wealth. 

For your efforts to result in the freedom you crave, you must stay in the right mindset of abundance, creation, innovation, and production.

Two Mindsets About Saving Money

You want to save more in your business and personal life.  But when it comes to saving money, there are two methods.  And these camps are about as opposite as can be.



The Procrastinators

On one extreme, there are the procrastinators.  (Newsflash: if you’re reading this article, this probably isn’t you.)

This is the mindset of the person who lives it up today, overspending and overleveraging but attempting to outrun the mess by making more money.  They think that higher income will solve all their problems. 

They’re partially right.  If they did make more money, they could build savings.  However, Parkinson’s Law takes over and finds a way to spend the new income before they have a chance to save it. 

Unfortunately, this strategy comes with some pretty hefty baggage.  Stress and worry become constant adversaries when you’re not being honest with yourself. Instead of creating solid wealth habits, those who follow this method continually spend tomorrow fixing today’s mistakes.

The Misers: Experts in Stepping Over Dollars to Chase Pennies

In the other camp, we have the misers, the experts in stepping over dollars to chase pennies.

These people try to spend as little as possible.  In fact, they seem to think spending nothing at all is akin to godliness or some kind of financial nirvana.  They scrutinize every decision, always opting for the cheapest option.

The end game of this mindset isn’t pretty either.  Imagine the miser invented a way to live with zero expense.  What then? They may have all the money in the world, but they’d be stunted in their ability to enjoy life.

Life and Business Examples of Stepping Over Dollars to Chase Pennies

The misers will drive six miles out of the way to save two cents per gallon on gasoline.  They’ll fail to hire a needed accountant, administrative assistant, marketing strategist, or business coach because they “can’t afford to pay someone else to do it.”  They buy from the cheapest suppliers and brag about how little they spend.

How do I know?  I’m embarrassed to admit that I used to live here. 

About 7 years ago, right as I was starting out in business, I attended an extreme couponing class.  I then spent several months zealously clipping and organizing coupons in a thick binder full of baseball card holders.  I then planned my meals and weekly shopping around the coupons and sales and rejoiced when my bill was smaller than my savings. 

The problem was, I filled the pantry and closets with huge stashes of toothpaste and Worcestershire sauces we’d never use, just because they were “basically free.” 

And the time I spent conserving dollars could have been used to work in the business, increasing my production, and consequently, my income.

Here’s one business owner’s story about how she stepped over dollars to chase pennies.  Doing everything herself to save money capped her business potential.  After she allocated the money she did have accordingly to hire and spend where the most help and resources were needed, she had the time and energy to excel and grow her business.

How to Escape the Naivety of the Procrastinator, Without Falling into the Trap of the Miser

Neither the procrastinator or the miser have solid money habits that lead to wealth production. 

Yes, you have the responsibility to steward the resources you currently have, delay gratification, and build wealth before you enjoy it.

But don’t run headlong into miser territory or you’ll end up stepping over dollars to chase pennies.

How do you build time and money freedom without shooting yourself in the foot with the scarcity mindset of the miser?  How do you instead keep an abundance mindset while reaching towards your financial goals?

In Today’s Conversation

This conversation will help you increase the stewardship of all of your resources. Then, you’ll make the most of your time, your money, and your life.    

We’ll show you why most money-saving tactics are a waste of time and what to do instead.  You’ll find out how to keep an abundance mindset when you’re saving money. 

And most importantly, you’ll know where to focus your time to impact your cash flow the most.

Where Your Mindset About Spending and Saving Fits in the Cash Flow System

To save more, increase your cash flow. One way to do this is to reduce your expenses so that saving happens consistently, as a top financial priority.

Cash Flow Awareness is a critical financial milestone that helps you track your money, create a spending plan, and get in control of your expenses.

Cash Flow Awareness

As necessary as this step is, it’s just one chapter in the story of building time and money freedom.

Before you tackle your expenses, you need the right mindset, or you’ll wind up stepping over dollars to chase pennies.

And after you’re in control of your cash flow, you’ll be able to save more, building peace of mind, and giving you more money to put to work.

That’s why we’ve put together the Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System, to help you through all three steps of achieving a life of significance when you create financial freedom.  First, you build a foundation to help you keep more of the money you make. Then you protect your money. Finally, you get it working for you to increase your cash flow from assets.

Why Most Money-Saving Tactics Are A Waste of Time

I want to tread lightly here because often, there are legitimate and healthy ways to cut overhead, increase efficiency, and boost profits immediately.  These steps are necessary and even critical to save your personal finances and business from drowning.

What I’m talking about is taking the cost-cutting to the extreme.  Extreme couponing, cutting your own hair, rationing the heat … you get the idea.

If you really wanted to save money, you could buy a goat so you’d never have to mow the lawn, grow your own food, wash your laundry by hand, ride a bicycle to save gas, and forgo the modern convenience of electricity.

You Get What You Focus On

You get more of whatever you focus on. So, watch where you put your attention because that thing will grow and consume your life. 

You can increase cash flow in two ways.

You can spend less. 

This emphasis is restrictive and limiting in nature.  You’re worried about not having enough money to go around.  It translates to business worries about not having enough clients and the fear of money running out.  Ultimately, this will repel your best clients, becoming a self-fulfilling prophecy. 

This is pure scarcity in the driver’s seat.  The best case is spending nothing at all, and even still, you wouldn’t be happy or fulfilled.

Or, you can earn more. 

Here, you’re focused on expansion and growth.  You’re developing your potential and exercising your full capacity of production. The best case is unlimited and infinite potential, more innovation, or developing new product lines or service areas. You’d increase your creativity and pride in your work, and serve more people, improving their lives.

This is abundance in action.  It’s putting feet to your faith.

The thing is, you get to choose what you focus on, and consequently, what your life impact will be.  You can’t be in fear and faith at the same time.

Steward of All Your Resources

When you consider stewardship, it’s easy to think of managing the money you’ve already made. 

However, I believe stewardship starts much earlier in the financial cycle. 

Your resources extend far beyond the money itself, to the resources that cause your money in the first place.  You were given the raw materials of time, talent, mental capacity, and attention. These gifts call upon your responsibility to use them to make the most out of your life.

You direct your production first, by stewarding your time, attention, and abilities to produce the greatest value.   Only then have you earned the ability to direct and steward what you’ve produced.

Time is Your Most Valuable Commodity

As Americans, we make over 35,000 decisions a day.  When you break it down to the micro level, it’s easy to see how that’s possible. 

You didn’t just decide to work today, you decided exactly which tasks to do, in what order, at precisely what time. Then, you adjusted your decisions potentially based on deciding how to respond to other people’s decisions and the thousands of other stimuli you encountered.  You decided which lane to drive in, when to change lanes, and the precise second and pressure you used as you started to brake for the light ahead.

Don't Step Over Dollars to Chase Pennies

With so many micro-decisions calling for your time and attention, what decisions will you make in how you spend your time in pursuit of your financial goals?

There’s an opportunity cost on your time because, with every decision to use your time one way, you’ve literally cut off your ability to use your time and attention another way.

In Thou Shalt Prosper, Rabbi Daniel Lapin illustrates the decision to use his time to conserve vs. using that same time to produce. 

Given 90 minutes during an afternoon, he could choose to mow his lawn to save $60 it would have cost to hire a landscaper.  The impact to his personal economy would be that he reduced a potential outflow, increasing cash flow by $60. 

If instead of reduction, he focused on production, he could spend the time to finish writing a manual for a car dealership owned by a friend of his and get paid their agreed-upon $350. Meanwhile, he could hire the landscaper and pay him $60, increasing his overall cash flow by $290.

Production = Service = Exchange = Velocity

Taking this story one step further, the focus on production has improved the financial condition of three people: the friend, the author, and the landscaper.  Each now has more money as a result of the decision to produce, rather than constrict the flow of money.

Staying in abundance enables us to improve the lives of others.  Instead of shrinking our own life, we expand our life and the lives of others around us.  Because of the principle:

Dollars follow value

When I produce, I provide a value exchange for others, paving the way to a financial transaction.  When money changes hands, it increases the velocity of money, the number of times that it can work in our lives and the lives of others.

Therefore, the more we elevate our production, the more opportunities we gain to improve the lives of others, either by providing value or compensation, which are really just two sides of the same coin.

If you’re hunched over, agonizing about saving five cents, when you could be coming up with an idea to serve others and increase your wealth by $20,000 instead, you’re shrinking as a person and exercising poor stewardship over your most valuable time resource.

What Is Wealth?

Wealth isn’t just more dollars in the bank account.  It’s a more fulfilling life, more experiences, more accomplishments, more friendships, and better health, as articulated beautifully by Jon and Missy Butcher, of Lifebook.

Wealth is having cash flow from assets.

Any way you look at it, you can’t become wealthy and satisfied by spending nothing at all.  Instead, wealth comes from creating more. 

How Do You Create Dollars Instead of Stepping Over Dollars and Chasing Pennies?

So rather than step over dollars to chase pennies, how do you focus on what matters and make more money?

You can improve your skills and education, applying them in your work and business.  You might expand your business with new products or services, or perhaps bundling or repackaging work you already have to deliver it in a new way.

Maybe you have lazy assets – money just sitting around that could be working to produce cash flow.

And a key way to make sure you overcome the treacherous rapids of Parkinson’s Law, don’t raise your lifestyle commensurate with each rise in income.

For instance, if you were spending 90% and saving 10% when you made $100K, shift your ratios when your income increases. With an income of $200K, you could save 30% and spend just 70%, still increasing your lifestyle from $90K to $140K, while gaining much more traction towards time and money freedom.

Stop Stepping Over Dollars to Chase Pennies

Now that you’ve recognized the ways you might be stepping over dollars to chase pennies, what do you do with this information? 

If you’ve been camping out in miser-land, the plane of competition, limits, and finite resources, lift your attention and perspective to the creative plane. 

Decide to switch your value system. Maybe you’ve felt that having and being less is somehow a morally superior way of being.  If so, you’re trying to take up less space, live on fewer resources, as if to apologize for existing.  If you stay here, you’re out of integrity with who you are, and you’re not valuing yourself enough to do your best work.

Instead, recognize that you are an infinite being with limitless potential.  You were not meant to live in lack.  Your most valuable purpose is to expand, do the most good, make the most money, serve the most people, and enjoy life the most.  Having and being more is the noblest thing you can achieve with your life.  It allows you to steward all of your resources to your utmost, to do and be the most.  This is how you maximize and fulfill your potential.

Book a Call to Find Out Your Next Step to Time and Money Freedom

Contact us to find out the one thing you should be doing today to optimize your personal economy and accelerate time and money freedom. 

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
One of the biggest mistakes people make in saving money is stepping over dollars to chase pennies.  This happens any time you put so much time and energy into cost-cutting tactics to save a few cents, that you ignore the greater opportunities to make m... One of the biggest mistakes people make in saving money is stepping over dollars to chase pennies.  This happens any time you put so much time and energy into cost-cutting tactics to save a few cents, that you ignore the greater opportunities to make money.




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EG9TtjM2wHE




The reason this is so attractive is that it takes less mental energy to remove something than it does to add. However, the glamour stops there, because you can’t shrink your way to wealth. 



For your efforts to result in the freedom you crave, you must stay in the right mindset of abundance, creation, innovation, and production.



Two Mindsets About Saving Money



You want to save more in your business and personal life.  But when it comes to saving money, there are two methods.  And these camps are about as opposite as can be.







The Procrastinators



On one extreme, there are the procrastinators.  (Newsflash: if you’re reading this article, this probably isn’t you.)



This is the mindset of the person who lives it up today, overspending and overleveraging but attempting to outrun the mess by making more money.  They think that higher income will solve all their problems. 



They’re partially right.  If they did make more money, they could build savings.  However, Parkinson’s Law takes over and finds a way to spend the new income before they have a chance to save it. 



Unfortunately, this strategy comes with some pretty hefty baggage.  Stress and worry become constant adversaries when you’re not being honest with yourself. Instead of creating solid wealth habits, those who follow this method continually spend tomorrow fixing today’s mistakes.



The Misers: Experts in Stepping Over Dollars to Chase Pennies



In the other camp, we have the misers, the experts in stepping over dollars to chase pennies.



These people try to spend as little as possible.  In fact, they seem to think spending nothing at all is akin to godliness or some kind of financial nirvana.  They scrutinize every decision, always opting for the cheapest option.



The end game of this mindset isn’t pretty either.  Imagine the miser invented a way to live with zero expense.  What then? They may have all the money in the world, but they'd be stunted in their ability to enjoy life.



Life and Business Examples of Stepping Over Dollars to Chase Pennies



The misers will drive six miles out of the way to save two cents per gallon on gasoline.  They’ll fail to hire a needed accountant, administrative assistant, marketing strategist, or business coach because they “can’t afford to pay someone else to do it.”  They buy from the cheapest suppliers and brag about how little they spend.



How do I know?  I’m embarrassed to admit that I used to live here. 



About 7 years ago, right as I was starting out in business, I attended an extreme couponing class.  I then spent several months zealously clipping and organizing coupons in a thick binder full of baseball card holders.  I then planned my meals and weekly shopping around the coupons and sales and rejoiced when my bill was smalle...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 35:09
Smart Asset Opportunities, with Ross Stryker https://themoneyadvantage.com/ross-stryker-smart-asset-opportunities/ Mon, 04 Mar 2019 10:00:37 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4747 Ross Stryker, CEO of Smart Asset Opportunities, is the poster child for taking control of your life and financial destiny.  In fact, just 4 years after he made a shift from typical thinking to investing in cash-flowing assets, he achieved financial freedom.  He was liberated by the power of his choices.  His key decisions to direct his mindset and investing strategy are what made all the difference for him.  His story proves that financial freedom is possible for you too. Ross Stryker models the way and offers a hand up to anyone who would like to follow.  He's now helping others create financial freedom through alternative investments, real estate, and cash flow. Where Mindset and Investing Fit into the Cash Flow System We often talk about mindset. Every action you take has its roots in your thinking.  Therefore, your mindset is the initiation, hinge, and critical entry point to building time and money freedom.  But you don’t build something great just with your mind.  You must take action towards your goal. Finding the right investments is one of those action steps.  It’s how you create financial freedom with cash flow from assets.  As you can see, both your mindset and your investing strategy are just two steps in the bigger journey to time and money freedom. Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make. From cultivating the right mindset to strategic moves in tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund, this step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets.  This empowers you to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Who Is Ross Stryker, of Smart Asset Opportunities? After 12 years serving in the military and over 20 years running a successful private practice, Ross Stryker realized if he didn’t alter his course, he’d be trading hours for dollars forever.  It was this belief that led him to launch Smart Asset Opportunities. He’s been involved in projects totaling over $100 million and owns 40+ single family homes, 14 ATM’s, a coffee farm in Panama, apartment complexes, office parks, storage units, and ownership in a Belizean resort.  Ross is living proof that your money is better off of Wall Street, and that you can achieve financial freedom. Just four years after his “awakening,” Ross’s investments and passive real estate income streams have surpassed his former transactional income (i.e., hours for dollars).  With over $2.5 million out in total commercial project loans, Ross has an eye for tangible assets that have a proven tax advantage, high returns, and allow for stable, continuous cash flow.  Ross shares his wealth of real estate knowledge in a weekly blog and in his two books, including The Ultimate Freedom Prescription: Secrets from 14 Doctors … How They Created Generational Wealth in Less Than 5 Years.  To be an SAO investor is to understand your “why,” beyond extra zeros in your bank account.  For Ross, it’s sharing everything he knows, so that others may find their own financial success and freedom.  When he’s not working in real estate deals, you might find him boating with Robert Kiyosaki, better known as Rich Dad Poor Dad. The Definition of Accredited Investor Most of the investments offered to the Smart Asset Opportunity community are for accredited investors only. If you do not know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.   An accredited investor has at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or is making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married. Most of our listeners fall into this category and are actively looking f...

Ross Stryker, CEO of Smart Asset Opportunities, is the poster child for taking control of your life and financial destiny.  In fact, just 4 years after he made a shift from typical thinking to investing in cash-flowing assets, he achieved financial freedom.  He was liberated by the power of his choices.  His key decisions to direct his mindset and investing strategy are what made all the difference for him.  His story proves that financial freedom is possible for you too.

Ross Stryker models the way and offers a hand up to anyone who would like to follow.  He’s now helping others create financial freedom through alternative investments, real estate, and cash flow.



Where Mindset and Investing Fit into the Cash Flow System

We often talk about mindset. Every action you take has its roots in your thinking.  Therefore, your mindset is the initiation, hinge, and critical entry point to building time and money freedom. 

But you don’t build something great just with your mind.  You must take action towards your goal.

Finding the right investments is one of those action steps.  It’s how you create financial freedom with cash flow from assets. 

Unique Ability Investing

As you can see, both your mindset and your investing strategy are just two steps in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.

Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make. From cultivating the right mindset to strategic moves in tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund, this step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.

Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking

Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets.  This empowers you to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.

Who Is Ross Stryker, of Smart Asset Opportunities?

After 12 years serving in the military and over 20 years running a successful private practice, Ross Stryker realized if he didn’t alter his course, he’d be trading hours for dollars forever.  It was this belief that led him to launch Smart Asset Opportunities.

He’s been involved in projects totaling over $100 million and owns 40+ single family homes, 14 ATM’s, a coffee farm in Panama, apartment complexes, office parks, storage units, and ownership in a Belizean resort.  Ross is living proof that your money is better off of Wall Street, and that you can achieve financial freedom.

Ross Stryker Quote

Just four years after his “awakening,” Ross’s investments and passive real estate income streams have surpassed his former transactional income (i.e., hours for dollars).  With over $2.5 million out in total commercial project loans, Ross has an eye for tangible assets that have a proven tax advantage, high returns, and allow for stable, continuous cash flow. 

Ross shares his wealth of real estate knowledge in a weekly blog and in his two books, including The Ultimate Freedom Prescription: Secrets from 14 Doctors … How They Created Generational Wealth in Less Than 5 Years

To be an SAO investor is to understand your “why,” beyond extra zeros in your bank account.  For Ross, it’s sharing everything he knows, so that others may find their own financial success and freedom.  When he’s not working in real estate deals, you might find him boating with Robert Kiyosaki, better known as Rich Dad Poor Dad.

The Definition of Accredited Investor

Most of the investments offered to the Smart Asset Opportunity community are for accredited investors only.

If you do not know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.  

An accredited investor has at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or is making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married.

Most of our listeners fall into this category and are actively looking for ways to put their cash to work earning a return most productively.  

If you aren’t there yet, this is an excellent opportunity to expand your knowledge in preparation.

Conversation Highlights

  • Ross Stryker’s conversion experience from transactional income to passive income. He realized that all his time working as an orthodontist would lead to retiring at a reduced lifestyle.
  • How Ross Stryker overcame the typical financial mindset.  Instead of believing the lie that says you are too stupid to know anything about building financial freedom, so you should leave it to the experts, he took control.
  • Achieving financial freedom is possible with way less money than you think.
  • How Robert Kiyosaki’s book, Cashflow Quadrant, made a tremendous difference in Ross’s thinking.
  • How to combine education and action to make personal progress.
  • Ross Stryker’s path to financial freedom through education, mentorship, and buying assets with his own capital.
  • How Ross started out with non-performing notes, mobile homes on acreage, and single-family homes.  He then added duplexes and fourplexes in cash flow markets.  Now, he’s involved in commercial real estate, multifamily, assisted living, mobile home parks, office buildings, and more.
  • How to maximize your tax advantage in real estate, using depreciation, cost segregation, a 1031 exchange.
  • The value of investing in recession-resistant self-storage.
  • What to think about when calculating your personal break-even point.
  • How time freedom is the best indicator of real wealth.
  • Find your investor identity by being in mentorship and mastermind groups to learn and expand your experience.

Connect with Ross Stryker and Smart Asset Opportunities

Visit Smart Asset Opportunities to get your Break-Even Blueprint and sign up for the weekly blogs. 

If you mention that you found out about Smart Asset Opportunities through The Money Advantage, you’ll also get a copy of Ross’s book, Why Not Freedom: Get Off the Treadmill.

Once you’re a part of the Smart Asset Opportunities community, you’ll gain access to their webinars about investment opportunities, primarily for accredited investors.

Create Your Time and Money Freedom

Do you want to begin building capital, putting it to work, and accelerating time and money freedom?  To find out the one thing you should be doing to increase your cash flow by keeping more of the money you make, book a Strategy Call with us today.

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
Ross Stryker, CEO of Smart Asset Opportunities, is the poster child for taking control of your life and financial destiny.  In fact, just 4 years after he made a shift from typical thinking to investing in cash-flowing assets, Ross Stryker, CEO of Smart Asset Opportunities, is the poster child for taking control of your life and financial destiny.  In fact, just 4 years after he made a shift from typical thinking to investing in cash-flowing assets, he achieved financial freedom.  He was liberated by the power of his choices.  His key decisions to direct his mindset and investing strategy are what made all the difference for him.  His story proves that financial freedom is possible for you too.



Ross Stryker models the way and offers a hand up to anyone who would like to follow.  He's now helping others create financial freedom through alternative investments, real estate, and cash flow.







Where Mindset and Investing Fit into the Cash Flow System



We often talk about mindset. Every action you take has its roots in your thinking.  Therefore, your mindset is the initiation, hinge, and critical entry point to building time and money freedom. 



But you don’t build something great just with your mind.  You must take action towards your goal.



Finding the right investments is one of those action steps.  It’s how you create financial freedom with cash flow from assets. 







As you can see, both your mindset and your investing strategy are just two steps in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.



Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make. From cultivating the right mindset to strategic moves in tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund, this step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets.  This empowers you to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Who Is Ross Stryker, of Smart Asset Opportunities?



After 12 years serving in the military and over 20 years running a successful private practice, Ross Stryker realized if he didn’t alter his course, he’d be trading hours for dollars forever.  It was this belief that led him to launch Smart Asset Opportunities.



He’s been involved in projects totaling over $100 million and owns 40+ single family homes, 14 ATM’s, a coffee farm in Panama, apartment complexes, office parks, storage units, and ownership in a Belizean resort.  Ross is living proof that your money is better off of Wall Street, and that you can achieve financial freedom.







Just four years after his “awakening,” Ross’s investments and passive real estate income streams have surpassed his former transactional income (i.e., hours for dollars).  With over $2.5 million out in total commercial project loans, Ross has an eye for tangible assets that have a proven tax advantage, high returns, and allow for stable, continuous cash flow. 



Ross shares his wealth of real estate knowledge in a weekly blog and in his two books...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 59:21
Privatized Banking: The Best Life Insurance Companies https://themoneyadvantage.com/best-life-insurance-companies-privatized-banking/ Mon, 25 Feb 2019 10:00:30 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4703 How do you find the best life insurance companies?  You want only the strongest, most stable companies to ensure the best results over the long-term.  But what criteria do you use to evaluate and discover which companies are, in fact, the best?  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f8ZIDLY10uM Is there an objective measure, or is it a matter of personal opinion and preference?  Do you investigate their portfolio, their tenure in business, their size?  Do you base your decision on the illustration or the company’s financial strength?  And if you’re going with the illustration, should you look at the guaranteed rates, cash value, or the dividend scale?  And is the near-term performance more important, or the figures listed out 50 years from now? With so many factors to consider and so many figures on the illustration, how do you decide what to evaluate?  Should you pick the one variable most important to you? Or do you try to analyze the big picture to find the company most likely to perform best over time?  Do you get illustrations from multiple companies and compare them?  And how long do you want to spend on your calculations? Or do you give up the evaluation and just go with name recognition, or a trusted friend’s recommendation who is already with a company they like? What We’ll Cover In today’s conversation, we’ll give you the criteria to find the best life insurance companies.  Instead of guessing, you’ll be able to know for sure so you can make decisions for yourself. We’ll answer: What should you look for to get the best life insurance company?How do you objectively rate all the data to know you’re with the best company for you? You’ll get the criteria to evaluate life insurance companies to find out which one you should use. What This Article Won’t Tell You You may have come here looking for the list of all-stars and hoping we’d list out the top life insurance companies by name.  Sorry to disappoint.  We will not be listing actual companies.  Actually, that’s for your benefit.  Not all life insurance companies work best in every state and region.  Not all will resonate with your particular end goals. Your unique situation makes one company better for you, and another better for someone else. We do, however, promise to disclose the criteria for evaluating life insurance companies. Then, you can make sense of it all and decide for yourself.  We firmly believe that you are the best person to direct your financial life.  Therefore, we aim to provide you the education, tools, and resources to empower you to do just that. Where Insurance and Privatized Banking Fit into the Cash Flow System Finding the best life insurance companies is a huge step towards implementing your Privatized Banking System.  But it is only one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  This second stage is where all aspects of insurance and Privatized Banking live, including finding the best life insurance companies.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  And, you'll secure your ability to control your access to capital by being your own banker.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You'll invest in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom so you can leave a rich legacy. As you are empowered to make the best life insurance decisions for you, you’ll move beyond analysis paralysis and make forward traction. Then,

How do you find the best life insurance companies?  You want only the strongest, most stable companies to ensure the best results over the long-term.  But what criteria do you use to evaluate and discover which companies are, in fact, the best? 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f8ZIDLY10uM

Is there an objective measure, or is it a matter of personal opinion and preference?  Do you investigate their portfolio, their tenure in business, their size?  Do you base your decision on the illustration or the company’s financial strength?  And if you’re going with the illustration, should you look at the guaranteed rates, cash value, or the dividend scale?  And is the near-term performance more important, or the figures listed out 50 years from now?

With so many factors to consider and so many figures on the illustration, how do you decide what to evaluate?  Should you pick the one variable most important to you? Or do you try to analyze the big picture to find the company most likely to perform best over time? 

Do you get illustrations from multiple companies and compare them? 

And how long do you want to spend on your calculations?

Or do you give up the evaluation and just go with name recognition, or a trusted friend’s recommendation who is already with a company they like?



What We’ll Cover

In today’s conversation, we’ll give you the criteria to find the best life insurance companies.  Instead of guessing, you’ll be able to know for sure so you can make decisions for yourself.

We’ll answer:

  1. What should you look for to get the best life insurance company?
  2. How do you objectively rate all the data to know you’re with the best company for you?

You’ll get the criteria to evaluate life insurance companies to find out which one you should use.

What This Article Won’t Tell You

You may have come here looking for the list of all-stars and hoping we’d list out the top life insurance companies by name.  Sorry to disappoint.  We will not be listing actual companies. 

Actually, that’s for your benefit.  Not all life insurance companies work best in every state and region.  Not all will resonate with your particular end goals. Your unique situation makes one company better for you, and another better for someone else.

We do, however, promise to disclose the criteria for evaluating life insurance companies. Then, you can make sense of it all and decide for yourself.  We firmly believe that you are the best person to direct your financial life.  Therefore, we aim to provide you the education, tools, and resources to empower you to do just that.

Where Insurance and Privatized Banking Fit into the Cash Flow System

Finding the best life insurance companies is a huge step towards implementing your Privatized Banking System.  But it is only one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom. 

That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System

Privatized Banking

The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.

Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  This second stage is where all aspects of insurance and Privatized Banking live, including finding the best life insurance companies.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  And, you’ll secure your ability to control your access to capital by being your own banker

Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You’ll invest in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom so you can leave a rich legacy.

As you are empowered to make the best life insurance decisions for you, you’ll move beyond analysis paralysis and make forward traction. Then, you’ll gain momentum on your journey to building time and money freedom.

What Is A Life Insurance Company?

There are two different entities you will likely encounter on your quest to find the best life insurance companies.

The Life Insurance Company

The life insurance company itself, also known as the carrier, is the provider of the life insurance. 

This is the entity that you are entering a legally-binding contract with. 

You agree to pay premiums to them, and they agree to pay out a death benefit to you. You write your premium checks directly to the life insurance company.  In exchange, they issue the policy, assume your risk, and pay out your death benefit. 

The carrier is also the company listed on your illustration.  Names you may recognize include Penn Mutual, New York Life, Mass Mutual, Northwestern Mutual.

The Facilitator

Life insurance companies do not often work with clients directly.  They rely on agents who understand the company and product offerings to serve as the matchmaker between you and the life insurance company.  To compensate agents for representing them, life insurance companies pay a commission to agents when a policy is sold.

Because of this dynamic, you’ll often also have a life insurance agent or financial services firm that serves as an intermediary.  Their role is to understand your situation and goals and then facilitate your decision to best help you accomplish that.  They will help you find the best life insurance company, policy type, product, and product design for you. 

This may be the person that you directly interact with and form a relationship with, but they are not the insurance company itself. 

Facilitator roles may be called investment advisors, financial advisors, financial planners, life insurance advisors or agents, or financial service firms.

To further complicate matters, some life insurance companies have agents that work directly for one life insurance company.  This is called being a captive agent.  When you work with that agent, you know you are getting only the life insurance company they can sell.  In this case, you’ll need to complete your due diligence first to ensure that’s the best company for you. 

Other agents are independent.  They work with multiple companies and can help you source the best company to match your goals and objectives.

The Best Life Insurance Company = Best Company + Best Facilitator

The Best Life Insurance Companies

Because of the integrated nature of how life insurance is bought, it’s essential to have the best life insurance company AND the best life insurance agent.  One without the other will handicap your progress, preventing you from getting what you want and need.

So, rather than scrutinizing life insurance to a painful level – I mean, no one actually enjoys that, right? – here’s what you need to know. 

We’ll give you the 8-point checklist to finding the best life insurance companies.  This will include the four top markers of the best life insurance companies and the top four attributes of an ideal financial services company.  And, just for good measure, we’ll add in the two elements that are often over-inflated but end up not making much difference overall.

Four Elements of the Best Life Insurance Companies

#1) The Best Life Insurance Companies are Mutual Companies

The primary characteristic of the best life insurance companies is that they are mutual companies or mutual holdings companies.  Here’s why.  

The owners of a mutual company are the policy owners.  Mutual companies reward their owners by paying out dividends to their policy owners.  These dividends can be added to the cash value of the policy, accelerating your cash value growth.

The alternate classification is a stock company, which has a dual responsibility to stockholders and policyholders.

Find out more about mutual companies, and how that qualifier helps you determine what kind of policy you want to use for Privatized Banking.

#2) The Best Life Insurance Companies Have Strong Financial Ratings

The Strength of Life Insurance Companies in General

Life insurance companies as a whole are known for their conservative investment nature. They want predictable long-range growth in their own financial portfolio because that gives credence to the guaranteed growth they promise to policy owners.

Additionally, life insurance companies have strong reserve requirements.  Because of this, they keep dollar-for-dollar reserves to protect themselves against insolvency.

Relatively few life insurance companies have failed over time.  As data from the National Organization of Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Associations (NOLHGA) shows, in the 12 years from 2005 – 2017, only 19 life insurance companies have become insolvent.  Contrast this with FDIC data demonstrating 523 bank failures over that same period.

If a life insurance company were to go under, they are commonly taken over by another life insurance company.  This fulfills commitments to policyholders and upholds the integrity of the industry.

On top of that, there’s a state Guaranteed Insurance Fund (GIF) that insures the insurance company against insolvency.  Its role is to protect policy owners against the worst-case scenario of default, similar to the FDIC insuring bank deposits.

Ratings That Highlight the Best Life Insurance Companies

To isolate the strongest companies that are most financially sound and least likely to fail, several rating agencies publish comparative grades for each company. 

Standard and Poor’s, A.M. Best, and Fitch Ratings monitor financial strength and credit-worthiness of companies.  Then, they assign a letter grade rating accordingly.  These rating agencies each consider different data that may include the company structure, claims payment, financial reserves, and comparison to peer companies.

Most rating agencies publish data for the public as a subscription service, so you’d have to pay to access it directly.  However, individual insurance companies disclose their ratings. Usually you can find it in the financial strength section of their website, so you can do your research from there.

We recommend choosing a company with A ratings on each of these scales.  This will land you in companies approved as strong, very strong, or exceptional.  Consequently, you’ll avoid companies with fair, marginal, weak, distressed, and poor rankings.

Another tracking mechanism is the Comdex score, which is compiled by EbixLife using VitalSigns software.  This is a composite ranking of insurance companies, according to several industry standards.  The Comdex score consolidates many of the other rating agencies’ data into one score ranging from 0 – 100, with higher rankings being better. 

We advise working with companies that have a Comdex score of 80 or better, meaning you’re working with the top 20% tier of life insurance companies.

#3) The Best Life Insurance Companies Have a Long Track Record

Naturally, the mutual companies that have been around the longest and have the highest ratings have been the strongest.  Most of the best life insurance companies have their origins in the mid-1800s to the early 1900s.

In addition to pure longevity, you want to know that your life insurance company has at least a 100-year history of paying dividends.  This means that even throughout the fdarkest financial times in our nation’s history, the Great Depression and the Great Recession, they have maintained their profitability, paying out dividends to policy owners.

#4) The Best Life Insurance Companies Have Great Customer Service

All objective criteria aside, who wants to do business with a strong company that treats you like a number? 

Instead, you want a company that provides consideration to the intricacies of your unique health profile in assessing your underwriting, rather than rigidly following protocol. 

Even more important is the service you receive after you’ve become a client. You’ll need ready support when you want to take out or repay loans, re-evaluate a rating, or add insurance on additional family members.

You’ll likely only learn of the carrier’s customer service second-hand, through your life insurance agent.  That’s one reason your relationship with the life insurance facilitator needs at least as much attention as finding the best life insurance company in the first place.

Four Elements of the Best Financial Services Firm

Nothing is worse than knowing you’ve got the best company in the world but are working with an intermediary that you can’t stand. 

Let’s turn our attention to the equally important task of finding the best life insurance agent, advisor, or team.  This step is critical to your ability to best accomplish your goals.

#1) Overall philosophy

The top priority in finding a life insurance agent is their value system.  Search high and low until you find a like-minded advisor that resonates with your objectives.  Don’t settle for anything less.

Here are some questions you can ask yourself to find out if they meet your criteria. 

Are they interested in finding out about what you want?  Are they uncovering your life goals, mission, objectives, and designing a strategy to support you, or do they tell you that they know what you need better than you do? 

This question flips the typical financial planning paradigm on its head because typically, the advisor is elevated as the expert, manager, and director of your financial life.  However, we, as proponents of Prosperity Economics, believe you are the best person to be in control and direct your financial future.  If your goal is control, you need support to empower you to take the wheel, not someone to rip it out of your hands and demote you to the backseat.

Is your advisor’s finish line a net worth calculation, or a cash flow objective? 

Neither is right or wrong.  It just depends on what you want to accomplish.  However, if your goal is to create cash flow from assets to build true time and money freedom, make sure your financial advisor’s aim isn’t accumulating a target net worth.

Does your advisor base recommendations on principle, or are they product-driven? 

You want a guide that starts with the principles of abundance and wealth creation, helping you understand your decisions, rather tha focusing on financial products as ultimate solutions.  Remember, products and strategies change and fluctuate over time, but principles endure throughout the ages.

#2) Strategy

Once you’re confident that your financial advisor’s highest values include putting you in control and increasing your cash flow, are they experienced in helping people do just that?  There’s a tremendous amount of knowledge and competence that can only be gained by experience.  And by experience, I mean the volume of business.  Someone who’s just getting started and doesn’t have a long line of satisfied clients who look like you won’t be adept at addressing the nuances of best serving you.

There’s a tremendous amount of knowledge and competence that can only be gained by experience.  And by experience, I mean the volume of business.  Someone who’s just getting started and doesn’t have a long line of satisfied clients who look like you won’t be adept at addressing the nuances of best serving you.

If you’re looking for Privatized Banking strategies to maximize your financial stability and access to capital in your business and real estate ventures, work with an advisor who’s been there and done that, many times over. 

As much as you should be educated and equipped to make your own decisions, don’t work with an advisor that thinks you’re crazy or doesn’t understand what you’re talking about. If you have to teach them how you want to use your policy or help them design it properly, you’re working with the wrong advisor.

Your advisor should be skillful at working with clients like you, who have similar objectives.  They should understand the ins and outs of the Privatized Banking Strategy, know how to design a high cash value policy, and be abundantly familiar with utilizing life insurance loans.

#3) Relationship with Carrier

With sufficient experience and business volume, an advisor will earn a substantial relationship with the carrier.  A high-producing advisor will have more pull when it comes to getting things done in your favor. 

This could mean gaining a more favorable underwriting rating based on a comprehensive understanding of your health history, rather than one based purely on medical records. The relationship could garner you quicker processing of premium payments, expediting your loan timelines.

Remember, your advisor is your intermediary with the insurance carrier.  You’ll benefit from their secure relationship that comes from business volume.

#4) Succession Plan

If something were to happen to your advisor, would you have someone to help you carry out your financial strategy in their absence? 

Unfortunately, financial advisors often operate in a competition-based mindset.  Protecting their own turf leads to isolation instead of collaboration.  This hurts you as the client.  If you’re working with a one-man-band, you’re in jeopardy of losing that support to sustain your financial objectives if that advisor quits the business, retires, becomes disabled, dies, or otherwise leaves the business. 

Abandoned clients are more common than you may realize.  When a client loses their advisor relationship, the industry calls this being orphaned, as there is no one to continue servicing the policy.  And it’s not a very cost-effective strategy for advisors to pick up orphaned clients, because often there’s little to no commission to do so.

The Team It Takes to Ensure Continuity

To ensure you have continuity and congruency of your strategies on your path to building time and money freedom, ensure that your financial advisor has a contingency plan. This means that you should build a relationship with a financial team, not just with an advisor.  Having more than one advisor sitting with you during your meetings ensures that someone is familiar with your mission and objectives.  There should also be a back-up plan of like-minded advisors to help you, no matter what happens to your primary advisor. 

Succession plans take time to build. Additionally, the right mindset is needed to build a sustainable financial services team. The advisors must be committed to collaborating, sharing knowledge and ideas, training and developing advisors, and improving the industry overall.

Two Things That Don’t Really Matter

Now that we’ve covered the main things you should investigate to make sure you’re working with the best life insurance company and the best financial team, I want to point out two things that don’t matter.

Unfortunately, these important-sounding buzzwords are thrown around all too often. Advisors and life insurance companies use these points to differentiate themselves.  They add to your confusion by making mountains out of molehills.  Then, clients who want the best get fixated on minor details and lose sight of what’s most important in getting the best life insurance policy.

Two primary non-issues are dividend rates and non-direct vs. direct recognition.  We cover both of these in greater detail when we discuss how we build policies for high cash value and long-term growth, so we’ll just touch on them briefly here.

Dividend rates

Dividend rates are projections that an insurance company makes for what they will pay policyholders in non-guaranteed dividends, based on the last year’s financial performance. Dividends then increase your policy’s cash value in the year they are paid and accelerate cash value growth over time. Consequently, a high dividend would add more growth to your policy than a low dividend. 

However, dividend rates are part of the non-guaranteed policy values.  They are projections – expectations, not guarantees.  Every year, the company adjusts its dividends. 

While one company may illustrate higher dividends today, another company may illustrate higher dividends next year.  Over time, the best life insurance companies tend to pay out dividends fairly equally across the board.

Additionally, some companies are more masterful at coming in right at the dividend they expected, while other companies miss their projections by yards – or thousands of dollars.

So, basing your life insurance company decision on non-guaranteed dividend rates alone is a complete shot in the dark.

Non-Direct or Direct Recognition

Direct and non-direct recognition are measures of how dividends are paid when loans are outstanding against your cash value.

A direct-recognition company directly recognizes the loan, lowering your dividend for the portion of the policy you have borrowed against.

A non-direct recognition company does not recognize the loan or differentiate dividends paid whether you have an outstanding loan or not.  They continue to pay the full dividend rate on your full cash value.

Leveling the playing field, direct-recognition companies often have a higher published dividend rate.  You enter the contract knowing that with greater policy utilization, the dividend you receive will be lower than the published rate.  On the other hand, if you work with a non-direct recognition company, you’ll often have a lower dividend rate from the starting gate, but the confidence to know your dividends won’t be reduced by your policy loans.

If you plan to use your policy for Privatized Banking, neither having a non-direct or a direct recognition company is a leg up, since both will perform about equally over time as you use them.

In Summary

If you’re the kind of person who skips to the end to find out the answers first, here’s the cliff notes version.

In finding the best life insurance companies, make sure you evaluate the most important criteria and leave the rest off the table. 

First, you want to ensure you’re working with a mutual company with high ratings and a 100+ year history of paying dividends.  The company should demonstrate favorability towards policy utilization through loans and have exceptional customer service. 

Then, and even more critically, make sure you’re working with a philosophically-aligned advisor team that puts you in control.  They’ll need substantial experience working with clients like you, and an active succession plan in place.

Your Decision Point

Now you’re ready to move forward.  I hope you feel empowered with this 9-point checklist to make sure you’re with the best life insurance company.  Then, you’ll never have to second-guess your decision, and you can move on to the important stuff: focusing 100% on your strategy.

May I be real with you?  Finding the best life insurance company is only about 5% of the journey to leveraging the Privatized Banking strategy because it’s at the front end of selecting the right product.  The other 95% of your success with the Privatized Banking strategy comes from what you do with it. 

The most critical questions are everything that happens next:

  1. How much are you funding it with?
  2. Do you have the right product design for maximum early cash value and long-term growth?
  3. What best investments will you select to invest your capital by borrowing against your cash value?
  4. How will you maximize your cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and a legacy of real wealth?

For more information on Specially Designed Life Insurance Contracts, get our free 20-minute guide: Privatized Banking – The Unfair Advantage

If you would like to implement life insurance and Privatized Banking in your own life, talk to us about how it would work for you.

Book a strategy call to find out how, and also get the one thing you should be doing today to optimize your personal economy and accelerate time and money freedom. 

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
How do you find the best life insurance companies?  You want only the strongest, most stable companies to ensure the best results over the long-term.  But what criteria do you use to evaluate and discover which companies are, in fact, the best?  How do you find the best life insurance companies?  You want only the strongest, most stable companies to ensure the best results over the long-term.  But what criteria do you use to evaluate and discover which companies are, in fact, the best? 




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f8ZIDLY10uM




Is there an objective measure, or is it a matter of personal opinion and preference?  Do you investigate their portfolio, their tenure in business, their size?  Do you base your decision on the illustration or the company’s financial strength?  And if you’re going with the illustration, should you look at the guaranteed rates, cash value, or the dividend scale?  And is the near-term performance more important, or the figures listed out 50 years from now?



With so many factors to consider and so many figures on the illustration, how do you decide what to evaluate?  Should you pick the one variable most important to you? Or do you try to analyze the big picture to find the company most likely to perform best over time? 



Do you get illustrations from multiple companies and compare them? 



And how long do you want to spend on your calculations?



Or do you give up the evaluation and just go with name recognition, or a trusted friend’s recommendation who is already with a company they like?







What We’ll Cover



In today’s conversation, we’ll give you the criteria to find the best life insurance companies.  Instead of guessing, you’ll be able to know for sure so you can make decisions for yourself.



We’ll answer:



* What should you look for to get the best life insurance company?* How do you objectively rate all the data to know you’re with the best company for you?



You’ll get the criteria to evaluate life insurance companies to find out which one you should use.



What This Article Won’t Tell You



You may have come here looking for the list of all-stars and hoping we’d list out the top life insurance companies by name.  Sorry to disappoint.  We will not be listing actual companies. 



Actually, that’s for your benefit.  Not all life insurance companies work best in every state and region.  Not all will resonate with your particular end goals. Your unique situation makes one company better for you, and another better for someone else.



We do, however, promise to disclose the criteria for evaluating life insurance companies. Then, you can make sense of it all and decide for yourself.  We firmly believe that you are the best person to direct your financial life.  Therefore, we aim to provide you the education, tools, and resources to empower you to do just that.



Where Insurance and Privatized Banking Fit into the Cash Flow System



Finding the best life insurance companies is a huge step towards implementing your Privatized Banking System.  But it is only one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom. 



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System







The first step is keeping more of the money you make.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 34:09
Strategic Realty Holdings, with Eddie Lorin https://themoneyadvantage.com/strategic-realty-holdings-eddie-lorin/ Mon, 18 Feb 2019 10:00:05 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4258 Eddie Lorin has been building a real estate portfolio over the past 30 years. He has successfully purchased and transformed $3 billion worth of multifamily real estate.  That amounts to more than 180 thriving communities with approximately 40,000 apartment units throughout the United States.  Now, as the Managing Director and Founder of Strategic Realty Holdings, Eddie provides accredited investors with a great opportunity. Eddie Lorin is using his unique ability well.  He has a knack of turning distressed properties into thriving communities.  By providing Class A amenities and revived LIHTC (Low-Income Housing Tax Credits) to Section 8 residents within state-designated Opportunity Zones, he’s doing just that on a grand scale. Champion of impact investing, Eddie believes you can do well for yourself by doing good.  He models and encourages investors to seek profit with a purpose. The Definition of Accredited Investor If you don't know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.  An accredited investor has at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or is making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married. We know that a majority of our listeners and audience fall into this category.  You're actively looking for ways to put your cash to work earning a return most productively.   If you aren’t accredited yet, this will be an excellent opportunity to expand your knowledge in preparation. Where Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System As you take control of your life and financial destiny, you’re continually searching for the right investments.  You want assets you know and control that match your investor identity.  Today’s conversation introduces you to key insights on real estate investing opportunities in a new sector.  As exciting as the right investments are, they’re just one piece of a greater process of building time and money freedom.  Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Who Is Eddie Lorin and Strategic Realty Holdings? Since a young age, Eddie Lorin has been a dreamer, a doer, and a proponent of the underdog.  As one of four boys raised by a single mother in southern California, Eddie grew up with modest means.  After losing his father as an infant and his mother at age 17, Eddie strove to create a life and home for himself that was better than the one he was given.  Additionally, he was motivated to help others living in similarly tight financial situations to do the same. Eddie has made it his life mission to fix the housing affordability crisis in America.  He wants to make safe, quality housing and community support available and affordable for all.  Eddie is taking his experience and leading and intergenerational movement tired of inflated housing prices to do the same through his work with Strategic Realty Holdings.  SRH is the perfect marriage of impact investing and multifamily real estate providing a “triple bottom line” of financial, environmental, and social returns to its investors.  Open to accredited investors and institutions, SRH delivers market rate returns to investors while providing more affordable, better quality housing to those who need it most. Eddie Lorin is also making strides in philanthropy. He and his wife have co-founded the Healthy Apartment Property Initiative.

Eddie Lorin has been building a real estate portfolio over the past 30 years. He has successfully purchased and transformed $3 billion worth of multifamily real estate.  That amounts to more than 180 thriving communities with approximately 40,000 apartment units throughout the United States.  Now, as the Managing Director and Founder of Strategic Realty Holdings, Eddie provides accredited investors with a great opportunity.

Eddie Lorin is using his unique ability well.  He has a knack of turning distressed properties into thriving communities.  By providing Class A amenities and revived LIHTC (Low-Income Housing Tax Credits) to Section 8 residents within state-designated Opportunity Zones, he’s doing just that on a grand scale.

Champion of impact investing, Eddie believes you can do well for yourself by doing good.  He models and encourages investors to seek profit with a purpose.

The Definition of Accredited Investor

If you don’t know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.  An accredited investor has at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or is making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married.

We know that a majority of our listeners and audience fall into this category.  You’re actively looking for ways to put your cash to work earning a return most productively.  

If you aren’t accredited yet, this will be an excellent opportunity to expand your knowledge in preparation.

Where Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System

Unique Ability Investing

As you take control of your life and financial destiny, you’re continually searching for the right investments.  You want assets you know and control that match your investor identity. 

Today’s conversation introduces you to key insights on real estate investing opportunities in a new sector. 

As exciting as the right investments are, they’re just one piece of a greater process of building time and money freedom. 

Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.

Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking. 

Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.

Who Is Eddie Lorin and Strategic Realty Holdings?

Strategic Realty Holdings - Eddie Lorin

Since a young age, Eddie Lorin has been a dreamer, a doer, and a proponent of the underdog.  As one of four boys raised by a single mother in southern California, Eddie grew up with modest means.  After losing his father as an infant and his mother at age 17, Eddie strove to create a life and home for himself that was better than the one he was given.  Additionally, he was motivated to help others living in similarly tight financial situations to do the same.

Eddie has made it his life mission to fix the housing affordability crisis in America.  He wants to make safe, quality housing and community support available and affordable for all.  Eddie is taking his experience and leading and intergenerational movement tired of inflated housing prices to do the same through his work with Strategic Realty Holdings.  SRH is the perfect marriage of impact investing and multifamily real estate providing a “triple bottom line” of financial, environmental, and social returns to its investors.  Open to accredited investors and institutions, SRH delivers market rate returns to investors while providing more affordable, better quality housing to those who need it most.

Eddie Lorin is also making strides in philanthropy. He and his wife have co-founded the Healthy Apartment Property Initiative.  This 501c3 nonprofit provides free on-site social, health and wellness programming right to the doorsteps of families in apartment communities.

Conversation Highlights

  • Strategic Realty Holdings full life cycle that includes property acquisition, financing, repositioning, managing, and eventually selling multifamily properties.
  • Strategic Realty Holdings focus on properties that have historically underperformed, maximizing returns for capital partners.
  • A look at the affordable housing crisis, aggravated by market rate rental spikes that cause expiration of the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC).
  • How Strategic Realty Holdings is combatting the housing crisis.  They are locating, investing in, and rehabbing poorly-managed communities with a value-add strategy that maximizes cash flow, transforming them into thriving communities. This strategy returns rents to market limits, revives the LIHTC, and maximizes occupancy.
  • The Impact Housing REIT that’s making a positive social impact by investing in neglected rental properties and improving residents’ quality of life.
  • How strategic, successful investment in Opportunity Zones pulls residents out of poverty and provides investors with tax incentives and profit.
  • How the HAPI (Healthy Apartment Property Initiative) is making social programs available right inside neighborhood communities.

Connect with Eddi Lorin and Strategic Realty Holdings

To find out more or invest with Strategic Realty Holdings, contact them at https://www.strategicrealtyholdings.com or email Eddie directly at elorin@strategicrh.com.

Create Your Time and Money Freedom

Do you want to begin building capital, putting it to work, and accelerating time and money freedom?  To find out the one thing you should be doing to increase your cash flow by keeping more of the money you make, book a Strategy Call with us today.

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
Eddie Lorin has been building a real estate portfolio over the past 30 years. He has successfully purchased and transformed $3 billion worth of multifamily real estate.  That amounts to more than 180 thriving communities with approximately 40, Eddie Lorin has been building a real estate portfolio over the past 30 years. He has successfully purchased and transformed $3 billion worth of multifamily real estate.  That amounts to more than 180 thriving communities with approximately 40,000 apartment units throughout the United States.  Now, as the Managing Director and Founder of Strategic Realty Holdings, Eddie provides accredited investors with a great opportunity.



Eddie Lorin is using his unique ability well.  He has a knack of turning distressed properties into thriving communities.  By providing Class A amenities and revived LIHTC (Low-Income Housing Tax Credits) to Section 8 residents within state-designated Opportunity Zones, he’s doing just that on a grand scale.



Champion of impact investing, Eddie believes you can do well for yourself by doing good.  He models and encourages investors to seek profit with a purpose.







The Definition of Accredited Investor



If you don't know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.  An accredited investor has at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or is making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married.



We know that a majority of our listeners and audience fall into this category.  You're actively looking for ways to put your cash to work earning a return most productively.  



If you aren’t accredited yet, this will be an excellent opportunity to expand your knowledge in preparation.



Where Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







As you take control of your life and financial destiny, you’re continually searching for the right investments.  You want assets you know and control that match your investor identity. 



Today’s conversation introduces you to key insights on real estate investing opportunities in a new sector. 



As exciting as the right investments are, they’re just one piece of a greater process of building time and money freedom. 



Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.



Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Who Is Eddie Lorin and Strategic Realty Holdings?







Since a young age, Eddie Lorin has been a dreamer, a doer, and a proponent of the underdog.  As one of four boys raised by a single mother in southern California, Eddie grew up with modest means.  After losing his father as an infant and his mother at age 17, Eddie strove to create a life and home for himself that was better than the one he was given.  Additionally, he was motivated to help others living in similarly tight financial situations to do the same.



Eddie has made it his life mission to fix the housing affordability crisis in...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 42:20
Rate of Return: Average Isn’t Real https://themoneyadvantage.com/real-rate-of-return-average-is-not-real/ Mon, 11 Feb 2019 09:11:42 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4244 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IoUVS9OLj-c The real rate of return is objective, rational, and substantial. It delineates the exact performance of your capital from start point to end point.  It has actual value and meaning.  Like concrete beneath your feet, it’s solid ground. At its core, it is the truth.  But finding the truth is often much harder than it appears. Searching for the real rate of return can be like battling optical illusions of smoke and mirrors.  Fund managers, the media, and marketing literature for stock performance proclaim average returns.  You’d think that numbers and math would be impossible to manipulate to fabricate a story different from reality.  However, every day, average yields are cited as some kind of absolute, predictive authority, assuming the clout that they have no right to take. It’s not fair to you, the one who wants to take control of your financial life and direct your outcomes.  You need truth in your financial decision-making.  Instead of staking your financial future on the shifting sand of average returns, it’s time you recognize them for the imposter they are, the ghost in the market, a mirage that means nothing at all. What We’ll Cover In today’s conversation, we’ll show you why average returns are misleading and can’t be taken at face value.  We’ll take a more in-depth look at actual market returns over the last 118 years and uncover what they mean.  And finally, we’ll reveal how to take control of your financial future and not just hope that your speculations and assumptions are accurate. This conversation will answer: What do market returns mean for me?What returns should I expect?How do I calculate real rates of return?What should I do to best take control of my financial future and build time and money freedom? You’ll get the tangible facts and concrete evidence to form your own opinions and chart the course of your own financial destiny.  A Disclaimer Beliefs don’t create reality, because believing something doesn’t make it true.  However, often we cling to our beliefs, hoping they’ll materialize.  Even viewing the concrete facts that contradict our perception doesn’t always bring the truth to light.  We often need help to interpret what we see, so we can understand the truth, alter our thinking, and know how to respond.  Faith and hope don’t create financial freedom. Truth and reason do. Today’s conversation will challenge your belief system because it uncovers the reality that the typical financial system tries so desperately to hide.  The result will be an elevation of your thinking.  In thinking differently, you’ll gain the greatest clarity and see how to rise above it, all in the same instant. Your transformation comes along with a disclaimer that certainty often comes from doing the opposite of what everyone else is doing. Where Your Investing Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System Understanding real rates of return is part of ensuring your ability to reach your investing goals.  But before that, this knowledge will help you calibrate your mindset to fine-tune your goals in the first place, so you actually end up where you want to be.  Both investing and mindset are a part of the Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  Today’s comprehensive conversation will help you invest well in stage 3.  But, to achieve investing success, we’ll help you approach it with the right awareness and mindset in stage 1, so your efforts don’t crumble. Markets Tumbling Amidst Positive Average Returns The December and early January news was frantic with news about the market.  Reuters rang the alarm that it was the “worst year for stocks in a decade.”  Morning Brew highlighted that “the S&P dropped 10% and the Dow 9.7%, making for the worst December for stocks since 1931.”  While we can point to U.S.-China trade tensions, a cooling economy, and rising interest rates, causality does little to quell our concerns ab...

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IoUVS9OLj-c

The real rate of return is objective, rational, and substantial. It delineates the exact performance of your capital from start point to end point.  It has actual value and meaning.  Like concrete beneath your feet, it’s solid ground. At its core, it is the truth. 

But finding the truth is often much harder than it appears. Searching for the real rate of return can be like battling optical illusions of smoke and mirrors. 

Fund managers, the media, and marketing literature for stock performance proclaim average returns.  You’d think that numbers and math would be impossible to manipulate to fabricate a story different from reality.  However, every day, average yields are cited as some kind of absolute, predictive authority, assuming the clout that they have no right to take.

It’s not fair to you, the one who wants to take control of your financial life and direct your outcomes.  You need truth in your financial decision-making.  Instead of staking your financial future on the shifting sand of average returns, it’s time you recognize them for the imposter they are, the ghost in the market, a mirage that means nothing at all.

What We’ll Cover

In today’s conversation, we’ll show you why average returns are misleading and can’t be taken at face value. 

We’ll take a more in-depth look at actual market returns over the last 118 years and uncover what they mean. 

And finally, we’ll reveal how to take control of your financial future and not just hope that your speculations and assumptions are accurate.

This conversation will answer:

  1. What do market returns mean for me?
  2. What returns should I expect?
  3. How do I calculate real rates of return?
  4. What should I do to best take control of my financial future and build time and money freedom?

You’ll get the tangible facts and concrete evidence to form your own opinions and chart the course of your own financial destiny. 

A Disclaimer

Beliefs don’t create reality, because believing something doesn’t make it true.  However, often we cling to our beliefs, hoping they’ll materialize.  Even viewing the concrete facts that contradict our perception doesn’t always bring the truth to light.  We often need help to interpret what we see, so we can understand the truth, alter our thinking, and know how to respond. 

Faith and hope don’t create financial freedom. Truth and reason do.

Today’s conversation will challenge your belief system because it uncovers the reality that the typical financial system tries so desperately to hide.  The result will be an elevation of your thinking.  In thinking differently, you’ll gain the greatest clarity and see how to rise above it, all in the same instant.

Your transformation comes along with a disclaimer that certainty often comes from doing the opposite of what everyone else is doing.

Where Your Investing Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System

Unique Ability Investing

Understanding real rates of return is part of ensuring your ability to reach your investing goals.  But before that, this knowledge will help you calibrate your mindset to fine-tune your goals in the first place, so you actually end up where you want to be. 

Both investing and mindset are a part of the Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System

Today’s comprehensive conversation will help you invest well in stage 3.  But, to achieve investing success, we’ll help you approach it with the right awareness and mindset in stage 1, so your efforts don’t crumble.

Markets Tumbling Amidst Positive Average Returns

The December and early January news was frantic with news about the market. 

Reuters rang the alarm that it was the “worst year for stocks in a decade.”  Morning Brew highlighted that “the S&P dropped 10% and the Dow 9.7%, making for the worst December for stocks since 1931.” 

While we can point to U.S.-China trade tensions, a cooling economy, and rising interest rates, causality does little to quell our concerns about the future.  Should we be bracing for a crash, volatility, or something else?  Why is my stock value going down, despite positive average returns?  What does it mean for me and my future?

The uneasiness highlights the disconnect between the stated and reality.  There’s an unnamed, incomprehensible thing that we all feel, but don’t know how to quantify or describe.  It’s that, despite our assertions, we have no idea what our actual future market performance will be. 

But why?  Why do we constantly believe the cheery predictions and analysis of average rates of return when our experience seems to miss the mark consistently?

The Stock Market Is Not What Most People Actually Believe

Many people believe that they can expect at least 5 – 7% gains each year in the market, that the market will always grow over the long haul, and that their money will compound over time.  At the same time, your experience of market losses, and the anxiety about your own portfolio suggest that our expectations are wrong. 

Instead of wondering, let’s compare those assumptions against reality, viewing historical performance to check the validity of our assumptions.

According to data from YAHOO! Finance, here’s the actual performance of the S&P 500 Index over various dates and timeframes: *

  • +19.4% gain 12/30/2016 to 12/29/2017 (12 months)
  • +9.4% gain from 12/29/2017 to 10/01/2018 (9 months)
  • -19.6% drop from 10/01/2018 to 12/24/2018 (about 3 months)
  • +5.04% annual real rate of return from 01/01/15 to 12/31/2018 (4 years)
  • +2.85% annual real rate of return from 12/31/1999 to 12/31/2018 (19 years)

Average Rate of Return Isn't The Real Rate of Return

No wonder your experience isn’t matching your expectations!  From these statistics, we see that the common assumptions are incorrect.  5 – 7% gains don’t always happen.  Actual performance doesn’t always rise.  And longer investment isn’t always better. 

Let’s dig deeper to find out why.

To do so, we’ll explore several key variables that impact your real rate of return that are often swept under the rug and ignored.  These include the distinction between average and real returns, the start and end point of your investment, the impact of losses, taxes, inflation, management fees and transaction costs, adding investment over time rather than all at once, and the fallacy of expecting the future to mirror the past.

* It’s important to note that these returns do not account for transaction fees, management fees, or administrative expenses.

What Is the Difference Between Average and Real Rates of Return?

What Is an Average Return?

Average returns are taken by calculating each individual year’s return within a period, then summing each return, and finally, dividing the total by the number of years in that period. 

( Year 1 Return + Year 2 Return + Year 3 Return … ) / Total # of Years = Average Rate of Return

For instance, consider a four-year period with annual returns of -20%, +20%, -60%, and +100%.  The sum total of all returns would be +40%.  Dividing the sum by 4 years, we arrive at an average annual rate of return over that period of +10% per year.

( -20% + 20% + -60% + 100% ) / 4 Years = 10% Average Rate of Return

The Assumptions We Make Based on Average Rates of Return

Average returns are often taken to mean that you received the average return each year. 

Applying this thinking to our example, we would expect a starting $100K investment to gain 10% each year, achieving a total balance at the end of the 4th year of $146,410.

Expected Growth Rate Based on Average Returns
Image from: calculator.net

Discovering the Fallacy in Average Rates of Return

However, average returns unnecessarily focus on the incremental changes between years, losing sight of the big picture.

To illustrate, let’s trace my actual account value each year if I received the returns listed above.

I start with $100K.

In year 1, I have a 20% loss, dropping my account value to $80K.  The following year, I receive a 20% gain, which brings my account up to $96K.  In the third year, I lose 60%, taking me down to $38,400.  The final year, my 100% gain brings my account balance up to $76,800.

Comparing my final account balance of $76,800 to my starting balance of $100K, I’ve lost money.  Contrasting the positive 10% return with my actual performance, it seems that we can’t possibly even be talking about the same account.  How can this be?

What Is a Real Rate of Return?

Real rates of return are calculated based on the starting value and the ending value of the account. 

We calculate the real rate of return as follows:

( ( Ending Balance – Beginning Balance ) / Beginning Balance ) X 100 = Real Rate of Return

So, to discover the real rate of return on our investment above

( ( $76,800 – $100,000 ) / $100,000 ) X 100  = -23.2% Real Rate of Return

This real rate of return is finally a meaningful figure.  Real returns help me understand why my balance is lower than I started with, whereas average returns bear no resemblance to my reality, whatsoever.

Average Return vs Real Rate of Return

The Impact of Losses

Why this mathematical judo?  And how does it cause the disparity between average and real returns?

Losses are More Powerful Than Gains

In short, it’s because losses are much more powerful than gains. 

While negative and positive returns of the same number (i.e., +20% and – 20%) carry the same weight in an average return calculation, their real impacts are not equal.

If you sustain a loss of any amount, it requires a greater gain to fill your account back up to the starting point.  For instance, if you had $100K that lost 10%, it would require a gain of 11.111% to bring your account back up to its original value.  The 10% loss drained your account down to $90K. A consecutive 10% gain would only bring you back up to $99,000, leaving you still short of your original investment. 

The reason this happens is that an equivalent percentage of a larger pie results in a bigger piece as your serving.  For instance, 10% of 100K is more than 10% of 90K.  This means that losing 10% of 100K is a more impactful than gaining 10% of 90K.

With Losses, Average Returns Are Always Higher Than the Real Returns

When the two different methods of calculations are used, you’ll find a consistent phenomenon.  Real returns are lower than average returns any time there are losses involved.

This disparity between the positive return required to bounce back from a corresponding loss becomes even more apparent with greater losses. 

Imagine you had a -50% return, bringing your account down to $50K. A 50% gain would only bring you back up to $75,000, still not back to breaking even.  You’d need a consecutive return of 100% to double your $50K and bring your account back to its starting level of $100K.  Note that this performance would be slated with a 25% average return, and still yet a 0% real rate of return.

Finally, what if you lost 90% of your account value in the first year, dropping your account down to $10K.  You would, in fact, require a 900% gain to recover back to 100K.  In this case, while your 0% real rate of return states your reality, average returns would proclaim an astonishing 405% average return.

This chart shows the phenomenon that a small loss has the equivalent power of a much larger gain.  This demonstrates why losses are tough to recover from. 

Plugging these ideas together, you see why average returns mean nothing at all. 

Impact of Losses in Stock Market
Image from: crestmontresearch.com

Average vs. Real Returns in History

According to S&P Price data from Pinnacle Data, courtesy of Circle of Wealth, history proves out this phenomenon of disparate average and real returns.

From 1971 – 2000 (29 years), average returns were 10.51%, while actual returns were 9.28%.  In the 29 years from 1961 – 1990, average returns were 7.1%, while real returns were 5.96%.

These actual returns here reflect only the impact of market losses.  They do not factor in taxes, fees, and the fact that most people do not invest a lump sum at the beginning, but usually contribute monthly or annually, lowering overall returns, since not all capital is invested over the entire period. 

If we accounted for these additional factors, actual returns are even lower than stated above.

Annual Real Rates of Return Over Time

Let’s look deeper into the historical data to find out what the real rates of return have been over time.  Because one year’s data in isolation doesn’t mean much for our life, let’s find out what the actual returns have been over various periods. Then we’ll be able to clearly see where our assumptions diverge from reality and draw accurate conclusions based on facts.

Crestmont Research has done a masterful job of compiling the data of the last 117 years since 1900, presenting the data in a way that provides excellent clarity.  They’ve organized a chart showing the S&P 500 Index’s returns every year. Every data point is the intersection of a start (y-axis) and an endpoint (x-axis), providing the annual real returns over that timeframe. 

This first chart shows the index’s nominal returns, not including dividends, transaction costs, or the impact of taxes or inflation.

Due to the size and visibility of the chart, I’ll point out some important keys.  Additionally, you may prefer to view the chart on Crestmont’s website. 

Crestmont Stock Matrix Index Nominal
Image from: crestmontresearch.com

Looking over the chart, you’ll first notice the color-coded categories of returns over that timeframe.  Red is for returns of less than 0.0%.  Pink marks the returns from 0.0 – 3.0%.  Blue depicts the returns from 3 – 7%.  Light green shows the returns of 7 – 10%.  And finally, dark green highlights the returns higher than 10%.

The solid black diagonal line demarcates the end point of every 20 years since 1920.  The colors along this line represent the actual returns of any person with a typical working career who invested over 20 years for retirement purposes.

Initial Conclusions

If that black line represented your “retirement deadline,” based on being invested in the market over the previous 20 years, you’d have a blind chance at whether things would work out well for you.  For instance, if you happened to start your investment anytime between 1900 and 1931, you were just out of luck.

From this chart, you’ll notice that only about 15 years out of the 97 periods show real annual returns over 10%.  However, about 27 times, your luck would have been a 3% or lower annual real return. 

The most meaningful conclusion you can draw from this demonstration is that the most critical factors to your performance are the starting point and the ending point of your investment.  And, just like you don’t choose the year you’ll be born, those factors are ones that are impossible to select in advance. 

Viewing Annual Real Returns with the Practical Lens of Taxes, Inflation, Dividends, Management Fees and Transaction Costs

Let’s take it one step further.  This second Crestmont chart follows the annual real rate of return of an individual investor’s actual experience.  These returns account for taxation, the reinvestment of dividends, and the impacts of transaction costs, management fees, and inflation, using the figures here.

To think this through, let’s first look at taxes. If you achieve a return in a taxable environment, you’ll pay either capital gains tax or ordinary tax on your growth, depending on the venue.  This reduces the portion you keep, shaving down your real return.

The second major influence in your experience of returns is inflation.  Inflation has a sneaky way of reducing your returns by making them less valuable.  In a year that you received a 3% return, but inflation was also 3%, your experience of those returns was 0%, concerning what those dollars could actually do for you.

Dividends, on the other hand, improve your performance. Dividends would actually increase your returns based on the dividend rate of your investment, with some years providing higher dividends than others.

And finally, you need to understand the significance of those seemingly benign and insignificant management fees.  Usually falling somewhere between 1 – 2%, the slice seems nominal, so the impact is often dismissed.  However, because these fees are charged every year, irrespective of performance, they further weight the already-powerful losses and weaken the gains. 

For instance, consider a $100K account.  In Year 1, you received a -50% return, and in Year 2, you received a 100% return.  Your average return would be 25%, with a real return of 0%. 

Add in a 1% management fee, and your real return drops to -2.49% because of this phenomenon, not the -1% you might expect.

Real Rate of Return with Management Fee

Comprehensive Conclusions Based on All the Factors

Now that we’ve added in all the naturally-occurring variables from our real life, you’ll notice very sparse periods with real returns over 7% (green) here. 

Crestmont Stock Matrix Index Real Returns
Image from: crestmontresearch.com

Here’s what the New York Times has to say:

Investors often have expectations of real annual returns greater than 7 percent – the areas in green.  But over 20 years or longer, rates that high are rare. New York Times

In fact, along the 20-year line, 36 of those years show less than 3% real returns per year (out of 97 possible periods). For the 20-year mark, only 8 periods demonstrated real returns over 7%, contrasted with 89 periods that had real returns less than 7%.

Interpreting the Historical Data

Crestmont Research has focused on observation-based historical data, rather than prediction-oriented future recommendations.  So, rather than fortune-telling, they study and analyze the trends of the past.  But the value is far greater than impressive number-crunching.  These conclusions of substance and fact increase your understanding and help you make rational real-world decisions. 

You’ll notice that when you start in a downturn timeframe, it’s difficult to recover, no matter how long you stay invested. For example, if you started in 1964, and pulled out in 1984, your overall returns were about -1%, with relatively no chance to have pulled above a 3% real return, no matter how long you stayed invested after that.

This demonstrates that

The overall market is highly volatile and affected by generally long cycles…. Ten, twenty, or even thirty years is not long enough to ensure successful returns in the market. Crestmont Research

The New York Times echoed this conclusion by stating that

After 60 or 70 years, returns are relatively stable, but this time frame is longer than the relevant horizon for many retirement plans. New York Times

The Impact of Market Timing

Looking back over the last 117 years, one thing is certain: it’s all about when you start and when you finish.  Staying in the market for the long haul only works out in your favor if the timing of your entry and exit points are favorable.

The New York Times article illustrates that if you just so happened to begin your investing in 1961 and exit in 1981, you would have experienced the worst actual returns for a 20 year period of -2% per year, all factors considered, including average taxes and fees and an inflation adjustment. 

If you happened to win the lottery on timing the market, landing from 1948 – 1968, the best combination of 20 years in the last decade, you would have had an actual return of 8.4% per year.

But 1948 is the past, and we don’t get a chance to relive it.  In fact, when you start and when you finish are usually the primary factors of investing that you don’t get to control.  If you’re starting your investing today, so how do you gamble at being that lucky in the future?

While we can see the trends and timing in the rear-view mirror, it’s impossible to know what’s coming up on the horizon at the point you’ll want to take your money out.

The very people who preach against individual investors timing the market are, at the same time, asking us to time the market 30 years in advance. – Andy Tanner, 401(k)aos

Do you have time to wait if your intended finish year isn’t good?  With the long cycles, how do you know you started at the right time?

Adding Investment Over Time, Rather Than All at Once

One additional consideration that is even harder to measure is the timespan of your investment. When calculating returns, it’s often assumed that you invested a full lump sum at the start point, waited several years, and then withdrew the entire balance at the endpoint.

However, in real life, most people invest over the years, and then consecutively withdraw over the years.  This is usually referred to as an accumulation period, followed by a distribution period.

The “over time” nature of both periods impacts your overall returns.

During your investing years, most people point to dollar cost averaging as the remedy that cures all ails. 

However, imagine you experienced most of your large gains in the beginning years when there was less total money in your account.  If you then suffered losses primarily in the later years, with a more substantial account due to your added contributions, you can imagine the added drag on the overall return.

Consider the following depiction of the factors reducing average returns to real rates of return.  You’ll notice the reduction from 8.21% down to 6.83% when annual contributions were made to the investment, instead of a single lump-sum investment at the outset.

Real Rate of Return All Factors
Image from: Ohio National Financial Services

Conversely, here’s how losses can create an even more significant impact during your distribution years.  A $1,000,000 account loses 10% in a year that you also make a 5% withdrawal.  The compounded 15% loss drops your account down to $850,000, requiring a 17.6% return the following year just to refill your account and maintain your peace of mind that your money will last.

The Fallacy of Expecting the Future to Mimic the Past

Even as we account for all the factors to understand past real returns, it still doesn’t give any certainty for the future. The future is uncharted territory. We can’t guarantee that it will model the past.  If we could, which timeframe would we know was about to be repeated? 

Since average returns are different than real returns, and the past is different from the future, can you see the absurdity in assuming that the next 30 years of real returns will look like any other past 30-year average

If I expect one result, but get another, the lesson is that I am still wrong.

In Summary

Today, we’ve debunked the myth that you can rely on historical average returns as an indicator for your real future performance.

The financial industry reports average returns on your investment accounts, using historical average returns for a fund to demonstrate future performance. 

However, assuming your investing strategy will work out according to past averages is a shortcut of reason that will only lead you to frustration. 

Average isn’t real. You can’t trust average past returns posing as future real returns, no matter how official they seem. 

One of the primary reasons that average returns are often naively high is that averages fail to account for the true power of losses.  Because of this phenomenon, you can have the fake optimistic news of positive average returns, even while you lose money with negative real returns.

To determine your actual returns, you’ll need to determine the difference in account value between your start and end point.  You’ll need to account for management fees, taxes, inflation, and your investment over time.

Average returns mean nothing, even as an assessment of the past.  And, even with as high a degree of sophistication that we can achieve in understanding history, it doesn’t foretell the future. 

So, why would we naively expect the future to be predicted with as crude a calculation as a historical average return?

Your Decision Point

You may feel that what was solid ground beneath your feet is now crumbling as the arbitrary and meaningless mirage that it is.  If so, you are probably wondering what to do with this information so that you can make empowered financial decisions.

Firstly, recognize that we are talking about investments with risk, in one category: paper assets in the market.  There are other asset classes, such as real estate and business, that when you understand and control them, you minimize risk factors and increase your returns.

Besides, there’s another category of what you do with your money: your savings that consists of safe money that holds its value.  It’s important to have savings that are safe, liquid, and growing with compound interest, so you have reserves to use in the right investments when you find them.

You can combine your savings strategy with investments in a process called Privatized Banking, to increase your control and certainty, and maximize your returns. For more information, get our free 20-minute guide: Privatized Banking – The Unfair Advantage.

Book a strategy call to find out how, and also get the one thing you should be doing today to optimize your personal economy and accelerate time and money freedom. 

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IoUVS9OLj-c The real rate of return is objective, rational, and substantial. It delineates the exact performance of your capital from start point to end point.  It has actual value and meaning.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IoUVS9OLj-c




The real rate of return is objective, rational, and substantial. It delineates the exact performance of your capital from start point to end point.  It has actual value and meaning.  Like concrete beneath your feet, it’s solid ground. At its core, it is the truth. 



But finding the truth is often much harder than it appears. Searching for the real rate of return can be like battling optical illusions of smoke and mirrors. 



Fund managers, the media, and marketing literature for stock performance proclaim average returns.  You’d think that numbers and math would be impossible to manipulate to fabricate a story different from reality.  However, every day, average yields are cited as some kind of absolute, predictive authority, assuming the clout that they have no right to take.



It’s not fair to you, the one who wants to take control of your financial life and direct your outcomes.  You need truth in your financial decision-making.  Instead of staking your financial future on the shifting sand of average returns, it’s time you recognize them for the imposter they are, the ghost in the market, a mirage that means nothing at all.







What We’ll Cover



In today’s conversation, we’ll show you why average returns are misleading and can’t be taken at face value. 



We’ll take a more in-depth look at actual market returns over the last 118 years and uncover what they mean. 



And finally, we’ll reveal how to take control of your financial future and not just hope that your speculations and assumptions are accurate.



This conversation will answer:



* What do market returns mean for me?* What returns should I expect?* How do I calculate real rates of return?* What should I do to best take control of my financial future and build time and money freedom?



You’ll get the tangible facts and concrete evidence to form your own opinions and chart the course of your own financial destiny. 



A Disclaimer



Beliefs don’t create reality, because believing something doesn’t make it true.  However, often we cling to our beliefs, hoping they’ll materialize.  Even viewing the concrete facts that contradict our perception doesn’t always bring the truth to light.  We often need help to interpret what we see, so we can understand the truth, alter our thinking, and know how to respond. 



Faith and hope don’t create financial freedom. Truth and reason do.



Today’s conversation will challenge your belief system because it uncovers the reality that the typical financial system tries so desperately to hide.  The result will be an elevation of your thinking.  In thinking differently, you’ll gain the greatest clarity and see how to rise above it, all in the same instant.



Your transformation comes along with a disclaimer that certainty often comes from doing the opposite of what everyone else is doing.



Where Your Investing Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







Understanding real rates of return is part of ensuring your ability to reach your investing goals.  But before that, this knowledge will help you calibrate your mindset to fine-tune your goals in the first place, so you actually end up where you want to be. 



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 52:23
High Return Real Estate, with Jack Gibson https://themoneyadvantage.com/high-return-real-estate-jack-gibson/ Mon, 04 Feb 2019 10:00:04 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4001 Jack Gibson, President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate, gets it.  After building a multi-million-dollar income with a multi-level health company, he had a serious wake-up call.  A bet was placed against his company’s stock, and he ran the risk of losing his financial footing.  He felt vulnerable watching his only income source teeter and committed to building multiple streams of passive income. In a short time, he’d built a portfolio of over 50 properties.  Now, along with Jack Schechter, he operates High Return Real Estate, a turnkey provider. They specializing in helping other people build cash flow income with turnkey rental real estate in Indianapolis, IN. Where Turnkey Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System It’s not enough just to make a decent living and trust someone else to manage your money for you. Instead, you want to control your life and financial destiny.  That’s why we, at The Money Advantage, help business owners build time and money freedom.  We do this using our 3-step cash flow system.  First, you’ll keep more of the money you make through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and privatized banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Today’s conversation about turnkey real estate investing fits into Stage 3: Investing.  It will educate you and give you options for investing for cash flow. Who Is Jack Gibson? Jack Gibson is the President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate.  He began his entrepreneurial journey at 19 and founded his first company at the ripe old age of 21.  Operating a successful nutrition consulting and distribution company, he had built a multi-million-dollar venture before he was old enough to rent a car. Soon after that, he bought his first home as an investment.  One quickly became five, and then the bug hit.  He became obsessed with learning everything about real estate investing and soon had over 50 investment properties generating passive income.  Today, Jack spends his time mentoring other entrepreneurs, building his real estate investment portfolio, and helping other investors build a brighter future through the power of turnkey real estate income. Jack Gibson Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) The Start of Entrepreneurship Jack Gibson: [3:05] I was 19 and going to college.  I'd always had the entrepreneurial bug, but I just didn't know how to apply it, especially at a young age. I was getting disgruntled with the whole “go to school, study hard, get good grades, get a job” idea.  That wasn't the path I wanted to be on, but I was just trying to make my parents proud.  One day, while I was sitting in my dorm room, I recieved a flyer for a multi-level marketing nutrition opportunity. At first, I thought, No, I don't want to sell anything. And then for whatever reason, it hit me, why not just keep an open mind and check it out? What do you have to lose? An hour? That's where I think people lose opportunities. It's right in front of you, and you just don't ever really take a look at it. So, I took a look at the business and started. By a year in, I started really gaining some traction.  By 24 months in, we created a million-dollar business, right from my dorm. I had a lot of challenges, of course.  In that first 12 months, I had to figure it out. Then, after I graduated college, got the diploma, and made my parents proud, I worked that business full-time.  And I've been doing that ever since.  I think we closed out at least 10 or 12 million in sales in 2018 for that entity. While it gets a little controversial, the business model offers the ability to have a business with no em...

Jack Gibson, President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate, gets it.  After building a multi-million-dollar income with a multi-level health company, he had a serious wake-up call.  A bet was placed against his company’s stock, and he ran the risk of losing his financial footing.  He felt vulnerable watching his only income source teeter and committed to building multiple streams of passive income. 

In a short time, he’d built a portfolio of over 50 properties.  Now, along with Jack Schechter, he operates High Return Real Estate, a turnkey provider. They specializing in helping other people build cash flow income with turnkey rental real estate in Indianapolis, IN.

Where Turnkey Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System

It’s not enough just to make a decent living and trust someone else to manage your money for you. Instead, you want to control your life and financial destiny. 

Unique Ability Investing

That’s why we, at The Money Advantage, help business owners build time and money freedom.  We do this using our 3-step cash flow system

First, you’ll keep more of the money you make through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund. 

Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and privatized banking. 

Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.

Today’s conversation about turnkey real estate investing fits into Stage 3: Investing.  It will educate you and give you options for investing for cash flow.

Who Is Jack Gibson?

Jack Gibson is the President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate.  He began his entrepreneurial journey at 19 and founded his first company at the ripe old age of 21.  Operating a successful nutrition consulting and distribution company, he had built a multi-million-dollar venture before he was old enough to rent a car.

Soon after that, he bought his first home as an investment.  One quickly became five, and then the bug hit.  He became obsessed with learning everything about real estate investing and soon had over 50 investment properties generating passive income. 

Today, Jack spends his time mentoring other entrepreneurs, building his real estate investment portfolio, and helping other investors build a brighter future through the power of turnkey real estate income.

Jack Gibson Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript)

The Start of Entrepreneurship

Jack Gibson: [3:05] I was 19 and going to college.  I’d always had the entrepreneurial bug, but I just didn’t know how to apply it, especially at a young age.

I was getting disgruntled with the whole “go to school, study hard, get good grades, get a job” idea.  That wasn’t the path I wanted to be on, but I was just trying to make my parents proud. 

One day, while I was sitting in my dorm room, I recieved a flyer for a multi-level marketing nutrition opportunity. At first, I thought, No, I don’t want to sell anything.

And then for whatever reason, it hit me, why not just keep an open mind and check it out? What do you have to lose? An hour?

That’s where I think people lose opportunities. It’s right in front of you, and you just don’t ever really take a look at it.

So, I took a look at the business and started. By a year in, I started really gaining some traction.  By 24 months in, we created a million-dollar business, right from my dorm.

I had a lot of challenges, of course.  In that first 12 months, I had to figure it out. Then, after I graduated college, got the diploma, and made my parents proud, I worked that business full-time.  And I’ve been doing that ever since. 

I think we closed out at least 10 or 12 million in sales in 2018 for that entity. While it gets a little controversial, the business model offers the ability to have a business with no employees, no overhead, and I can work from home, so my own hours are completely on autopilot. It’s also a blessing to help other people financially, and with their health and nutrition.

From Business Owner to Investor

Jack Gibson: [5:39] Things happen for you, not to you. The negative things that happen in your life are happening for you, not against you. At the time, you think they’re against you, but then when you look back with hindsight, you see that they were a blessing in disguise.

Four years ago, a couple events happened. 

Our company received the largest attack in American history, a $1 billion short bet against our company’s publicly-traded stock.

It set me up to notice, I only have one real stream of income here.  Yes, I have some cash that I’ve accumulated and invested, but I don’t have another stream of backup income.   

I realized then that to create a long-term smart financial plan, I needed to have multiple streams of income in other sectors. I saw that real estate was where I want to go because it’s passive income if you do buy-and-hold rentals right.

Jack Gibson: [7:20] Also, at the time, I knew I needed to stay singularly focused on what I was doing with nutrition and take one hundred percent of my bandwidth and just grow this business. But I knew down the line that I was going to diversify into real estate.

At the same time, stocks dropped like a rock when I was in oil.  I knew that it was the time to make a move.

Self-Education

Jack Gibson: [8:07] I spent an hour every morning at the gym and noticed that I wasn’t utilizing that time to really educate my mind. I was using it to build a better, healthier body, but I could be using that to educate myself on things like real estate.

So instead of listening to music, I listened to a ton of podcasts while I was working out.  For 100 straight days, I listened to an hour-long podcast on real estate, while I was working out or in the car, looking for opportune moments. I read some books, but it was mostly podcasts. 

Then I just dove in and took action, and I made some mistakes. If I had waited longer, done more research, and really understood, I possibly could have avoided mistakes. But that’s really not the way I’ve ever operated in business. Instead of Ready, aim, fire, I do the opposite: fire, aim, ready

Jack Gibson: From Turnkey Investor, to High Return Real Estate Founder

Jack Gibson: [9:53] I had a bit of entryway into rentals because I’d already had my very first starter home, a single-family rental.

I’d rented the property every month for eight years, so I recognized the demand for rental property. The problem with that was that I was in too high of a price point to make a good cash-on-cash return. I was making 5%, 6%, or 7% maybe, but it wasn’t very exciting at all.

When I started researching other markets, turnkey real estate popped up in my podcast.

I realized that turnkey would be a great way for me to start, just simply because I don’t have a lot of the knowledge of how to acquire a property at below-market pricing, find a good deal, rehab it, and get good tenants in place.  All of that was well above my knowledge base and the time and energy I was willing to put into it.

I bought a single-family turnkey.  Because that started getting a great return, I bought more, building a portfolio. Pretty soon I had 50 plus units.

Then I referred the people I knew and started earning commission because of everybody that I referred in.  Then, I started taking more and more of an active role in the business. Finally, I realized I could scale beyond my network, through building digital marketing, a national brand opportunity.

I got ahold of my digital marketing coach, Jeff Schechter, aka “Shecky,” and we partnered up to create High Return Real Estate.

High Return Real Estate

Jack Gibson: [15:32] At High Return Real Estate we sell a cash-flow-producing asset to our investors. They’re not so much buying a house; they are buying a stream of income.

High Return Real Estate, with Jack Gibson

When you really boil it all down, the investor is not paying for a house as they think they are, but they’re paying for that stream of income it provides.  They’re buying a cash-on-cash ROI.

High Return Real Estate takes it from the beginning. We acquire distressed properties to get good pricing. For us to make money, usually the deals aren’t the pretty houses on the MLS.  Instead, they’re abandoned, or there’s a tenant that’s not paying for the last six months, or it may need $5,000 – $10,000 in repairs and the owner wants out. We can buy those properties off-market at a pretty good discount.

And then our value-add is how we get that back to performing status for our investor base.  We do the acquisition and rehab.  For this, we have a lot of crews, both internally and outsourced.

Then, our management companies are all in house. They’re placing the tenants, leasing up the properties, doing the ongoing maintenance and repairs, and chasing down the tenants for rent.

High Return Real Estate is mostly in B and C-Class neighborhoods, so it takes some pretty aggressive management to get the properties to perform.

Neighborhood Class and Cash-on-Cash Returns

Jack Gibson: [17:51] A-class is going to be typically higher-earners, with a hundred-thousand-dollar household income, who are willing to pay $1500 – $2500/month in rent. These are usually nice 3/2, 4/2, 5/3 house in a really nice neighborhood.  Those are tough to cash flow because you’re paying a premium for those types of neighborhoods, and the rents still don’t equate to getting a really good, bottom-line, net ROI.  Tax rates usually are higher. In today’s market, it’s tough to get anything beyond a 5 or 6% return.

With B’s and C’s, you’re still getting a lot of owner-occupied neighborhoods. Often, those are usually 4/1 or 3/2 houses. 

With C-class, it will be almost all rental areas where there’s not a lot of homeownership in those areas.  A lot of blue-collar workers that are making maybe three times the rent.  For that tenant class, in December, buying Christmas presents can be more important than paying rent. It’s just the reality.

The cash flow is in C-class because we can get single-family homes to investors for $40,000 – $50,000 that are paying $600 – $700 in rent.  The investor is cash flowing at least 10% ROI after expenses.  In today’s market, that’s an outstanding cap rate. So that’s where we stick to create a really nice stream of passive income for our investors.

High Return Real Estate Volume and Supply

Jack Gibson: [22:34] Right now, we have 400 units under management, and that’s just in the last year.

About a year ago, we formed a partnership with Urban House. These were our acquisition guys who were feeding us properties.  But they saw our struggles with outsourcing property management, who make their money through up-charging maintenance and repairs. 

Property management had been charging so much that they were eating away all of our investors’ cash flow every month. It really hurt us because we work so hard to get these properties performing, and then we saw our investors come back complaining that the properties weren’t making a great ROI. We knew we had to take the property management internal.

We asked our acquisition team to take on property management, and they agreed to do it.  Now we can all stay in our own lanes, and we can be in control of the entire process all the way through. And our investors aren’t getting gouged on after-the-sale repairs and maintenance.

Security Deposits and Maximizing Investor Cash Flow

Jack Gibson: [25:44] Security deposits are a tougher thing in C-class property.  Say the rent is $650 on a two-bedroom, one bath house. Sometimes, if we need to fill the property, we’ll take $300. Realistically, they should be putting down $1,200 – $1,500, but if you charge that, you won’t lease anything up. You have to move with them.

But tenants rarely get their deposits back. They usually do something that necessitates management keeping the deposit.  

However, there’s no way around it, typically on the tenant turn, the investor’s always going to have to do something. 

With our model, though, we can mitigate those risks because we have internal teams that we’re paying hourly, and we don’t mark that up, and the investor’s getting that at cost.  That’s huge for their cash flow.

The Goal of Happy Investors

Jack Gibson: [26:59] At the end of the day, if investors aren’t getting a good cash flow, two things aren’t going to happen.

First, they’re not going to buy any more properties. That’s a terrible event because we want a smaller investor pool that we’re building a long-term partnership with, versus trying to onboard hundreds of clients, because that’s a lot of work.

The second is that we thrive on referrals. If our investors are getting good cash-on-cash return, they’re going to open us up to their higher-net-worth friends and family.  That makes our job so much easier.

That’s why we wanted to control the whole processes and keep the cost down for our investor base.

Property Management Fees

Jack Gibson: [28:05] Our property management is a flat 10%. 

At the end of the day, the property management division is merely a tool to facilitate the acquisition and sales of properties. Our property management team makes their money through an acquisition fee, and we make our money through selling.  Property management is just a tool to help our investors to cash flow.  It’s a breakeven scenario, at best.

We charge a one-month lease-up fee. Companies I partnered with initially only charged $150, but that wasn’t a long-term sustainable way to grow and scale a company, because there’s not enough cash flow coming in to have enough good leasing agents to screen tenants effectively. For us in C-class, you need to charge the first full month’s rent.

How Do You Invest with a Great Turnkey Company and Not Get Burned?

Jack Gibson: [30:17] A lot of people got burned by a couple of companies because they were buying properties before they were actually completed. The investor was buying property in hopes that the company would keep their word to do the rehab to the quality that they had promised.

The problem with that, especially when doing out-of-state investing, is that the quality of the rehab can be very different from what your expectation is, compared to what they’re actually planning on delivering, and they can also hide a lot of stuff.

They can put lipstick on a pig, and make it really look good on the pictures. But if the internal bones of the property – the electrical, plumbing, foundation, and roof – aren’t all intact and good quality, you can get killed over the long haul, fixing that stuff back up.

That’s how the investor can pay way too much for the property. And now on top of that, still have to go back and fix the bones.

That’s why we want to make sure that the investor has full confidence and full disclosure of everything about this property. We want them to know when they buy it, how old the roof is, that the electric works, the plumbing is good, and the foundation is intact. 

To facilitate this, we have an independent third-party inspection company do a five-point inspection to cover all the major infrastructure that would be the expensive stuff for the investor. If anything comes up on the report, we take our crews back in to address the issues.

We provide a signed third-party inspection compliance report and pictures to the investor, so they can see everything about the property.

It’s All About the Team

Jack Gibson: [32:52] After buying properties from different teams around the country, I’ve found is that it’s not just about buying a property. You’re really buying the team that’s behind the property.

You can pay more for a property that doesn’t look nearly as good on paper with the ROI, but if the team behind it is excellent, it will outperform a property that looks better on paper.

We encourage investors to fly in and do an investor tour, meet us, come to our office, see the properties, and get a feel for what we’re doing. We offer referrals and references of people that have known me for 20 years that have done real estate transactions with me.

That way, prospective investors can do their due diligence however they decide they want to.

No Guarantees

Jack Gibson: [35:44] We certainly don’t guarantee anything. In fact, we make investors sign an affidavit when they buy the property, recognizing that, like any investment, it has risk. 

We want to ensure investors understand that it is challenging to manage. But with the right systems and processes in place, you’ll find the middle ground between over-screening tenants and having a high vacancy rate, and throwing somebody in and just hoping they pay.

The good thing about the state of Indiana is that the eviction law is very much on the homeowner side.  We can get people out in 30 days.

Jack Gibson: [39:14] You really can’t give too much leeway in this tenant class because if you give them an inch, they’ll take a mile.  You really have to create a pretty hard-nosed structure with them.  Still, there are times where the team makes decisions on the fly when a person actually does have a legitimate reason to pay late and will work something out with partial payments. We don’t want to keep turning over tenants. We want them to stay as long-term as possible because tenant turnover is the costliest part of the property rental business.  Turnover creates a vacancy, which is the most expensive line item. In addition, you’re going to have your tenant turnover costs to get the property back into rent-ready condition.

We want tenants to stay a long time, so we answer their maintenance requests very quickly.

Why High Return Real Estate Invests in Indianapolis

Jack Gibson: [41:15] Initially, because I live in Michigan, investing in Indianapolis was convenient.  It was less than three hours away, so I could actually go in and see the market and see properties.

It has all the things that you need.  Taxes are very low, capped at 2% of assessed value for investor property.  The market has not really grown that much, so the prices aren’t so high that it doesn’t make sense from an acquisition standpoint to have a good price-to-rent ratio. The price-to-rent ratios are still solid because it’s a stable city. For instance, in 2008, it didn’t really crash much, only dropping about 10%.  It’s almost recession-proof, and it doesn’t have wild swings like the coastal markets do.

There’s a huge amount of rental demand, and there’s lots of industry with good, stable blue-collar jobs there, so the job market is very good. The city is growing slowly because the job market is so good, and the economy is solid. 

Using Infinite Banking as a Real Estate Investor

Jack Gibson: [43:27] Like most people, I wasn’t educated about insurance. I think there’s a lot of misinformation from stereotypes – the same thing I find in network marketing.  People have a mindset that, for whatever reason, is preventing them from seeing something that’s pretty awesome.

With insurance, it’s the same thing. There are great insurance products, and there are others that are not so great.  That’s where you need a team like you guys to help the buyer decipher the difference and figure out the right move for them.

For me, it was about getting myself educated. I hired a company to help higher-income-earners use tax reduction strategies to lessen the pain of April 15. They referred me to a partner company to help with insurance.

I started my policy about two years ago, and I just turned 40 this past year.  We put $100,000/year into our policy. We’re pretty aggressive with it. After the one-year anniversary, I was able to borrow against my policy, but the policy is continuing to grow.

I can invest in more property, so now I’m making money in two places. My policy is continuing to grow in absolutely the safest place. On the flip side of that, now I’m able to have this cash to be able to deploy and actively use to buy more investments to fund my High Return Real Estate acquisitions.

We can do more fix and flips. It’s really going to be cool when I hit year 3, 4, and 5, when I can borrow quite a big chunk against the policy to have some really cool working capital. We used a mutual company, as that’s a very important part of it.

Why Did You Build Your Financial Life with Cash Flow and Control?

Control

Jack Gibson: [49:37] Here is one of the major events that got me into real estate …

In my nutrition company, I knew that we had a really good quarter. I had legal insider information effectively. I’m an independent sales rep, I know the metrics, and I know what’s going on in the market, so I bought a lot of the stock.  I bought it right before the earnings report came out because I knew the earnings were going to be phenomenal, and usually when it’s good, the stock goes up. You’re not always right, but I knew it was a pretty good bet.

Then, this guy, David Einhorn, gets on our call with three questions. He’s a known short seller. His questions created an effect that he was about to short, and the stock dropped 30% overnight.

That told me that I’m not in control when I invest in the stock market.

With real estate, I can control it to a certain extent.  I can’t control everything about it, but I can control a lot of the aspects of that investment, and I like to be in control.

To me, that is better for my overall well-being, and I can actually sleep better at night, knowing that I’m in control.

Cash Flow: Streams of Income

Jack Gibson: [51:26] The other thing I look at is this: do I want a big pile of cash at the end of the day, or do I want streams of income?  

This is my thought process: If I hit 65 and I’ve got 2 million accumulated in the stock market, now I’ve got to start depleting those funds to live off of for the rest of my life.

Instead, if I go into retirement with multiple streams of income that are kicking off plenty of money for me to live on, enjoy a great lifestyle and still have access to be charitable without worry, we can still invest for the future.

To me, that just makes a lot more sense to have multiple streams of income versus one lump sum. That’s why I invest.  My nutrition company and my rental real estate are each built on a passive stream of income.

Capital Appreciation vs. Cash Flow in Real Estate

Jack Gibson: [53:25] I’m all for capital appreciation because you’re not taxed on it immediately, so you can defer the taxes and grow the wealth through appreciation of the asset. That’s the one thing that the stock market offers you. 

But with real estate, I get capital appreciation, and I can get cash flow. Now, I will say this, it’s tougher to do both.  At a high level, usually, you have to give up one for the other in a way.  With our properties, we don’t expect them to go up in value that much. It’s not a capital appreciation play, it’s more of a cash flow play.

For those who invest in coastal markets, where you think the property value will go up, it’s not a cash flow play by any stretch. It’s probably a negative cash flow play. A lot of times you’re banking on that appreciation.  You have to know what you want. From my viewpoint, banking on capital appreciation is a pretty risky strategy, but some people that really know what they’re doing can play that game.

A Key Mindset to Building Time and Money Freedom

Jack Gibson: [58:53] You need to know what your goals are, and what your bandwidth is.  Do you want to be an active investor or a passive investor?  Most people are probably much better off if they’re focused on what they’re doing to generate income, and then become a passive investor on the side.

If they’re going to invest passively, though, you need to get knowledge and education about all the different strategies. There’s a lot more to growing and protecting wealth than signing up with a broker and asking them to invest your money for you.

Connect with High Return Real Estate

Explore available properties and start investing by booking a call with the head of investor relations at High Return Real Estate.

Get The Ultimate Checklist: Know with Complete Certainty, Which Property Is the Best TurnKey Investment, in 5 Minutes or Less, Without Second-Guessing Your Decision!

Check out The High Return Real Estate Show: The Podcast for Heavy Hitters.  The show educates investors and gives them an opportunity to get to know the High Return Real Estate team before actually meeting them.

Create Your Time and Money Freedom

Do you want to begin building capital, putting it to work, and accelerating time and money freedom?  To find out the one thing you should be doing to increase your cash flow by keeping more of the money you make, book a Strategy Call with us today.

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
Jack Gibson, President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate, gets it.  After building a multi-million-dollar income with a multi-level health company, he had a serious wake-up call.  A bet was placed against his company’s stock, Jack Gibson, President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate, gets it.  After building a multi-million-dollar income with a multi-level health company, he had a serious wake-up call.  A bet was placed against his company’s stock, and he ran the risk of losing his financial footing.  He felt vulnerable watching his only income source teeter and committed to building multiple streams of passive income. 

In a short time, he’d built a portfolio of over 50 properties.  Now, along with Jack Schechter, he operates High Return Real Estate, a turnkey provider. They specializing in helping other people build cash flow income with turnkey rental real estate in Indianapolis, IN.








Where Turnkey Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System



It’s not enough just to make a decent living and trust someone else to manage your money for you. Instead, you want to control your life and financial destiny. 







That’s why we, at The Money Advantage, help business owners build time and money freedom.  We do this using our 3-step cash flow system



First, you’ll keep more of the money you make through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund. 



Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and privatized banking. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Today’s conversation about turnkey real estate investing fits into Stage 3: Investing.  It will educate you and give you options for investing for cash flow.



Who Is Jack Gibson?



Jack Gibson is the President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate.  He began his entrepreneurial journey at 19 and founded his first company at the ripe old age of 21.  Operating a successful nutrition consulting and distribution company, he had built a multi-million-dollar venture before he was old enough to rent a car.



Soon after that, he bought his first home as an investment.  One quickly became five, and then the bug hit.  He became obsessed with learning everything about real estate investing and soon had over 50 investment properties generating passive income. 



Today, Jack spends his time mentoring other entrepreneurs, building his real estate investment portfolio, and helping other investors build a brighter future through the power of turnkey real estate income.



Jack Gibson Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript)



The Start of Entrepreneurship



Jack Gibson: [3:05] I was 19 and going to college.  I'd always had the entrepreneurial bug, but I just didn't know how to apply it, especially at a young age.



I was getting disgruntled with the whole “go to school, study hard, get good grades, get a job” idea.  That wasn't the path I wanted to be on, but I was just trying to make my parents proud. 



One day, while I was sitting in my dorm room,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:02:13
Privatized Banking – Life Insurance Loans and Why We Use Them https://themoneyadvantage.com/life-insurance-loans-and-why-we-use-them/ Mon, 28 Jan 2019 10:00:12 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4053 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wDRmau3PzGU Life insurance loans are one of the superpowers of The Privatized Banking Concept.  They give you ready access to capital at any time, for any reason.  These loans make the cash value of specially-designed life insurance an ideal pool of seed capital for your investing strategy.  Providing the opportunity to earn uninterrupted compound interest, leverage your capital, boost your returns, shrink opportunity costs, and accelerate time and money freedom, life insurance loans come close to financial omnipotence.However, many people encounter a mental hurdle when they consider using loans to fund their investments. These concerns would make perfect sense if I were in their position.  Here’s why: they don’t want to be in debt.  They don’t want to pay to use their money.  And they're concerned that interest owed on a loan will eat into their returns when they put their capital to work.  However, much financial fear is based in partial truth and lack of understanding of the full range of impacts of your decisions.  And this isn’t your fault.  Most “financial education” is a spiffed-up sales pitch offered by "financial experts."  Instead of helping you, it's a one-way street, viewed through rose-colored glasses, to a particular financial product.  Meanwhile, you’re wondering if you will be convinced to buy something you don’t actually want or need.  But, consider this, anything worth understanding has layers of complexity, and only those who pursue a comprehensive understanding will gain it. This quote by Bryan Bloom strikes at the heart of the matter: Why isn’t everyone doing this?  Everyone who understands, does.– Bryan Bloom, Confessions of a CPA When it comes to life insurance loans, a healthy dose of curiosity will help you gain an understanding of a financial process, principles, and truths that will give you advantages most people only dream of. What We’ll Cover In today’s conversation, we’ll answer your questions about life insurance loans and why we use them, including: What is the function of life insurance cash value in my financial life?How does life insurance increase my liquidity?What is a life insurance loan?What can I use a life insurance loan for?When investing, why would I use a life insurance loan instead of paying cash?How do I increase my return on investment by using life insurance loans with my investments?Why would I pay interest to “use my own money”?Are there times that I should consider another loan with a better interest rate? We’ll give you the number one reason to use life insurance loans.  Then, we’ll demonstrate why life insurance loans increase returns on your investments.  Packaging it all together, we’ll show you how life insurance loans give you multi-dimensional access to capital that you won’t find anywhere else. Where Privatized Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System Life insurance loans are a part of Privatized Banking, just one step in the greater Cash Flow System. Wedged between Stage 1 and 3, Privatized Banking fits into Stage 2, the canopy of protection in your financial life.  While protecting your personal economy from the risk of loss, it also helps you keep more of the money you make and amplifies your cash-flowing asset strategy, accelerating time and money freedom.  The Function of Life Insurance Cash Value in Your Financial Life Cash value is part of your savings, a place to store cash.  This is your stable, safe money that you save for emergencies and opportunities because it holds its value and provides accessibility. The function is completely different from your investing.  With investments, you’re interested in returns.  When you invest, you want to grow your money, either through cash flow or by appreciation.  But life insurance is not and never will be an investment. While lyour policy cash value does offer growth, it’s primary benefits to you are the stability of...

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wDRmau3PzGU

Life insurance loans are one of the superpowers of The Privatized Banking Concept.  They give you ready access to capital at any time, for any reason.  These loans make the cash value of specially-designed life insurance an ideal pool of seed capital for your investing strategy.  Providing the opportunity to earn uninterrupted compound interest, leverage your capital, boost your returns, shrink opportunity costs, and accelerate time and money freedom, life insurance loans come close to financial omnipotence.

However, many people encounter a mental hurdle when they consider using loans to fund their investments. 

These concerns would make perfect sense if I were in their position.  Here’s why: they don’t want to be in debt.  They don’t want to pay to use their money.  And they’re concerned that interest owed on a loan will eat into their returns when they put their capital to work. 

However, much financial fear is based in partial truth and lack of understanding of the full range of impacts of your decisions. 

And this isn’t your fault.  Most “financial education” is a spiffed-up sales pitch offered by “financial experts.”  Instead of helping you, it’s a one-way street, viewed through rose-colored glasses, to a particular financial product.  Meanwhile, you’re wondering if you will be convinced to buy something you don’t actually want or need. 

But, consider this, anything worth understanding has layers of complexity, and only those who pursue a comprehensive understanding will gain it.

This quote by Bryan Bloom strikes at the heart of the matter:

Why isn’t everyone doing this?  Everyone who understands, does.

– Bryan Bloom, Confessions of a CPA

When it comes to life insurance loans, a healthy dose of curiosity will help you gain an understanding of a financial process, principles, and truths that will give you advantages most people only dream of.

What We’ll Cover

In today’s conversation, we’ll answer your questions about life insurance loans and why we use them, including:

  1. What is the function of life insurance cash value in my financial life?
  2. How does life insurance increase my liquidity?
  3. What is a life insurance loan?
  4. What can I use a life insurance loan for?
  5. When investing, why would I use a life insurance loan instead of paying cash?
  6. How do I increase my return on investment by using life insurance loans with my investments?
  7. Why would I pay interest to “use my own money”?
  8. Are there times that I should consider another loan with a better interest rate?

We’ll give you the number one reason to use life insurance loans.  Then, we’ll demonstrate why life insurance loans increase returns on your investments. 

Packaging it all together, we’ll show you how life insurance loans give you multi-dimensional access to capital that you won’t find anywhere else.

Where Privatized Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System

Privatized Banking

Life insurance loans are a part of Privatized Banking, just one step in the greater Cash Flow System.

Wedged between Stage 1 and 3, Privatized Banking fits into Stage 2, the canopy of protection in your financial life.  While protecting your personal economy from the risk of loss, it also helps you keep more of the money you make and amplifies your cash-flowing asset strategy, accelerating time and money freedom. 

The Function of Life Insurance Cash Value in Your Financial Life

Cash value is part of your savings, a place to store cash.  This is your stable, safe money that you save for emergencies and opportunities because it holds its value and provides accessibility.

The function is completely different from your investing.  With investments, you’re interested in returns.  When you invest, you want to grow your money, either through cash flow or by appreciation. 

But life insurance is not and never will be an investment.

While lyour policy cash value does offer growth, it’s primary benefits to you are the stability of value and ready access.

A Garage to Park Your Money

You could think of putting your money into cash value life insurance as parking your cars in the garage. 

Driving the cars is where you put them to work, and where all the risk happens. 

But no one drives their car 24/7. 

Between driving excursions, you want a safe, reliable garage to park your car.  Maybe you’d like a heated garage with a garage door opener, in a space that doubles as the organization for your tools, storage, personal gym, and a convertible entertaining area. 

The same goes for your money.  You need a safe, reliable place to park your cash between investments, where it also gets the most benefits.

When you’re storing your money, you’re not as interested in growth.  It’s nice if it grows, but the primary objective is providing you with safety and liquidity, with as many other benefits as possible.

Why You Need to Store Cash Between Investments

The reason it’s difficult to think of your money as living in these two separate roles of storage and working is that when people have cash, the money often seems to burn a hole in their pocket. They want to be 100% invested all the time.  But that would be like driving your car 24 hours/day. 

In contrast, Richard Wilson, who works with family offices serving multimillionaire and billionaire families, discloses that the ultra-wealthy don’t invest in everything that’s pitched to them. Rather, they only invest in the best deals that are right for them, matching their mission and investor identity. 

If you’re modeling this laser-focused approach and investing only in the best deals, you’ll say no most of the time.  There will be opportunities you don’t take while you’re looking for the best investments.  And you’ll have time that you are not invested – periods of rest between deals. 

You’ll carefully conduct your due diligence to pinpoint the best 1% of opportunities that match your criteria.  When you’ve located the right deal and are ready to invest, you want capital prepared to deploy immediately to seize the opportunity.

Remember, the ultra-wealthy are disciplined.  They know precisely what they invest in and are comfortable sitting on cash until the right deal comes along.

For this reason, it’s critical to slow down, focus on savings, and figure out the criteria for your best investments

When planning the trajectory of your financial life, the first question to ask yourself is this: where will you store your money?  The next question is: how will you access the money when you need it? 

Cash value that you access through life insurance loans is an excellent strategy that answers both questions.

How Life Insurance Increases Your Liquidity

Now that you’re determined to find the best place to store your money between investments, let’s evaluate how life insurance increases your liquidity.

Three Parts of a Life Insurance Contract

There are three primary parts of the type of policy we use the premium, the death benefit, and the cash value.

The premium is what you pay into the policy.  This is akin to the money you put into savings.

The death benefit is the insurance portion of the contract that pays out to your beneficiaries when you die.

The cash value is the portion of the death benefit that you can access during your lifetime. The cash value could be compared to the account balance on a savings account.  This is the portion of the policy that we refer to as an emergency/opportunity fund because it’s the safe, liquid, and growing money you can use.

To consider the liquidity that cash value life insurance provides, we’ll focus in on this cash value element.

The Liquidity of Life Insurance Cash Value

When you put premium dollars into a specially-designed life insurance policy, you have access to high cash value right up front.  And we’re not talking about a little bit of money. 

you make the rules quote

In the first year of the policy, usually about 30 days after the check clears, you can access at least 50 – 60% of what you’ve paid in premiums.  Often, between years five and nine, you can access 100% of what you’ve paid in premiums.  After that, the cash value continues to grow above your cost basis (total premiums paid in). *

When you own a cash value policy, you have a growing pool of capital that you can use.

It’s almost easier to conceptualize what happens when you fund a life insurance policy by thinking of it this way: the money you put in grows, is available to you, and creates a death benefit.  In the early years, most of the internal costs are front-loaded, which is why you don’t have access to the full 100% until a few years later.

To access and use your cash value, you have a guaranteed loan provision.  This allows you to borrow an amount up to nearly all of your cash value by using your cash value to collateralize a loan from the life insurance company.

And, your cash value is contractually guaranteed to never drop in value, so you’ll never have to worry about losing money.

Once you’ve built cash value, there are no checkpoints, gates, bars, or denials on accessing that amount of capital.  The only limitation on how much capital you can get is how much you’ve put into the policy in the first place.

*Individual policies are based on age, gender, and habits.  Individual considerations may improve or delay the timeframe of your liquidity.

Comparing Other Options to Store Money and Maintain Liquidity

To further think this through, where else could you store your dollars?  And how would that affect your liquidity and your ability to use your money? 

Invest Directly

You could put money directly into an investment.  In this case, your cash would not be liquid for the next investment. 

Home Equity

Instead, you could use your cash to pay off your house, increasing your equity. However, to use that equity, you would have to qualify for a loan or line of credit, which may be denied or called as it best benefits the bank. 

I think of this as having limitations on your liquidity, because you need to qualify to use your equity.  Further weakening this strategy, market fluctuations could cause a loss in value.

Retirement Plans

Many people put cash into qualified retirement plans.  The downfall is that to access this cash, you need to use a loan to prevent taxes and fees but can only access up to 50% of your account, or $50K, whichever is less.  If you need more money, you’ll need to take a withdrawal, incurring taxes and early withdrawal penalties.  Here again, market forces can erode your account value, making qualified plans a poor piggy bank.

Savings Account

Or, you could put your cash into a savings account, and then use the savings pot to fund investments.  Your money would be liquid but wouldn’t be growing at a rate above inflation.  It wouldn’t create a death benefit.  And every time you use your cash, you’d be interrupting the compounding, giving up one of the most potent benefits of long-term savings.

Cash Value Life Insurance

Considering the alternatives, cash value life insurance is a far superior cash storage option.  You build an ever-growing cash value.  As a policy owner you have a contractual guarantee to access your cash with a guaranteed loan request.  You can’t be denied this loan.  That means that you have guaranteed access to capital, to use when the time is right.  You won’t pay taxes and penalties for this access.  Your money is growing competitively, with compound interest, and you never reset the compounding.

What Is A Life Insurance Loan?

Let’s look deeper at what a life insurance loan is, and why it’s a superior method of accessing capital.

Collateralizing Your Cash Value

When you access your cash value, you are not removing your cash value from your policy.  Instead, you are taking a loan from the life insurance company, using your cash value as collateral. 

When you take a loan, the life insurance company places a lien on a portion of your cash value equal to the loan.  That portion cannot be used as collateral for another loan until the first loan is repaid.  But as the loan is repaid, the lien is equivalently reduced.  This releases the same cash value to collateralize another life insurance loan again. 

Rather than decreasing your total cash value, outstanding loans only reduce your available cash value. 

Total cash value – Current outstanding policy loans = Available cash value that can be collateralized

Life insurance loans merely reduce the available cash value that can be collateralized for another life insurance loan at the present time. 

The mechanics of this accessibility create its unique advantage.  Here are the implications and benefits to you:

1) You’re Using Other People’s Money (OPM)

You are not borrowing your cash value – you are borrowing against your cash value.

Rather than using your own money, you’re gaining unfettered access to the life insurance company’s capital.  Your cash value stays intact, while you deploy other people’s money (OPM) in the ventures of your choosing.

2) You Earn Uninterrupted Compound Interest

Because your own money stays securely intact, at any point in time, with or without loans, your total cash value continues to rise steadily.  It does so by earning interest and dividends.

This means that, even when you use your money through life insurance loans, you concurrently are earning compound interest.

Because your own money continues to grow, you leverage the power of uninterrupted compounding

3) You Recycle Your Cash

When you repay the loan, whether incrementally or all at once, you release the cash value to be used again. 

This capital access is similar to a HELOC.  With a HELOC, current balances are secured against the equity of the property and repaid balances free up the equity to collateralize another transaction.  The difference is that, with a HELOC, the underlying value of the property has the potential to fluctuate and even drop in value, while the underlying cash value in your policy will never go down in value.

Putting the same money to work over and over again is only possible if you maintain control of your capital.  You never give up your cash and put it into someone else’s hands.  Instead, it remains at your service, able to be collateralized over and over again.

This recycling provides for your money to multitask and increase its velocity. 

Think of it this way.  Within equal timeframes, if you could only use your money once, you’d need to get the highest return possible, say 20%.  What if instead, you used the same dollars over and over 20 times, earning 10% each time.  If every time you sent out the capital to work for you, it brought back a harvest, you would have created a 200% return.  This is the power of velocity.

Why “Paying Interest to Use My Own Money” Is a Myth

life insurance loans

This statement comes from a slight misunderstanding. With a life insurance loan, you’re not using your own money. Rather, you’re borrowing the life insurance company’s funds.  When you use the life insurance company’s money, you pay interest to them for the use of their capital.

The primary objection to using life insurance loans is usually some form of the question, why would I pay interest to use my own money?

The interest accrues, adding to the loan balance, if unpaid.

Remember the principle:

All capital has a cost.

Don’t try to look for capital that has no cost, because it does not exist. 

Using your own cash costs what you can no longer earn on that money. 

Using someone else’s requires the payment of interest. 

Life Insurance Loans Allow You to Continue Earning Interest

The value of using life insurance loans is not that it removes the cost of capital.  Instead, it mitigates the cost by allowing you to continue earning interest at the same time.  This minimizes your overall cost of capital and gains you the upper hand of being the bank.

The advantage is the ability to control capital and use arbitrage to increase your returns.  It’s valuable to look at the sum total of the whole picture, not just the cost of the loan.

The Value of Using Life Insurance Loans to Invest, Instead of Just Paying Cash

Another common question that arises out of grappling with the idea of using life insurance loans to invest is this: why would I use a loan from a life insurance policy to invest instead of just paying cash?  Wouldn’t paying interest to repay the loan reduce my earnings?

The answer requires a further discussion of what happens when you use a life insurance loan. 

Surprisingly, you’ll discover that using a life insurance loan to fund an investment not only doesn’t cut into your returns, but far to the contrary.  Instead, using this loan boosts your investment earnings.

Fundamentally, here’s the difference:

When You Pay Cash, You Trade Returns

While paying cash may seem more straightforward and direct, it comes with a significant disadvantage.  When you use your cash, you can no longer earn a return on that money in the original account. 

When you interrupt the compounding of your money, you stop it’s earning power.  You trade it’s return for the return that you can get in an outside investment.

Therefore, the opportunity cost of using your own cash is all the future money you could have earned in the original account, had you let it continue to earn compound interest. 

When You Use a Life Insurance Loan, You Stack Returns

But when you use a life insurance loan, instead of trading one return for another, you get both, stacking the two returns on top of each other.

You continue earning the return in the life insurance, PLUS you earn a return in your outside investment. 

You don’t have to accept the false dichotomy that you must give up one return to get another.  This recognition is the key to understanding the power possible to you with Privatized Banking.

Increasing Your Return on Investment by Using Life Insurance Loans

Here’s a closer look at how life insurance loans increase your ROI through stacking your returns.

Life Insurance Loans and Why We Use Them

Imagine you started by putting cash aside for 7 years.  After that, you used your capital to buy a $100K property that will cash flow $1000/month. Let’s compare using life insurance loans vs. paying cash to see how using a life insurance loan increases your returns. 

We’ll discuss an overview here, but you can get a full explanation in our Privatized Banking video course.

Paying Cash to Fund Your Investment

Your first 7 years of deposits of $35,000 each year are made into a bank savings account that earns 1%.  Because the savings account is taxable, it’s subject to your 33% tax bracket, reducing your after-tax growth rate to 0.67%.

In year 7, you take $100K of cash out of the account, dropping your balance from $323,556 down to $223,556.  This account continues earning over the next 30 years. 

Since you paid cash, you own the property free and clear, so you collect the full $1K in rent each month.  Over the next 30 years, you will receive a total of $360K in cash flow from the property. 

If you deposit it back into the same savings account as you collect it, and leave it there without touching it again, your ending account balance after another 30 years from the property purchase date (37 years from your initial funding year) will be $671,623.

Using Life Insurance Cash Value as a Private Reserve to Fund Your Investment

In contrast, instead of placing $35,000 each year into bank savings, imagine you put the same funds into a specially-designed life insurance contract instead.  (An actual life insurance illustration for a 47-year-old man in average health was used for this example.)

Accounting for Loan Repayment

As with the cash-only example, in year 7, you use $100K by borrowing against your cash value with a $100K life insurance loan, accepting the terms of 5% interest over 30 years and generating a monthly payment of $536.82.

Because you now have an outstanding loan, your net monthly cash flow will be reduced.  You’ll still receive the rent payments of $1K/month, but after paying the life insurance loan payment, you’ll have $463.18/month left over. 

Summing all 30 years of rental payments, less loan payments, you’ll receive a net of $166,744.80 in cash flow over the next 30 years, after which, the loan will be fully repaid. 

Yes, this is an amount significantly less than the $360K net cash flow from the property if you paid cash.  This is where most people mentally stop with this calculation, but it’s misleading because it doesn’t tell the whole story. 

Earning in Two Places at the Same Time

Remember, with the life insurance loan option, you are gaining returns in two places, not just one.  Now we need to look ahead to our policy’s cash value at the end of the measurement period. 

Here’s what we find: 30 years after the property was purchased (the 37th year of the policy), the total cash value of the life insurance policy, including interest and dividends amounts to $951,832.  Adding the net cash flow received from the property, you’d have a total cash volume of $1,118,576.80, compared with the ending cash amount of $671,623 in the cash-only example.  (Note that in the life insurance loan example, the property cash flow does not earn a rate of return at all, whereas, in the cash example, the cash flows were deposited into an interest-bearing account, giving the cash-only case an upper hand.)

Life Insurance Loans and Investments

The Undeniable Advantage of Using Privatized Banking with Life Insurance Loans

Using a life insurance loan provided you almost 2X as much cash at the end of the measurement period.  This is because, with life insurance, you earned a higher return, in a non-taxable environment, and didn’t reset the compounding on your money. AND you also created a death benefit, a side benefit that wasn’t even considered in the cash-only example.

Therefore, paying interest to use a life insurance loan doesn’t cut into your earnings.  Thinking so stems from viewing just part of the scenario.  When you look at the full picture, the end result of this example is that even though you paid interest to access your capital through a loan, you nearly doubled your ending balance.

Again, the reason life insurance loans work so well to accelerate your returns is that you aren’t trading returns.  Instead, you’re stacking returns. You’re earning uninterrupted compound interest in the policy while also earning an external return at the same time.

What Can You Use a Life Insurance Loan For?

If it’s this good, what exactly can you use a life insurance loan for?  The sky’s the limit here too!

When you have cash value, you are the only person who determines what it will be used for.  There’s no third party standing over your shoulder to dictate the terms of use.

You can use a life insurance loan for anything – we do, however, only support the use of these loans for legal transactions. 

It can finance the buyout of another business, fund a marketing campaign, or even cover expenses during months of tight income.  It can pay for a medical emergency or a new car. You could use it to make a down payment on a house, pay off loans to free up the monthly payments, or purchase business equipment.

You can purchase cash flow-producing assets like real estate, business, land, oil, or gas.  Here’s a sampling of some alternative assets you could finance with a life insurance loan: individual turnkey property, multifamily apartments, or mobile home parks.

Obtaining the Best Loan with the Best Interest Rate

Now, just because you have life insurance cash value, doesn’t mean you’ll want to use this as your sole capital source. 

There are times you may want to get another loan with a better interest rate.  In fact, banks will often collateralize a policy’s cash value (not the death benefit) and offer a loan at their going rate for secured loans.

Or, sometimes it makes sense to get a loan from another institution without collateralizing your policy.

But, if you know your cash can earn 3 – 5% in your policy when your money is at rest, parked in the garage , why would you pay cash and give up the opportunity to earn that return?

The main priority is having control of your capital, which gives you peace of mind and options to make the best decisions.

In Summary

Today, we’ve discussed why you want to use life insurance loans and what they are. 

The number one reason to use a life insurance loan is that it allows you to maintain control of your capital and earn uninterrupted compound interest.

Life insurance cash value is a funding source that provides ready access to capital by offering liquidity through the guaranteed loan provision.

Finally, life insurance loans increase returns on your investments by giving you an external return on outside investments, in addition to the internal rate of return that you earn inside the policy.  When you deploy capital, you take a loan against your cash value, allowing you to earn a return in two places at the same time.  This boosts your investment returns, accelerating time and money freedom.

Packaging together the control, guaranteed loan provision, collateralization, uninterrupted compound growth, and the ability to earn returns in two places at the same time, life insurance loans give you a multi-dimensional access to capital that you won’t find anywhere else.

Your Decision Point

Now, it’s up to you to decide how to proceed. The only limit on your access to capital through life insurance loans is how much you put in in the first place.

For more information on Specially Designed Life Insurance Contracts, get our free 20-minute guide: Privatized Banking – The Unfair Advantage.

If you would like to implement life insurance and Privatized Banking in your own life, talk to us about how it would work for you.

Book a strategy call to find out how, and also get the one thing you should be doing today to optimize your personal economy and accelerate time and money freedom. 

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wDRmau3PzGU Life insurance loans are one of the superpowers of The Privatized Banking Concept.  They give you ready access to capital at any time, for any reason.  These loans make the cash value of specially-designe...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wDRmau3PzGU




Life insurance loans are one of the superpowers of The Privatized Banking Concept.  They give you ready access to capital at any time, for any reason.  These loans make the cash value of specially-designed life insurance an ideal pool of seed capital for your investing strategy.  Providing the opportunity to earn uninterrupted compound interest, leverage your capital, boost your returns, shrink opportunity costs, and accelerate time and money freedom, life insurance loans come close to financial omnipotence.

However, many people encounter a mental hurdle when they consider using loans to fund their investments. 

These concerns would make perfect sense if I were in their position.  Here’s why: they don’t want to be in debt.  They don’t want to pay to use their money.  And they're concerned that interest owed on a loan will eat into their returns when they put their capital to work. 









However, much financial fear is based in partial truth and lack of understanding of the full range of impacts of your decisions. 



And this isn’t your fault.  Most “financial education” is a spiffed-up sales pitch offered by "financial experts."  Instead of helping you, it's a one-way street, viewed through rose-colored glasses, to a particular financial product.  Meanwhile, you’re wondering if you will be convinced to buy something you don’t actually want or need. 



But, consider this, anything worth understanding has layers of complexity, and only those who pursue a comprehensive understanding will gain it.



This quote by Bryan Bloom strikes at the heart of the matter:



Why isn’t everyone doing this?  Everyone who understands, does.– Bryan Bloom, Confessions of a CPA



When it comes to life insurance loans, a healthy dose of curiosity will help you gain an understanding of a financial process, principles, and truths that will give you advantages most people only dream of.



What We’ll Cover



In today’s conversation, we’ll answer your questions about life insurance loans and why we use them, including:



* What is the function of life insurance cash value in my financial life?* How does life insurance increase my liquidity?* What is a life insurance loan?* What can I use a life insurance loan for?* When investing, why would I use a life insurance loan instead of paying cash?* How do I increase my return on investment by using life insurance loans with my investments?* Why would I pay interest to “use my own money”?* Are there times that I should consider another loan with a better interest rate?



We’ll give you the number one reason to use life insurance loans.  Then, we’ll demonstrate why life insurance loans increase returns on your investments. 



Packaging it all together, we’ll show you how life insurance loans give you multi-dimensional access to capital that you won’t find anywhere else.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 51:42
Grow and Leverage: Brian Robbins, Chiropractor & Real Estate Investor https://themoneyadvantage.com/grow-and-leverage-brian-robbins-chiropractor-real-estate-investor/ Mon, 21 Jan 2019 10:00:48 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3922 Brian Robbins is a 27-year chiropractor, author, real estate investor, the owner of multiple companies, and the father of 10 children.  He’s not only making a great income, but he’s also found a way to create sustainable passive income as well.  This shift is crucial to doing it all and doing it well!We’ll learn from his mental model and way of thinking that allowed him to accomplish so much.  Gleaning from his journey and lessons along the way, you’ll recognize ways to expand your own capabilities and live out your best life. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System Here at The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We’re entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.   It’s not enough to just make a great income.  You have to figure out how to keep more, protect that money, and finally, increase and make more through the right investing decisions. That’s why we’ve put together a 3-step roadmap to help business owners create time and money freedom.  This conversation will help you take an honest look at your mindset and add better thinking patterns or delete old ones that aren’t helping you build the life you love today.   Who Is Brian Robbins? Before entering the multifamily investment arena, Dr. Robbins owned several companies including multiple medical practices, a coffee shop, a 1,500-member gym, and real estate investments. These real estate investments included a small apartment complex, a 32,000 square foot retail shopping center which houses his medical practice, and several single-family properties.  Dr. Brian Robbins is the author of Done! The Professional’s Guide to Double-Digit Returns, Multi-Generational Wealth, and a Worry-Free Retirement (2017). Dr. Robbins, business partner of Paul Moore, is now fully committed to helping others reach their financial goals using the Wellings Capital multifamily wealth generation platform.  He and his wife Anita live on a farm in Central Virginia where they have raised 10 children, including 8 that were adopted. Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) Entrepreneurial Roots in Early Childhood [3:49 Brian Robbins] I’m a chiropractor by trade. When I graduated from medical school, I always wanted to have a multi-discipline practice.  I was an entrepreneur as far back as I can remember. My mom would get mad because I would go out on my bike, jump into dumpsters, and dig around looking for aluminum cans to throw into a big bag, because I could recycle those and make four bucks.  I sold Postcards from door to door, and did a bit of everything as a kid, just trying to make a little bit of money here and there.  I was born as an entrepreneur.  But after medical school, just looking at options that were out there, I had that in my mind the whole time. Then I did the standard type of practice for several years until we were fortunate enough to adopt some children. And we adopted a sibling group of seven Russian orphans about 20 years ago.  The Catalyst That Launched Him into Entrepreneurship [5:08 Brian Robbins] We had two biological kids at the time.  My wife was unable to get pregnant past those first two children. So, we looked at different options, and just really didn't want to go down the whole road of trying to work with clinics that specialize in helping you conceive.  We decided that we would look at adopting.   This particular group of kids came across our path.  We found out that the Russian government was in the process of getting ready to separate them and send them to three different countries, and they would never see each other.  Their ages ranged from 5 - 14 at the time.  We were fortunate enough to be able to keep them together and bring them into our home.  That was the catalyst that really pushed me forward on my entrepreneurial journey for sure. The Shift Towards Entrepreneurship and Passive Income ...

Brian Robbins is a 27-year chiropractor, author, real estate investor, the owner of multiple companies, and the father of 10 children.  He’s not only making a great income, but he’s also found a way to create sustainable passive income as well.  This shift is crucial to doing it all and doing it well!

We’ll learn from his mental model and way of thinking that allowed him to accomplish so much.  Gleaning from his journey and lessons along the way, you’ll recognize ways to expand your own capabilities and live out your best life.

Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System

Here at The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We’re entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  

Money Mindset

It’s not enough to just make a great income.  You have to figure out how to keep more, protect that money, and finally, increase and make more through the right investing decisions.

That’s why we’ve put together a 3-step roadmap to help business owners create time and money freedom. 

This conversation will help you take an honest look at your mindset and add better thinking patterns or delete old ones that aren’t helping you build the life you love today.  

Who Is Brian Robbins?

Before entering the multifamily investment arena, Dr. Robbins owned several companies including multiple medical practices, a coffee shop, a 1,500-member gym, and real estate investments. These real estate investments included a small apartment complex, a 32,000 square foot retail shopping center which houses his medical practice, and several single-family properties. 

Dr. Brian Robbins is the author of Done! The Professional’s Guide to Double-Digit Returns, Multi-Generational Wealth, and a Worry-Free Retirement (2017).

Dr. Robbins, business partner of Paul Moore, is now fully committed to helping others reach their financial goals using the Wellings Capital multifamily wealth generation platform. 

He and his wife Anita live on a farm in Central Virginia where they have raised 10 children, including 8 that were adopted.

Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript)

Entrepreneurial Roots in Early Childhood

[3:49 Brian Robbins] I’m a chiropractor by trade. When I graduated from medical school, I always wanted to have a multi-discipline practice. 

I was an entrepreneur as far back as I can remember. My mom would get mad because I would go out on my bike, jump into dumpsters, and dig around looking for aluminum cans to throw into a big bag, because I could recycle those and make four bucks. 

I sold Postcards from door to door, and did a bit of everything as a kid, just trying to make a little bit of money here and there. 

I was born as an entrepreneur.  But after medical school, just looking at options that were out there, I had that in my mind the whole time.

Then I did the standard type of practice for several years until we were fortunate enough to adopt some children. And we adopted a sibling group of seven Russian orphans about 20 years ago. 

The Catalyst That Launched Him into Entrepreneurship

[5:08 Brian Robbins] We had two biological kids at the time. 

My wife was unable to get pregnant past those first two children. So, we looked at different options, and just really didn’t want to go down the whole road of trying to work with clinics that specialize in helping you conceive. 

We decided that we would look at adopting.  

This particular group of kids came across our path.  We found out that the Russian government was in the process of getting ready to separate them and send them to three different countries, and they would never see each other.  Their ages ranged from 5 – 14 at the time. 

We were fortunate enough to be able to keep them together and bring them into our home. 

That was the catalyst that really pushed me forward on my entrepreneurial journey for sure.

The Shift Towards Entrepreneurship and Passive Income

[6:26 Brian Robbins] Initially, it was just, can we survive this?

To be honest, we never intended to adopt seven children. 

In fact, when my wife heard about the plight of these kids, she just set out to find a home for them.  She talked to all our friends that were wealthy, had farms or ways to support a group that large.

We actually laughed about the idea of taking that many kids into our home.  But the more she tried to sell other folks on it, the more she sold us on it. 

So, we just decided we can make this work, even if we have to eat beans and rice.

So, we did that. And we definitely ate beans and rice initially. 

Then the reality set in, and all the bills started to mount, seven to nine sets of braces, college, and weddings. 

Just thinking about all that sparked that desire to create some passive income.  I only had so many hours in a day, I could only treat so many patients. But I needed to do something besides just the labor I personally performed. 

You’ve probably heard the term “wage slave.”  That’s what I was at the time.  That’s what planted the seeds for us to look at other opportunities.

The First Step from Wage Slave to Successful Business Owner Lacked Passive Income

Scaling A Practice

[8:29 Brian Robbins] I started looking around at options to earn passive income. 

I had some friends that had multiple clinics. So, we decided to do work on some other clinics. Some of them went very well, and others were average. They all told me, it’s easy, you’ll be able to do this, and you can maybe move out of patient care and just be a manager. 

At the point we had four or five clinics, we found out that it was anything but passive. It was a headache for sure. 

I became the back-office guy, doing HR all day long. Living in a rural area, it’s difficult to find medical staffing. I went from working 45 – 50 hours per week to working about 90. 

With having that many kids, that wasn’t the lifestyle that we had envisioned, so we eventually just sold those off and stepped away from that. 

Adding Another Business

Because we were doing rehab in our clinics, a lot of the patients really enjoyed the fact that they were feeling better, but they didn’t necessarily want to go into a gym setting. So, we allowed some of our rehab patients to start working out in our rehab facility for a few dollars a month.  Then that went from 15 or 20 to about 100.  

Grow and Leverage, with Brian Robbins, Chiropracor and Real Estate Investor

Then, we outgrew that, so we started a gym which ended up being Danville Athletic Club, cresting at about 1500 members. I thought, all these guys I know that own gyms are all big guys, and they’re always smiling and just having a good time. 

And what I actually found is that, if you don’t work out in the gym, you don’t get big. That’s number one.

Number two, you can’t work out there anymore. Because every time you go to work out, everybody wants to talk to you. It’s like being a politician. Everybody’s paying $35 a month, and they want a piece of you. I very quickly found out that was not passive income, even though it was successful. We were eventually able to sell it. At one point, I had over 50 employees, because we had a small deli inside the gym, the medical clinic, and the gym.

That was certainly not passive income.

From Hard Work to Passive Income

[12:04 Brian Robbins] It was right after the crash of the stock market. I came into a treatment room, and a man was sitting on the table, weeping.  He had been working in the local Goodyear plant for 30 years. I thought that he must be in a lot of pain. 

Then I quickly realized that he wasn’t upset about his back pain, but about what had just happened to his retirement.  He had previously invested almost everything he had in the stock market.  He had rolled over from company stock into managing it himself, and then the market crashed 40 or 50%.  

There was nothing I could do to console him.  I didn’t have words.  We’re trained to handle back and neck problems, but not this.  

It was a defining moment that really caught my attention. I felt terrible for him, and I didn’t have an answer. 

It made me decide that I didn’t want to be that guy.

That’s what pushed me towards real estate. 

The Capital to Get Started with Real Estate Investing

[13:50 Brian Robbins] Initially, it was all just funded out of our business. 

We started off on a small scale, worked hard, did a lot of the labor, and never quit my primary occupation.  

Today, the kids call it a side hustle, but back in the day, we just called it work. We were doing something besides our primary thing. I wanted to have a hobby that produced income.

I didn’t really have a choice with having that many kids. 

As we worked these other businesses, slowly but surely, we built each one. Then we’d sell one, get some cash, and roll that over. We started with a couple of small houses and did some rehab.

That’s what got us to the point where we were able to buy a 32,000 square foot retail strip center that we were able to lease out to other companies. We have our office there. That’s how we moved into the commercial space. 

Unfortunately, our town is a bit economically depressed, so it wasn’t quite the smashing success that we had hoped it would be.

But that laid the groundwork for us to start thinking about, and then eventually turning our attention towards multifamily property.

How to Get Started in Real Estate Investing

[17:41 Brian Robbins] First of all, there are lots of resources out there. We initially got involved with a mentorship program, a group out of Richmond, Virginia called 37th Parallel.  We got a lot of our training through them.  It was almost like getting a master’s degree in multifamily properties. 

The easiest way is BiggerPockets.com, a phenomenal collection of people doing just about anything you can think of in real estate, with over 1 million subscribers. 

Be careful about some of the mentorship programs.  You’ll pay for a weekend course, and they say they’re going to do all these things for you. A lot of times, those courses end up being just a three-day conversion for their bigger course. 

Finding a true mentorship relationship makes sense. 

Also, there are lots of books out there, including my book, Done! The Professional’s Guide to Double-Digit Returns, Multi-Generational Wealth and a Worry-Free Retirement.  

I wrote it primarily for professionals who are highly paid, but still wage slaves, hoping to guide their retirement process outside of the stock market. 

I tell my story, and then I also talk about the different ways to do multifamily investing so that it truly is passive. 

There are many ways to educate yourself before you take the leap off the off the dock.  You definitely want to make sure that you don’t just quit your job one day and say, I’m going to start this.  You want to make sure that the boat is there to step on to and that you’ve created some income in addition to your regular job.

The two biggest mistakes I see people make is thinking that it’s going to be easy and that passive income is going to come right away, and they jump too quickly from their regular income source.

Continual Growth

[21:39 Brian Robbins] With Wellings Capital, we’ve done syndication projects with multifamily properties and self-storage.

I am still a practicing chiropractor.  I really don’t feel comfortable enough getting out of the boat yet, so I haven’t given that up. It won’t be that long in the future, but we will. 

I’m in the process of developing another company and working towards another book as well.

The market in multifamily has gotten really tight.  There’s 1031 money, foreign money, institutional money, and REIT’s chasing deals, so there’s a lot of competition. 

We’ve recently begun to look at the self-storage industry. About 65 to 75% of self-storage is still owned by mom and pop operators. I think it’s a less consolidated industry. 

I’m in the process of shifting that direction and watching the market cycles in that sector.  We’re planning syndication type deals for the foreseeable future as I move away from medicine eventually, but at least for the short run, I’m a little bit concerned about where we’re at in the market cycle, and not making any big steps right now, with the possibility of a downturn coming. 

Greatest Lessons Learned

Work Towards Alternative Investments I Control Sooner in My Career

[23:43 Brian Robbins] I had this mindset that when I became a doctor that I was just going to put my nose to the grindstone, take care of patients, and the retirement stuff would work itself out eventually. And that’s not the case. 

I really would have paid much closer attention right away and been very proactive in working towards alternative investment fields.

Personally, I’m not a high-risk guy. I don’t like the stock market as much I love assets you can drive to, touch, feel, and see.  

If the market would take a downturn today, our apartments would still be there, and people would still need to live.  They might not be worth quite the same value, but they won’t be just a piece of paper that just says stock certificate.

So, number one, I would pay attention much sooner in my career. 

Build Your Personal Knowledge of the Asset Class

[24:36 Brian Robbins] Number two, when I bought my strip center, I relied very heavily on the advice of a professional. I had a CPA that I thought I was very good friends with. As it turned out, he was better friends with the person that was selling the building. Looking back now, the advice I received was very self-serving to his other client and to himself. 

I would say that before you make any big steps, don’t depend on the advice of a “professional.” Instead, learn enough about that asset class that you can make a wise decision for yourself. (How to Find Your Best Investments)

There is nobody who is going to take as good of care of you, your finances, and your family, as you are.  Nobody. Even if they are a trusted friend.

In my book, I quote a study that was done by one of the big investment firms, touting the fact that physicians, attorneys, and busy professionals were easy targets. 

I think it’s critically important that we take the time to become a good professional, anda good expert in the asset class we’re going into.  

You’ll have the ability to evaluate the deal on its own on its own merits, without somebody else’s input.  I recommend getting other people’s input, but I wouldn’t just take one or two, I would get four, five or six. And then I would have enough background information for that asset class to make the decision myself. 

And always, if you’re going to invest passively with a syndicator or sponsor, you want to make sure you do your due diligence on them as well.  Make sure that you’re comfortable with them, that they’ve got a track record, that you can go and visit their properties, and get the right kind of references. 

Goals of the Book: Multi-Generational Wealth

[31:04 Brian Robbins] With multifamily properties, part of the attractiveness is the way the tax code treats them. It allows you to do an accelerated depreciation schedule, where you can write off a lot of the costs so that you don’t have to pay a lot of taxes. 

In about seven to eight years, you can burn off most of your incentives. With many of these investments, you won’t have any tax gain, or very little taxes to pay in those first seven or eight years. 

If you then turn that property and sell it, the tax code also allows for something called a 1031 exchange. You can take the money that was produced from that property and buy another property.  Then the clock starts over, as far as the taxes and depreciation on the new property are concerned. If you start off in a duplex or a single-family home, and you just keep growing larger and larger, theoretically you’ll never have any taxes to pay until you die. 

And then kids can have a have a stepped-up basis, so they started a whole new level. 

You’re able to pass this wealth on without having to pay the significant amounts of taxes that you might have to in other types of asset classes. 

The government puts tax incentives where they want investors to invest. They want these properties to be improved, to make it a better place to live, to take care of the tenants that are there, and then to be able to pass it on.  That’s really what the tax code is encouraging here. So that’s primarily what I cover in my book. 

How Do You Enjoy Your Life and Business in the Process of Building It?

Enjoy the Process

[38:37 Brian Robbins] I share everything that I do with my wife. We do a lot of this together, and really enjoy the entrepreneurial game.  We love looking at a property that needs work and having the vision for what it’s going to look like and what it will be able to generate afterward. It’s like finding an old car in a barn and being able to see what that car will look like when it’s completely restored. For me, it’s like solving a mystery, putting pieces of a puzzle together. That part is fulfilling, in and of itself.  

Don’t Make Retirement Your End Goal

I don’t really envision the normal “retirement.” I think I would go crazy if I were sitting on the porch rocking with nothing to do. 

I will have businesses that I will be continuing to work on, I just won’t be doing the same things where I’m providing the actual labor. As I’m heading towards those retirement years, I want to set up those businesses that I can help manage that don’t take physical labor on my part, but a little mental labor. 

I’ve seen patients that retired and didn’t have anything to challenge them after retirement, and they seem unfulfilled. I know that studies have shown that the more things we do with our brain to challenge it as we age, the better our brain will do. 

My motivation is a combination of wanting to be fulfilled and stimulating my brain.  I want to be as healthy as possible, so that I can have years into my 70s and 80s that are successful and productive.

Continue Learning and Stimulating Your Brain

[41:18 Brian Robbins] Neuroplasticity is a recently-developed term.  Society, in general, used to think that you could go to a certain point with your development, brain function, and intelligence level, and then that was it. 

What researchers have found is that the brain is very moldable and expandable. And neuroplasticity describes how you can change your intelligence level and your skill sets up into your 70s, 80s, and 90s. 

The whole concept of, I hit 62, I think I’m just going to stop living …that’s an old concept now. 

I mean, if an old chiropractor can do this, I know your listeners can.

Connect with Brian

Get Dr. Brian Robbins’ book of Done! The Professional’s Guide to Double-Digit Returns, Multi-Generational Wealth, and a Worry-Free Retirement, orconnect with him directly at brian@wellingscapital.com

Create Your Time and Money Freedom

Do you want to begin building capital, putting it to work, and accelerating Time and Money Freedom?  To find out the one thing you should be doing to increase your cash flow by keeping more of the money you make, contact us today.

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
Brian Robbins is a 27-year chiropractor, author, real estate investor, the owner of multiple companies, and the father of 10 children.  He’s not only making a great income, but he’s also found a way to create sustainable passive income as well. Brian Robbins is a 27-year chiropractor, author, real estate investor, the owner of multiple companies, and the father of 10 children.  He’s not only making a great income, but he’s also found a way to create sustainable passive income as well.  This shift is crucial to doing it all and doing it well!

We’ll learn from his mental model and way of thinking that allowed him to accomplish so much.  Gleaning from his journey and lessons along the way, you’ll recognize ways to expand your own capabilities and live out your best life.








Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System



Here at The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We’re entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  







It’s not enough to just make a great income.  You have to figure out how to keep more, protect that money, and finally, increase and make more through the right investing decisions.



That’s why we’ve put together a 3-step roadmap to help business owners create time and money freedom. 



This conversation will help you take an honest look at your mindset and add better thinking patterns or delete old ones that aren’t helping you build the life you love today.  



Who Is Brian Robbins?



Before entering the multifamily investment arena, Dr. Robbins owned several companies including multiple medical practices, a coffee shop, a 1,500-member gym, and real estate investments. These real estate investments included a small apartment complex, a 32,000 square foot retail shopping center which houses his medical practice, and several single-family properties. 



Dr. Brian Robbins is the author of Done! The Professional’s Guide to Double-Digit Returns, Multi-Generational Wealth, and a Worry-Free Retirement (2017).



Dr. Robbins, business partner of Paul Moore, is now fully committed to helping others reach their financial goals using the Wellings Capital multifamily wealth generation platform. 



He and his wife Anita live on a farm in Central Virginia where they have raised 10 children, including 8 that were adopted.



Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript)



Entrepreneurial Roots in Early Childhood



[3:49 Brian Robbins] I’m a chiropractor by trade. When I graduated from medical school, I always wanted to have a multi-discipline practice. 



I was an entrepreneur as far back as I can remember. My mom would get mad because I would go out on my bike, jump into dumpsters, and dig around looking for aluminum cans to throw into a big bag, because I could recycle those and make four bucks. 



I sold Postcards from door to door, and did a bit of everything as a kid, just trying to make a little bit of money here and there. 



I was born as an entrepreneur.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 49:04
9 Keys to a Happy Career Making Millions (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/9-keys-happy-career-making-millions-reviewed/ Mon, 14 Jan 2019 10:00:21 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3917 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L9jhLD0Yz38 A big part of building a life and business you love is doing fulfilling work that produces a high income.  Some may relegate that caliber of work to the one-in-a-million, unicorn-type anomaly – a dream job that doesn’t exist.  However, research-based evidence proves otherwise, finding that 38% of US employees report that they are “very satisfied” with their jobs.  It is possible to do business that makes you happy and highly successful.  If you can meet both of these objectives in a single career, what’s the secret?  How can you deliberately find and produce work you love, so you don’t settle for being one of the more common 62% majority who is less than satisfied?  John Rampton outlines the criteria in his Entrepreneur.com article, 9 Keys to a Happy Career Making Millions. #1: Don’t Just “Follow Your Passion” Unfortunately, the world is filled with broke, passionate people.  Following your passion may sound like the answer to escaping a soul-crushing, mind-numbing job and finding the nirvana of purpose.  But, many well-intentioned, ill-advised people have taken the leap of faith out of a well-paying corporate job, followed their passion, became an entrepreneur, and wound up losing everything. Source: Singularity Hub Remember the foundational wealth principle that dollars follow value?  Rather than following your passion, instead, find what other people want, need, value, and are willing to pay for.  Then use your passion and skill set to meet that need in a better, faster, or more efficient way.  This is how to find what you love that other people love you doing. And that means you’ll be paid handsomely as well. While passion is important to fulfillment, it isn’t everything.  Just because something is exciting and important to you doesn’t mean it will lock into the gear of economic transactions. Instead, fulfilling work requires the intersection of your passion, mission, vocation, and profession.  This means that you are great at it, you love it, the world needs it, and you are paid for it.  Your purpose is at the center of this alignment. This is where you create the maximum impact. So, passion isn’t everything, but it’s one part of a bigger puzzle.  You need to solve the whole algorithm to find work you love. #2: Do What You’re Good At When you do work that you can perform with excellence, you gain pride and a tremendous sense of accomplishment. This contributes to and elevates your fulfillment. But where does that leave you if you feel a calling to new work?  Maybe you want to write or invest in real estate, and you haven’t yet developed skill in that area.   When you start out, you won’t be amazing or command a substantial income.  But through committing the time and discipline to practice as Stephen Pressfield discusses in The War of Art, you’ll become a master. #3: Do Work That’s Engaging Engaging work is defined as work with variety, a sense of completion, autonomy, feedback and a sense of contribution that your work affects other people’s lives. It's all about how you impact others, which is a result of how much value you provide, as demonstrated in The Go-Giver. Stimulating work means that you are at the edge of your comfort zone.  And that means that you are continually growing.  To grow, you need to develop a growth mindset that asks, how can I become this, rather than a fixed mindset that believes, this is who I am. #4: More Income Is Better, To a Point So many people pursue higher and higher incomes and leave their own fulfillment on the back shelf waiting for someday. Yes, higher income is better. You then have the means to provide for your needs and live out a depth of experience that expands yourself and your perspective. But placing too much emphasis on the size of your paycheck can actually shrink the quality of your life.  If it comes at the expense of unfulfilling work that demands all your ti... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L9jhLD0Yz38 A big part of building a life and business you love is doing fulfilling work that produces a high income.  Some may relegate that caliber of work to the one-in-a-million,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L9jhLD0Yz38




A big part of building a life and business you love is doing fulfilling work that produces a high income.  Some may relegate that caliber of work to the one-in-a-million, unicorn-type anomaly – a dream job that doesn’t exist.  However, research-based evidence proves otherwise, finding that 38% of US employees report that they are “very satisfied” with their jobs.  It is possible to do business that makes you happy and highly successful.  

If you can meet both of these objectives in a single career, what’s the secret?  How can you deliberately find and produce work you love, so you don’t settle for being one of the more common 62% majority who is less than satisfied?  John Rampton outlines the criteria in his Entrepreneur.com article, 9 Keys to a Happy Career Making Millions.








#1: Don’t Just “Follow Your Passion”



Unfortunately, the world is filled with broke, passionate people.  Following your passion may sound like the answer to escaping a soul-crushing, mind-numbing job and finding the nirvana of purpose.  But, many well-intentioned, ill-advised people have taken the leap of faith out of a well-paying corporate job, followed their passion, became an entrepreneur, and wound up losing everything.



Source: Singularity Hub



Remember the foundational wealth principle that dollars follow value?  Rather than following your passion, instead, find what other people want, need, value, and are willing to pay for.  Then use your passion and skill set to meet that need in a better, faster, or more efficient way.  This is how to find what you love that other people love you doing. And that means you’ll be paid handsomely as well.



While passion is important to fulfillment, it isn’t everything.  Just because something is exciting and important to you doesn’t mean it will lock into the gear of economic transactions.



Instead, fulfilling work requires the intersection of your passion, mission, vocation, and profession.  This means that you are great at it, you love it, the world needs it, and you are paid for it.  Your purpose is at the center of this alignment. This is where you create the maximum impact.



So, passion isn’t everything, but it’s one part of a bigger puzzle.  You need to solve the whole algorithm to find work you love.



#2: Do What You’re Good At



When you do work that you can perform with excellence, you gain pride and a tremendous sense of accomplishment. This contributes to and elevates your fulfillment.



But where does that leave you if you feel a calling to new work?  Maybe you want to write or invest in real estate,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 33:58
Better Than A Budget: Cash Flow Awareness https://themoneyadvantage.com/cash-flow-awareness-better-than-a-budget/ Mon, 07 Jan 2019 10:00:48 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3816 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DhRLGegNeHw The ultimate goal of cash flow awareness is to save more each month.  Why? Because generously paying yourself first is the foundation of wealth creation.  With more savings, you build up capital to invest in cash-flowing assets so you can create time and money freedom.  But across all income levels, most people’s savings habits are anemic, or even on life support.  They never get ahead of their spending, so they can’t save. Every month that slips by without a good pulse on your cash flow has you veering further away from financial freedom.One remedy is to outrun the problem by making more money.   However, making more money often comes with a higher-priced lifestyle.  Without the habit and discipline of savings in place, more income does nothing to help you save more. The second solution is budgeting.  But let’s face it – budgeting stinks! It’s stressful, time-consuming, complicated, messy, and usually puts you in a bad mood.   It can seem impossible to squeeze an unpredictable life into a perfect box.  There never seems to be a good way to handle irregular and unforeseeable expenses.   Sometimes one spouse is a spender, and the other doesn’t want to instigate conflict by bringing up the subject of tightening up.   And the whole idea of denying yourself all the things you want seems the opposite of living an abundant life.  Most people finally resort to some form of “bank account budgeting." Their thought is that if it’s in the bank account, it’s available to spend.  But the eventual outcome is regret and a rude awakening when you need the money, and it isn’t there. So, instead of being the ostrich with your head in the sand, how do you commit to self-accountability and gain control of your spending?   With cash flow awareness. This is For You, I Promise You may already be saving consistently. If so, cash flow awareness will help you approach your spending more consciously, make you feel even better about your money, and probably find even more dollars to save. You might be in the top 5% of income earners and feel positive about the lifestyle you’ve had the opportunity to create, but still have a pit in your stomach when you think about the future. If you don’t know where all your money is going, and you want to figure out how to get from active income to passive income, this is for you.  Cash flow awareness will show you the steps to get in control and keep more of the money you make so you can make financial progress. If you feel your income is moderate to low and you haven’t been able to save, these steps will help you shift into a mindset of paying yourself first. And if you’re here and you’re skeptical because you’ve had a love/hate relationship with budgeting, I’ll raise my hand and say, me too! How is Cash Flow Awareness Better Than a Budget? Cash flow awareness is not just a fancy name for budgeting.  Instead, it’s a mindful, values-driven approach to tracking your money that helps you approach your spending consciously.  It’s a holistic, abundant approach to exercising and improving your stewardship, keeping more of your money, and staying happy while you do so.  And it advances you towards time and money freedom. It’s how you go from not having any idea where your money is going each month to being in complete control of what you spend.  And it’s fun, simple, and doable. The reason many people are afraid of budgeting is that it’s the equivalent of a diet.  It cues all the fears, shame, and guilt, archaically attempting to correct behavior with the punishment/reward system.  Budgets are about restrictions, everything you can’t have, the dangling carrot promising a reward if you’re good, and a whole lot of cant’s and scarcity thinking.    It’s unfortunate that the only way our society seems to deal with overindulgence is forced misery, self-punishment, and guilt. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DhRLGegNeHw The ultimate goal of cash flow awareness is to save more each month.  Why? Because generously paying yourself first is the foundation of wealth creation.  With more savings,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DhRLGegNeHw




The ultimate goal of cash flow awareness is to save more each month.  Why? Because generously paying yourself first is the foundation of wealth creation.  With more savings, you build up capital to invest in cash-flowing assets so you can create time and money freedom.  

But across all income levels, most people’s savings habits are anemic, or even on life support.  They never get ahead of their spending, so they can’t save. Every month that slips by without a good pulse on your cash flow has you veering further away from financial freedom.

One remedy is to outrun the problem by making more money.  




However, making more money often comes with a higher-priced lifestyle.  Without the habit and discipline of savings in place, more income does nothing to help you save more.







The second solution is budgeting. 



But let’s face it – budgeting stinks! It’s stressful, time-consuming, complicated, messy, and usually puts you in a bad mood.  



It can seem impossible to squeeze an unpredictable life into a perfect box.  There never seems to be a good way to handle irregular and unforeseeable expenses.  



Sometimes one spouse is a spender, and the other doesn’t want to instigate conflict by bringing up the subject of tightening up.  



And the whole idea of denying yourself all the things you want seems the opposite of living an abundant life. 



Most people finally resort to some form of “bank account budgeting." Their thought is that if it’s in the bank account, it’s available to spend.  But the eventual outcome is regret and a rude awakening when you need the money, and it isn’t there.



So, instead of being the ostrich with your head in the sand, how do you commit to self-accountability and gain control of your spending?  



With cash flow awareness.



This is For You, I Promise



You may already be saving consistently. If so, cash flow awareness will help you approach your spending more consciously, make you feel even better about your money, and probably find even more dollars to save.



You might be in the top 5% of income earners and feel positive about the lifestyle you’ve had the opportunity to create, but still have a pit in your stomach when you think about the future. If you don’t know where all your money is going, and you want to figure out how to get from active income to passive income, this is for you.  Cash flow awareness will show you the steps to get in control and keep more of the money you make so you can make financial progress.



If you feel your income is moderate to low and you haven’t been able to save, these steps will help you shift into a mindset of paying yourself first.



And if you’re here and you’re skeptical because you’ve had a love/hate relationship with budgeting, I’ll raise my hand and say, me too!



How is Cash Flow Awareness Better Than a Budget?



Cash flow awareness is not just a fancy name for budgeting.  Instead, it’s a mindful, values-driven approach to tracking your money that helps you approach your spending consciously.  It’s a holistic, abundant approach to exercising and improving your stewardship,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 54:50
Happy New Year: 2018 Year in Review https://themoneyadvantage.com/happy-new-year-2018-year-in-review/ Mon, 31 Dec 2018 10:00:56 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3892 As we transition into 2019, we wanted to bring you a personal message about how we bring closure to the end of 2018 and transition into 2019 with as much strength and intention as possible.  We think this will be really helpful to you as you’re building a life and business you love and taking control of your destiny. The Clean Slate of a New Year Ever since I was a kid, I loved waking up to freshly fallen snow.  The world was covered in white with no tracks, disruptions, or flaws. It was a fresh, clean slate. That’s how I feel about the new year. It's this clean slate that creates an expectancy, like anything is possible.  It’s a new beginning, a new start, and new goals. Purpose Instead of Resolutions for the New Year But instead of getting caught up in the buzz of new year's resolutions that usually are broken and fail within the first 24 hours of the new year, how do you stay in abundance and the right mindset? How do you set your intentions and purpose for the new year so you’ll succeed?  Start by Honoring Last Year's Successes And whether last year was a triumph that exceeded all of your goals, or whether you are still reaching for goals that you haven’t yet mastered, how do you honor and value last year?  How do you learn from it, get a sense of closure, meaning and purpose?  And how do you use the last year as a foundation that propels you into the new year as a better, stronger, kinder, wiser, and more successful person? Since this life is one long story, how do you finish well in the middle of the journey?   Our Year End Reflection Tradition We’re going to share with you what we do as part of our ritual and tradition at the end of every year to reflect on the last year, gain insight, and get clear on the next year. We used LifeBook’s annual end of year reflection ceremony guide here to have a series of in-depth conversations over the last week.   In this episode, Lucas and I share our theme for last year, our biggest triumphs and lessons learned, and how we’re using that as a foundation for success in 2019. This process helps you to stay positive by looking backward at how far you’ve come. Start With Gratitude It’s critical to start with gratitude.  Gratitude paves the way to focus on the good stuff and invites more of it into your life, because you’re in the right mindset to receive more. Focus As we built The Money Advantage from a podcast to an online business, focus was a key theme for us.  This was more about saying no to all the wrong things.  As Richard Wilson points out, the ultra-wealthy focus on what they do best.   Only a few things matter to anything, find those few things, stick to them and master them. Darren Hardy Anything that you do there are only a few things that are vital.  There are 100’s of things that must happen with open heart surgery, I only do 2 or 3 things and I leave everything else to my competent team. Dr. Oz, Heart Surgeon For every 100 great opportunities, I say no 99 times.Warren Buffet I’m as proud of what we don’t do as what we do.Steve Jobs We set up the foundation for expansion by focusing on our unique abilities and delegating. Looking Forward to the New Year Because we've laid down a tremendous amount of foundational work, we can now accelerate our growth by increasing our exposure. The Value of Faith Wherever you are, whether satisfied that last year was exceptional, or frustrated that it was less than your expectations, choose to walk in faith.  Persevere in seeing every step you take as part of a bigger journey, and know that you’re becoming the person who’s capable of serving more greatly and expanding your influence. Here is to a very successful 2019! Happy New Year!!! Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love. As we transition into 2019, we wanted to bring you a personal message about how we bring closure to the end of 2018 and transition into 2019 with as much strength and intention as possible.  We think this will be really helpful to you as you’re buildin... As we transition into 2019, we wanted to bring you a personal message about how we bring closure to the end of 2018 and transition into 2019 with as much strength and intention as possible.  We think this will be really helpful to you as you’re building a life and business you love and taking control of your destiny.







The Clean Slate of a New Year



Ever since I was a kid, I loved waking up to freshly fallen snow.  The world was covered in white with no tracks, disruptions, or flaws. It was a fresh, clean slate.



That’s how I feel about the new year. It's this clean slate that creates an expectancy, like anything is possible.  It’s a new beginning, a new start, and new goals.



Purpose Instead of Resolutions for the New Year



But instead of getting caught up in the buzz of new year's resolutions that usually are broken and fail within the first 24 hours of the new year, how do you stay in abundance and the right mindset?



How do you set your intentions and purpose for the new year so you’ll succeed? 



Start by Honoring Last Year's Successes



And whether last year was a triumph that exceeded all of your goals, or whether you are still reaching for goals that you haven’t yet mastered, how do you honor and value last year? 



How do you learn from it, get a sense of closure, meaning and purpose? 



And how do you use the last year as a foundation that propels you into the new year as a better, stronger, kinder, wiser, and more successful person?



Since this life is one long story, how do you finish well in the middle of the journey?  




Our Year End Reflection Tradition



We’re going to share with you what we do as part of our ritual and tradition at the end of every year to reflect on the last year, gain insight, and get clear on the next year.



We used LifeBook’s annual end of year reflection ceremony guide here to have a series of in-depth conversations over the last week.  



In this episode, Lucas and I share our theme for last year, our biggest triumphs and lessons learned, and how we’re using that as a foundation for success in 2019.



This process helps you to stay positive by looking backward at how far you’ve come.



Start With Gratitude



It’s critical to start with gratitude.  Gratitude paves the way to focus on the good stuff and invites more of it into your life, because you’re in the right mindset to receive more.



Focus



As we built The Money Advantage from a podcast to an online business, focus was a key theme for us.  This was more about saying no to all the wrong things. 



As clean 20:30
Mobile Home Park Investing, with Jefferson Lilly of Park Avenue Partners https://themoneyadvantage.com/mobile-home-park-investing-jefferson-lilly-park-avenue-partners/ Mon, 17 Dec 2018 10:00:21 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3774 When it comes to seeking out and mastering a profitable niche, Jefferson Lilly of Park Avenue Partners, a mobile home park investor, is a true leader.  Looking for a stable way to provide value and earn returns, Jefferson began analyzing real estate deals in multifamily housing across the Midwest.  What he found was perplexing, but he continued to pursue this path until he found out why.  And he’s glad he did because it led him to his life’s work and his ideal investment niche!   Where most multifamily apartment buildings were returning 8%, a mobile home park in the same locality was paying 10%, showing that mobile home parks were more profitable. After he saw this phenomenon ringing true repeatedly in other areas across the country, he started researching to discover why they are such a better deal than apartment buildings, office, retail, or self-storage.  His discovery led to investing personally and managing investor’s capital through partnerships over the last 11 years to acquire 25 mobile home parks in 13 states. His mission is to create wealth for his investors and to expand the supply of affordable housing. We’ll discuss this fascinating real estate niche that’s providing an opportunity for accredited investors to earn returns in the range of 8 – 15% cash on cash. The Definition of Accredited Investor If you may not know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.  This is an investor with at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married. We know that a majority of our listeners and audience fall into this category and are actively looking for ways to put their cash to work earning a return in the most productive way.  If you aren’t there yet, this will be an excellent opportunity to expand your knowledge in preparation. Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System We are a community of wealth creators.  We know that it is not enough to make a great income.  Instead, you have to figure out how to keep more of the money you make, protect your money, and make more through the right investing decisions.   Investing is part of stage 3 in the Cash Flow System.  As you build a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business, you accelerate your path to time and money freedom.   Who Is Jefferson Lilly? Jefferson Lilly is the founder and managing partner of Park Avenue Partners.  Jefferson is a mobile home park investment expert and educator. He is responsible for Park Avenue Partners’ strategic direction, acquisitions, and property operations. Before founding Park Avenue Partners, he co-founded Park Street Partners, a similar partnership also focused on acquiring mobile home parks nationwide. PSP’s investments are returning 8% - 15% cash annually to Limited Partners; appreciation is expected to increase returns further.  Both personally and through his partnerships, Jefferson has acquired 25 MHPs in 13 states since 2007 totaling over $56mm in value. He started the industry’s first podcast (Mobile Home Park Investors) and the largest group on LinkedIn dedicated to investing in mobile home parks.  Before beginning to manage investors’ money in 2014, Jefferson spent seven years investing his own capital in mobile home parks and consulting to high-net-worth families with interests in the manufactured housing industry. Earlier in his career, he held a range of consulting and sales positions with Bain & Company, Viacom, and Verisign. Jefferson has been featured in The New York Times, Bloomberg Magazine, and on the Real Money television show. He holds a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania and an MBA from the Wharton School of Business.  Jefferson’s favorite mobile home is the 1954 Spartan Imperial Mansion, upon which their logo is partially based. He finds the Bowlus Road Chief to be pretty appealing too. Jefferson Lilly Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) When it comes to seeking out and mastering a profitable niche, Jefferson Lilly of Park Avenue Partners, a mobile home park investor, is a true leader.  Looking for a stable way to provide value and earn returns, When it comes to seeking out and mastering a profitable niche, Jefferson Lilly of Park Avenue Partners, a mobile home park investor, is a true leader.  Looking for a stable way to provide value and earn returns, Jefferson began analyzing real estate deals in multifamily housing across the Midwest.  What he found was perplexing, but he continued to pursue this path until he found out why.  And he’s glad he did because it led him to his life’s work and his ideal investment niche!  







Where most multifamily apartment buildings were returning 8%, a mobile home park in the same locality was paying 10%, showing that mobile home parks were more profitable. After he saw this phenomenon ringing true repeatedly in other areas across the country, he started researching to discover why they are such a better deal than apartment buildings, office, retail, or self-storage.  His discovery led to investing personally and managing investor’s capital through partnerships over the last 11 years to acquire 25 mobile home parks in 13 states.



His mission is to create wealth for his investors and to expand the supply of affordable housing.



We’ll discuss this fascinating real estate niche that’s providing an opportunity for accredited investors to earn returns in the range of 8 – 15% cash on cash.



The Definition of Accredited Investor



If you may not know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.  This is an investor with at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married.



We know that a majority of our listeners and audience fall into this category and are actively looking for ways to put their cash to work earning a return in the most productive way.  If you aren’t there yet, this will be an excellent opportunity to expand your knowledge in preparation.



Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







We are a community of wealth creators.  We know that it is not enough to make a great income.  Instead, you have to figure out how to keep more of the money you make, protect your money, and make more through the right investing decisions.  



Investing is part of stage 3 in the Cash Flow System.  As you build a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business, you accelerate your path to time and money freedom.  



Who Is Jefferson Lilly?



Jefferson Lilly is the founder and managing partner of Park Avenue Partners.  Jefferson is a mobile home park investment expert and educator. He is responsible for Park Avenue Partners’ strategic direction, acquisitions, and property operations. Before founding Park Avenue Partners, he co-founded Park Street Partners, a similar partnership also focused on acquiring mobile home parks nationwide. PSP’s investments are returning 8% - 15% cash annually to Limited Partners; appreciation is expected to increase returns further. 



Both personally and through his partnerships, Jefferson has acquired 25 MHPs in 13 states since 2007 totaling over $56mm in value. He started the industry’s first podcast (Mobile Home Park Investors) and the largest group on  clean 50:43 Strategic End of Year Tax Moves That Leave You Wealthier https://themoneyadvantage.com/year-end-tax-moves-leave-you-wealthier/ Mon, 10 Dec 2018 10:00:04 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3678 As you count down the days until Christmas, you’re also counting down the days you have before you tie up the loose ends on your fiscal year to prepare for 2018 taxes.  We’ll walk you through practical and strategic tax moves you can make to close out the books, stay organized, and save taxes.  This will help you keep more money in your pocket and best plan for next year.There’s lots of information out there. On the one hand, some of the typical advice is so commonplace, it seems like common sense. On the other hand, there may be strategies and options you may not even be aware of yet. This can lead to financial noise, creating confusion, procrastination, and overwhelm.  Instead, we want you face the end of year empowered and proactive. That’s why we’re helping you sift through the information to discover the strategies that align with our community’s core values and principles.  Our filter is an abundance mindset, maximizing cash flow and control, and getting your money to do the most for you. And if you’re feeling like year’s end is a ticking time bomb with so much left to do, use these simple resources as a guide.  You may be able to implement a few changes this year to make a big difference in 2018 taxes.  Better yet, you’ll be armed and dangerous with a head start to make 2019 your best year yet! Customization Required Your situation and needs depend on whether you’re doing your own accounting and hiring out tax preparation, or have an accountant.  In addition, the size and stage of your business, and your plans to scale and grow matter. We recognize that there may be some things that don’t apply to you.  That’s great!  You’ll pick up information that will help you right where you are and also with where you are going. And if you want to consider a shift that would really set you ahead, we have a recommendation for a tax strategist at the end, who may be just what you need to minimize taxes this year and every year going forward. Many of these strategies translate over to your personal life too, where attention and intention help you make huge improvements! One necessary disclaimer: we are not CPAs or tax professionals.  However, we do have them on our team, because tax savings done right is a crucial part of improving our and our community’s lives.  So, make sure you talk with a tax professional about what’s right for you. Where Tax Planning Fits into the Cash Flow System In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then, you protect your money.  And finally, you increase and make more money. Tax planning and strategy to increase your cash flow is part of Stage 1, your foundation.  When you keep more of your money, you increase current cash flow.  That is what allows you to build up capital and put it to work in cash-flowing assets, because the ticket to future cash flow from assets is current cash flow from income. Five Hand-Selected Articles to Help You Have Your Best Tax Planning Year Yet Our team has hand-curated five helpful articles to give you the full scope of your end of year closure and preparation.  I’ll share a brief synopsis of each here.  Be sure to check out the podcast for the full discussion. 1) Five Things Business Owners Can Do at Year-End to Lower Their Taxes, by Stephen Fishman, published on NOLO This article covered most of the typical advice you hear about big financial moves to offload cash and raise this year’s deductions. They recommend purchasing business equipment for the deduction and the depreciation, but without a clear caution to not purchase stuff you don’t need. While this seems like it should go without saying, way too many business owners buy a new truck at the end of the year to save taxes, meanwhile bleeding out cash flow in the form of an expense they didn’t need in the first place. The article also suggests funding retirement plans, As you count down the days until Christmas, you’re also counting down the days you have before you tie up the loose ends on your fiscal year to prepare for 2018 taxes.  We’ll walk you through practical and strategic tax moves you can make to close out ... As you count down the days until Christmas, you’re also counting down the days you have before you tie up the loose ends on your fiscal year to prepare for 2018 taxes.  We’ll walk you through practical and strategic tax moves you can make to close out the books, stay organized, and save taxes.  This will help you keep more money in your pocket and best plan for next year.

There’s lots of information out there. On the one hand, some of the typical advice is so commonplace, it seems like common sense. On the other hand, there may be strategies and options you may not even be aware of yet.




This can lead to financial noise, creating confusion, procrastination, and overwhelm.  Instead, we want you face the end of year empowered and proactive.



That’s why we’re helping you sift through the information to discover the strategies that align with our community’s core values and principles.  Our filter is an
abundance mindset, maximizing cash flow and control, and getting your money to do the most for you.



And if you’re feeling like year’s end is a ticking time bomb with so much left to do, use these simple resources as a guide.  You may be able to implement a few changes this year to make a big difference in 2018 taxes.  Better yet, you’ll be armed and dangerous with a head start to make 2019 your best year yet!







Customization Required



Your situation and needs depend on whether you’re doing your own accounting and hiring out tax preparation, or have an accountant.  In addition, the size and stage of your business, and your plans to scale and grow matter.



We recognize that there may be some things that don’t apply to you.  That’s great!  You’ll pick up information that will help you right where you are and also with where you are going.



And if you want to consider a shift that would really set you ahead, we have a recommendation for a tax strategist at the end, who may be just what you need to minimize taxes this year and every year going forward.



Many of these strategies translate over to your personal life too, where attention and intention help you make huge improvements!



One necessary disclaimer: we are not CPAs or tax professionals.  However, we do have them on our team, because tax savings done right is a crucial part of improving our and our community’s lives.  So, make sure you talk with a tax professional about what’s right for you.



Where Tax Planning Fits into the Cash Flow System







In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then, you protect your money.  And finally, you increase and make more money.



Tax planning and strategy to increase your cash flow is part of Stage 1, your foundation.  When you keep more of your money, you increase current cash flow.  That is what allows you to build up capital and put it to work in cash-flowing assets, because the ticket to future cash flow from assets is current cash flow from income.]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 58:29 Privatized Banking: High Cash Value and Long-Term Growth https://themoneyadvantage.com/high-cash-value-long-term-growth/ Mon, 03 Dec 2018 10:00:53 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3610 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EdACBsnfLL8 A typical whole life insurance policy won’t give you the high early cash value and long-term growth you need for Privatized Banking.  As enticing as its certainty and control are to wealth creators, it’s not enough.  You’ll need enhancements to convert your policy from a slow equity-builder into one that you can use quickly. Policy modifications are like custom upgrades on a standard model floorplan when you’re building a house.  These design features make all the difference between an accumulation plan, and one you can actually use. In What Kind of Policy Do You Want, Part 1, we discussed the key elements: a dividend-paying whole life insurance contract with a mutual company that has guaranteed premiums, guaranteed cash value, and a guaranteed death benefit.  Now it’s time to step it up a notch. High cash value up front and long-term performance are highly achievable when you design the policy in a specialized way. This custom design includes specific funding ratios and high-performance custom modifications to a whole life policy. Why You’re Shopping for a High Cash Value Policy Why are you looking for a life insurance policy with high early cash value and long-term growth? You want to secure the advantages of safety and liquidity of your money while maximizing your growth rate.  Your cash value won’t drop in value, and you can access it through policy loans.  Because of this, you know that whole life insurance is an ideal place to store cash, allowing you to be the bank. You’re also grateful for the peace of mind that the death benefit offers.  You are purchasing a net worth that will automatically self-complete when you die, even if you don’t get to live out your wealth creation. But rather than just setting it and forgetting it, you plan to use your life insurance policy while you’re alive.  You want to use your capital along the way to invest in cash-flowing projects to accelerate your wealth creation in a process known as Privatized Banking.  Instead of giving up cash each time you purchase another asset, you maintain control of your capital.  Consequently, you reap the miracle of compound interest and earn a return in two places at the same time. This is why it’s important that you don’t just get a policy that builds cash value at some point.  You want access to lots of cash value very early on in the policy.  Today’s article will show you how that is possible. What We’ll Cover Today, we’ll show you how we fine-tune a life insurance policy to get it to peak performance.  This is the secret sauce behind a Privatized Banking policy.  It’s how we dress up a typical life insurance policy and transform it into the superhero version. We’ll answer: What makes the policy specially designed? How do I build up cash value quickly to invest in opportunities?What do I need to know so I'm not sidetracked with minor details? How do I make sure the policy fits me, personally? We’ll reveal the design of the ideal life insurance policy that serves you best right away, and for decades to come. You’ll learn the three components of a Privatized Banking policy, what each achieves, how they work together, and the ideal funding ratio for high early cash value AND long-term growth.  You’ll gain the framework to find a policy that’s sturdy enough to drive it hard and still last a lifetime. And, you’ll know how to get a built-in contingency plan to gracefully handle the unexpected, expanding the infinite capacity of this policy to serve you. We’ll also show you why some of the more technical elements that are often most talked about are relatively insignificant. You’ll see why they are a distraction, and instead gain the ability to focus on what matters most. Also, because life insurance doesn’t come as a one-size-fits-all, we’ll discuss the individualized element of life insurance. You may need changes, based on underwriting, health status, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EdACBsnfLL8 A typical whole life insurance policy won’t give you the high early cash value and long-term growth you need for Privatized Banking.  As enticing as its certainty and control are to wealth creators,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EdACBsnfLL8




A typical whole life insurance policy won’t give you the high early cash value and long-term growth you need for Privatized Banking.  As enticing as its certainty and control are to wealth creators, it’s not enough.  You’ll need enhancements to convert your policy from a slow equity-builder into one that you can use quickly.

Policy modifications are like custom upgrades on a standard model floorplan when you’re building a house.  These design features make all the difference between an accumulation plan, and one you can actually use.




In What Kind of Policy Do You Want, Part 1, we discussed the key elements: a dividend-paying whole life insurance contract with a mutual company that has guaranteed premiums, guaranteed cash value, and a guaranteed death benefit.  Now it’s time to step it up a notch.



High cash value up front and long-term performance are highly achievable when you design the policy in a specialized way. This custom design includes specific funding ratios and high-performance custom modifications to a whole life policy.







Why You’re Shopping for a High Cash Value Policy



Why are you looking for a life insurance policy with high early cash value and long-term growth?



You want to secure the advantages of safety and liquidity of your money while maximizing your growth rate.  Your cash value won’t drop in value, and you can access it through policy loans.  Because of this, you know that whole life insurance is an ideal place to store cash, allowing you to be the bank.



You’re also grateful for the peace of mind that the death benefit offers.  You are purchasing a net worth that will automatically self-complete when you die, even if you don’t get to live out your wealth creation.



But rather than just setting it and forgetting it, you plan to use your life insurance policy while you’re alive.  You want to use your capital along the way to invest in cash-flowing projects to accelerate your wealth creation in a process known as Privatized Banking.  Instead of giving up cash each time you purchase another asset, you maintain control of your capital.  Consequently, you reap the miracle of compound interest and earn a return in two places at the same time.



This is why it’s important that you don’t just get a policy that builds cash value at some point.  You want access to lots of cash value very early on in the policy.  Today’s article will show you how that is possible.



What We’ll Cover



Today, we’ll show you how we fine-tune a life insurance policy to get it to peak performance.  This is the secret sauce behind a Privatized Banking policy.  It’s how we dress up a typical life insurance policy and transform it into the superhero version.



We’ll answer:



* What makes the policy specially designed? * How do I build up cash value quickly to invest in opportunities?]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 51:16
Teaching Kids Free Market Principles, with Connor Boyack https://themoneyadvantage.com/tuttle-twins-free-market-principles/ Mon, 26 Nov 2018 10:00:26 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3594 Connor Boyack is the author The Tuttle Twins, a series of a premier free market educational books for kids.  Once a web developer and online marketer, his passion transformed him into an economic, history and political philosopher and educator. Because he was perplexed by current events, he began studying history’s patterns, looking for answers to prevent us from repeating the mistakes of the past.  Through his study, he discovered the time-tested principles of free market economics, liberty, and entrepreneurship. Connor then immersed himself in political activism, starting a think tank to change state laws.  While helping Tesla battle against the traditional car companies and protectionist laws that prohibited them from selling any cars in Utah, he began grappling with a new question.  How could he help his young children understand his work of protecting the free market? Finding no other resources, he set out to create one for kids to understand these big philosophical ideas.  The Tuttle Twins books were born.  Now a series of nine stories that condense the ideas of liberty-minded authors such as Leonard Read, Henry Hazlitt, G. Edward Griffin, Ayn Rand, and Frederick Bastiat, the Tuttle Twins communicate big ideas in a way that everybody can understand. Because these books are creating a movement of thinkers, we wanted to share the author’s take. Where Creating a Legacy Fits into the Cash Flow System As a community of wealth creators, one of our most compelling desires is not only to thrive personally, but to leave a legacy for our children of the wisdom, principles, and character that make it possible. Let’s look at the big picture. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make, then you protect your money, and finally, you increase and make more. This conversation will take us full circle and land in two places. Firstly, it’s part of helping you create and solidify your own mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation in the very first step of the first phase. Secondly, it’s also part of creating a legacy and passing on the wisdom that will help our kids flourish as entrepreneurs and value creators in the very last step of the last phase. Who Is Connor Boyack? Connor Boyack is president of Libertas Institute; a free market think tank in Utah. In that capacity, he has spearheaded many successful policy reforms in areas such as education reform, civil liberties, government transparency, business deregulation, personal freedom, and more. Connor is also president of The Association for Teaching Kids Economics, a nationally focused nonprofit training teachers on basic economic principles, so they are empowered and motivated to help their students learn more about the free market. As a public speaker and author of over a dozen books, Connor is best known for The Tuttle Twins books, a children’s series introducing young readers to economic, political, and civic principles. He co-hosts a podcast along with Bryan Hyde that discusses entrepreneurship, innovation, philosophy, current events, politics, and more. They feature interesting guests who have compelling messages worth learning about, helping expose the public to insights and efforts that deserve greater awareness and support. Connor lives near Salt Lake City, Utah, with his wife and two homeschooled children. Connor Boyack Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) The Food Truck Fiasco Connor Boyack: [11:46] One of my favorites is The Tuttle Twins and the Food Truck Fiasco. This was our fourth book. It's based on the ideas from Economics in One Lesson, by Henry Hazlitt. It’s an important issue on its own. It talks a lot about protectionism, how, often the incumbent players in a market or industry will work with their buddies in government to create laws that prevent their upstart competitors from being able to have a free and fair playing field... Connor Boyack is the author The Tuttle Twins, a series of a premier free market educational books for kids.  Once a web developer and online marketer, his passion transformed him into an economic, history and political philosopher and educator. Connor Boyack is the author The Tuttle Twins, a series of a premier free market educational books for kids.  Once a web developer and online marketer, his passion transformed him into an economic, history and political philosopher and educator. Because he was perplexed by current events, he began studying history’s patterns, looking for answers to prevent us from repeating the mistakes of the past.  Through his study, he discovered the time-tested principles of free market economics, liberty, and entrepreneurship.



Connor then immersed himself in political activism, starting a think tank to change state laws.  While helping Tesla battle against the traditional car companies and protectionist laws that prohibited them from selling any cars in Utah, he began grappling with a new question.  How could he help his young children understand his work of protecting the free market?



Finding no other resources, he set out to create one for kids to understand these big philosophical ideas.  The Tuttle Twins books were born.  Now a series of nine stories that condense the ideas of liberty-minded authors such as Leonard Read, Henry Hazlitt, G. Edward Griffin, Ayn Rand, and Frederick Bastiat, the Tuttle Twins communicate big ideas in a way that everybody can understand.



Because these books are creating a movement of thinkers, we wanted to share the author’s take.







Where Creating a Legacy Fits into the Cash Flow System







As a community of wealth creators, one of our most compelling desires is not only to thrive personally, but to leave a legacy for our children of the wisdom, principles, and character that make it possible.



Let’s look at the big picture.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make, then you protect your money, and finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation will take us full circle and land in two places.



Firstly, it’s part of helping you create and solidify your own mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation in the very first step of the first phase.



Secondly, it’s also part of creating a legacy and passing on the wisdom that will help our kids flourish as entrepreneurs and value creators in the very last step of the last phase.



Who Is Connor Boyack?



Connor Boyack is president of Libertas Institute; a free market think tank in Utah. In that capacity, he has spearheaded many successful policy reforms in areas such as education reform, civil liberties, government transparency, business deregulation, personal freedom, and more.



Connor is also president of The Association for Teaching Kids Economics, a nationally focused nonprofit training teachers on basic economic principles, so they are empowered and motivated to help their students learn more about the free market.



As a public speaker and author of over a dozen books, Connor is best known for The Tuttle Twins books, a children’s series introducing young readers to economic, political, and civic principles.



He co-hosts a podcast along with Bryan Hyde that discusses entrepreneurship, innovation, philosophy, current events, politics, and more. They feature interesting guests who have compelling messages worth learning about, helping expose the public to insights and efforts that dese...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 44:37
Rich Person Roth: For the Most Tax-Free Income (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/rich-person-roth-most-tax-free-income/ Mon, 19 Nov 2018 10:00:37 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3411 Although Trump’s Tax Reform cut taxes in many ways, millions of Americans will see taxes increase in 2018.  The lower standardized deduction and the $10K cap on deductions for SALT (State and Local Taxes) will primarily affect those in the upper-middle to mid-upper class.   Consequently, tax planning is becoming a growing priority for an increasing population.  But for one of the most common tax-minimizing tactics, the Roth IRA, the luster is wearing thin as its limitations are becoming increasingly apparent.  In its place, the Rich Person Roth is taking center stage as a strategic tool to reduce current and future income taxes, as articulated by David Rae, in the Forbes article, Rich Person Roth: For The Most Tax-Free Retirement Income. This article discusses how the Rich Person Roth beats a basic Roth IRA and how it overcomes the biggest risks to your financial security.  Then it opens a candid dialogue about why it isn’t for everyone. In addition to discussing the points of this article, we’ll help you think through how best to reduce income taxes and create a future of time and money freedom. Where Privatized Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System Life insurance loans are a part of Privatized Banking, just one step in the greater Cash Flow System. Wedged between Stage 1 and 3, Privatized Banking fits into Stage 2, the canopy of protection in your financial life.  While protecting your personal economy from the risk of loss, it also helps you keep more of the money you make and amplifies your cash-flowing asset strategy, accelerating time and money freedom.  Why Future Tax-Free Income Is in High Demand While tax law changes have everyone on high alert, grappling for how exactly they will be affected today, the discerning are already calculating future impacts. To widen our view of how to handle current and future taxes, let’s talk about the three ways money set aside for the future can be taxed. Tax-Deferred One strategy is to find financial tools that defer a tax.  Here, the investment is made pre-tax, lowering taxable income in the year the contribution is made. However, income taken from these accounts later is taxed at whatever future tax rates will be at that time.  Familiar accounts in this category are 401k’s, 403b’s, IRAs. While suppressing and placing a bandage on an immediate concern, tax-deferred assets create more uncertainty for the future.  What will tax rates be at that time? How will I be impacted?  How much money will I have, how much tax will I owe, and what will be left? Taxable Another type of financial tool is a taxable asset.  With a taxable account, you put in dollars that have already been taxed.  As your money grows, the growth is taxable income. Accounts like checking, savings, money markets, and securities fall in this category. The growth is taxable each year.  In the early years, growth is small, and the taxes are fairly insignificant. But as these accounts grow over time, the taxes due can become hefty. Most people don’t pay the taxes out of the account, but instead, must find a way to pay the taxes due out of their current income. Tax-Free, or Tax-Exempt Because of the tax implications of both tax-deferred and taxable accounts, many are seeking respite in tax-free assets. These accounts offer the ability to set aside already-taxed dollars in an account that will grow tax-free and be able to be used tax-free. With these vehicles, you have a limit on your tax.  What you pay in tax today is all you’ll ever pay. For the forward-thinker, the rich person roth works the best to minimize your future tax burden. Why the Roth IRA Falls Short IRA’s are often thought of as the champion of tax-free income planning because they fall in the tax-free category.  However, they fail the high-income earner in several ways. 1) Loss of Control with Limited Access First, not all of your Roth IRA is accessible, Although Trump’s Tax Reform cut taxes in many ways, millions of Americans will see taxes increase in 2018.  The lower standardized deduction and the $10K cap on deductions for SALT (State and Local Taxes) will primarily affect those in the upper-middle... Although Trump’s Tax Reform cut taxes in many ways, millions of Americans will see taxes increase in 2018.  The lower standardized deduction and the $10K cap on deductions for SALT (State and Local Taxes) will primarily affect those in the upper-middle to mid-upper class.   Consequently, tax planning is becoming a growing priority for an increasing population.  But for one of the most common tax-minimizing tactics, the Roth IRA, the luster is wearing thin as its limitations are becoming increasingly apparent.  In its place, the Rich Person Roth is taking center stage as a strategic tool to reduce current and future income taxes, as articulated by David Rae, in the Forbes article, Rich Person Roth: For The Most Tax-Free Retirement Income.



This article discusses how the Rich Person Roth beats a basic Roth IRA and how it overcomes the biggest risks to your financial security.  Then it opens a candid dialogue about why it isn’t for everyone.



In addition to discussing the points of this article, we’ll help you think through how best to reduce income taxes and create a future of time and money freedom.







Where Privatized Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System







Life insurance loans are a part of Privatized Banking, just one step in the greater Cash Flow System.



Wedged between Stage 1 and 3, Privatized Banking fits into Stage 2, the canopy of protection in your financial life.  While protecting your personal economy from the risk of loss, it also helps you keep more of the money you make and amplifies your cash-flowing asset strategy, accelerating time and money freedom. 



Why Future Tax-Free Income Is in High Demand



While tax law changes have everyone on high alert, grappling for how exactly they will be affected today, the discerning are already calculating future impacts.



To widen our view of how to handle current and future taxes, let’s talk about the three ways money set aside for the future can be taxed.



Tax-Deferred



One strategy is to find financial tools that defer a tax.  Here, the investment is made pre-tax, lowering taxable income in the year the contribution is made.



However, income taken from these accounts later is taxed at whatever future tax rates will be at that time.  Familiar accounts in this category are 401k’s, 403b’s, IRAs.



While suppressing and placing a bandage on an immediate concern, tax-deferred assets create more uncertainty for the future.  What will tax rates be at that time? How will I be impacted?  How much money will I have, how much tax will I owe, and what will be left?



Taxable



Another type of financial tool is a taxable asset.  With a taxable account, you put in dollars that have already been taxed.  As your money grows, the growth is taxable income.



Accounts like checking, savings, money markets, and securities fall in this category.



The growth is taxable each year.  In the early years, growth is small, and the taxes are fairly insignificant.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 41:04
Privatized Banking: What Kind of Policy Do You Use? https://themoneyadvantage.com/privatized-banking-what-kind-of-policy-do-you-use/ Mon, 12 Nov 2018 14:30:49 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3345 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=au5k8SZsAus You’re on the hunt for the best life insurance policy to use for Privatized Banking. For this, not just any policy will do. You want to buy exactly the right kind of life insurance to get cash you can use, earn uninterrupted compounding, and have your dollars working in two places at the same time.Life insurance is a powerful product that can serve you in infinite ways at the same time.  But designing a life insurance policy in a way that fulfills its potential has become almost a lost art. One type of policy, with particular high-performance modifications, does Privatized Banking best.  The special design ensures that you have high early cash value and maximum long-term growth while maintaining its tax advantages. Why You’re Buying a Privatized Banking Policy Let’s back up to gain some context. You already have the cash to begin investing.  But instead of draining your savings to buy the investment, you want to maintain control of your capital.  You know that you can maximize the long-term efficiency of your whole personal economy by using the Privatized Banking Strategy.  With it, you get safety, growth, and access to your money. To implement this strategy, you’ll first store your capital in a life insurance contract. When you want to invest, you’ll borrow against your cash value, using a guaranteed loan feature.  And when you repay the loan, you have the flexibility to choose a pace that works for you. Because you’re not using your capital, but collateralizing it, you’ll continue earning uninterrupted compound interest.  Even while you invest, giving you returns in two places at once. Now that you’re ready to buy a policy to help you accomplish all that, what do you look for? Your Questions About What Kind of Policy to Use for Privatized Banking, Answered If you’ve ever spent a minute shopping for life insurance, the process can be downright overwhelming.  It’s easy to feel like the assortment of options is like Baskin Robbin’s 31 flavors. All might be good, but which one is best? Today, we’ll answer your most important questions about Privatized Banking policies: What kind of life insurance policy do I need?What are the essentials to make sure the policy performs best? Can I use any cash value life insurance product?What makes the policy specially designed? How do I ensure it won’t take forever to build up cash value and I can use my cash quickly to invest in opportunities? We’ll reveal the design of the ideal life insurance policy for Privatized Banking.  You’ll find out the three major types of life insurance, and why only one works for Privatized Banking.  You’ll discover the only kind of life insurance company you want to work with.  And you’ll learn what makes a policy specially designed so that it becomes a great place to store cash. You’ll gain a map to label all the crucial components of a Privatized Banking policy. Instead of being overwhelmed with minor details, you’ll know exactly what you want and what to focus on. And you’ll be equipped with purchaser prowess to quickly and easily determine if a policy measures up, so you don’t buy a policy that underperforms. Where Privatized Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System Privatized Banking with Specially Designed Life Insurance Contracts (SDLIC) is just one step in the greater Cash Flow System. It fits into Stage 2, a part of keeping and protecting your money. We said before that Privatized Banking is like the peanut butter to your cash flow sandwich.  It’s wedged between Stage 1 – keeping more of the money you already make – and Stage 3 – increasing your cash flow from investments. And it helps you do everything else better. Privatized Banking increases your financial efficiency, enables you to keep more of what you already make, amplifies your cash-flowing asset strategy, and accelerates your time and money freedom. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=au5k8SZsAus You’re on the hunt for the best life insurance policy to use for Privatized Banking. For this, not just any policy will do. You want to buy exactly the right kind of life insurance to get cash you can use...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=au5k8SZsAus




You’re on the hunt for the best life insurance policy to use for Privatized Banking. For this, not just any policy will do. You want to buy exactly the right kind of life insurance to get cash you can use, earn uninterrupted compounding, and have your dollars working in two places at the same time.

Life insurance is a powerful product that can serve you in infinite ways at the same time.  But designing a life insurance policy in a way that fulfills its potential has become almost a lost art.




One type of policy, with particular high-performance modifications, does Privatized Banking best.  The special design ensures that you have high early cash value and maximum long-term growth while maintaining its tax advantages.







Why You’re Buying a Privatized Banking Policy



Let’s back up to gain some context.



You already have the cash to begin investing.  But instead of draining your savings to buy the investment, you want to maintain control of your capital.  You know that you can maximize the long-term efficiency of your whole personal economy by using the Privatized Banking Strategy.  With it, you get safety, growth, and access to your money.



To implement this strategy, you’ll first store your capital in a life insurance contract.



When you want to invest, you’ll borrow against your cash value, using a guaranteed loan feature.  And when you repay the loan, you have the flexibility to choose a pace that works for you.



Because you’re not using your capital, but collateralizing it, you’ll continue earning uninterrupted compound interest.  Even while you invest, giving you returns in two places at once.



Now that you’re ready to buy a policy to help you accomplish all that, what do you look for?



Your Questions About What Kind of Policy to Use for Privatized Banking, Answered



If you’ve ever spent a minute shopping for life insurance, the process can be downright overwhelming.  It’s easy to feel like the assortment of options is like Baskin Robbin’s 31 flavors. All might be good, but which one is best?



Today, we’ll answer your most important questions about Privatized Banking policies:



* What kind of life insurance policy do I need?* What are the essentials to make sure the policy performs best? * Can I use any cash value life insurance product?* What makes the policy specially designed? * How do I ensure it won’t take forever to build up cash value and I can use my cash quickly to invest in opportunities?



We’ll reveal the design of the ideal life insurance policy for Privatized Banking.  You’ll find out the three major types of life insurance, and why only one works for Privatized Banking.  You’ll discover the only kind of life insurance company you want to work with.  And you’ll learn what makes a policy specially designed so that it becomes a great place to store cash.



You’ll gain a map to label all the crucial components of a Privatized Banking policy.



Instead of being overwhelmed with minor details, you’ll know exactly what you want and what to focus on.



And you’ll be equipped with purchaser prowess to quickly and easily determine if a policy m...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:09
Turnkey Real Estate Investing in Memphis, TN, with Mid South Homebuyers https://themoneyadvantage.com/mid-south-homebuyers-turnkey-real-estate/ Mon, 05 Nov 2018 10:00:11 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3158 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IVRE4Jk9XY4 Get to know the team at Mid South Homebuyers.  This conversation will help you determine how and when turnkey rental real estate could help you invest for cash flow. Who Are Terry Kerr and Liz Nowlin Brody? Terry Kerr Terry Kerr was born in 1970 in Memphis Tennessee.  Except for some nomadic travel in his early twenties, has lived in Memphis his whole adult life. Terry enjoys water sports, hiking, and the Memphis Grizzlies with his family. He shares his life with his wonderful wife Elaine and two amazing kids, Amelia 17 and Andrew 13. Founder and CEO of Mid South Homebuyers, Terry fell in love with making ugly houses pretty in 2001 and set out to master the business of passing bargains on to bargain hunters. Over the last 15 years, Mid South Homebuyers has purchased, renovated, and sold 1,500+ single-family houses in Memphis to real estate investors across the US and the globe. As a turn-key seller, Mid South Homebuyers provides completely renovated investment property, with a built-in property management and maintenance team, to real estate investors who receive passive income while building wealth through real estate. Terry is fortunate to call Memphis Tennessee home, where the price-to-rent-ratios for investment property are the best in the country. He is extremely grateful to his incredible team for positioning Mid South Homebuyers as the premier turn-key seller in Memphis and the US. Mid South Homebuyers has renovated over 1.7 million sq. ft. of real estate in Memphis TN. Terry attributes the success of Mid South Homebuyers directly to the caring and passionate commitment of his incredible team of professionals who never stop trying to increase value and service for their investor partners. Liz Nowlin Brody Elizabeth Nowlin Brody is an avid real estate investor who has spent the last 16 years of her professional life working in multiple markets as a multi-unit property manager, a marketing director, a Realtor, a writer, and a public speaker. For the last 8, she's been working side by side with Terry Kerr building Mid South Homebuyers into one of the most successful turnkey providers in the U.S. Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow.In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) Investments that Build Wealth Through Cash Flow [07:48] It's single-family, blue-collar real estate.  These are solid houses in solid neighborhoods.  Fortunately, about 52% of the Memphis population rent.  This gives us a really large pool of folks to work with. Here is the business model:  We’ll buy a house, do a full-blown renovation on the house. It's not a lipstick job. It's not just paint and carpet.  We rip off the roofs, gut the kitchens, gut the bathrooms, update the electrical, plumbing, new heating and air.  The houses are in better shape typically when we finished rehabbing than it was when it was first built, just because of higher-end finishes. And we provide the best value for the resident that exists in the Memphis market.  We have slightly below market rents, with the best rehab, and so we have the lowest turnover, and that's the key. We have the lowest turnover of any management company in Memphis, so the longest resident average stay.  Turnover is the biggest killer for folks who own investment property, so if you can keep people in the house and keep them from moving out, that's the ticket. There are a lot of things that go into making that possible.  In big, broad strokes, if the resident is happy and the resident stays, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IVRE4Jk9XY4 Get to know the team at Mid South Homebuyers.  This conversation will help you determine how and when turnkey rental real estate could help you invest for cash flow.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IVRE4Jk9XY4




Get to know the team at Mid South Homebuyers.  This conversation will help you determine how and when turnkey rental real estate could help you invest for cash flow.



Who Are Terry Kerr and Liz Nowlin Brody?



Terry Kerr



Terry Kerr was born in 1970 in Memphis Tennessee.  Except for some nomadic travel in his early twenties, has lived in Memphis his whole adult life. Terry enjoys water sports, hiking, and the Memphis Grizzlies with his family. He shares his life with his wonderful wife Elaine and two amazing kids, Amelia 17 and Andrew 13.







Founder and CEO of Mid South Homebuyers, Terry fell in love with making ugly houses pretty in 2001 and set out to master the business of passing bargains on to bargain hunters. Over the last 15 years, Mid South Homebuyers has purchased, renovated, and sold 1,500+ single-family houses in Memphis to real estate investors across the US and the globe.



As a turn-key seller, Mid South Homebuyers provides completely renovated investment property, with a built-in property management and maintenance team, to real estate investors who receive passive income while building wealth through real estate.



Terry is fortunate to call Memphis Tennessee home, where the price-to-rent-ratios for investment property are the best in the country. He is extremely grateful to his incredible team for positioning Mid South Homebuyers as the premier turn-key seller in Memphis and the US. Mid South Homebuyers has renovated over 1.7 million sq. ft. of real estate in Memphis TN.



Terry attributes the success of Mid South Homebuyers directly to the caring and passionate commitment of his incredible team of professionals who never stop trying to increase value and service for their investor partners.



Liz Nowlin Brody



Elizabeth Nowlin Brody is an avid real estate investor who has spent the last 16 years of her professional life working in multiple markets as a multi-unit property manager, a marketing director, a Realtor, a writer, and a public speaker. For the last 8, she's been working side by side with Terry Kerr building Mid South Homebuyers into one of the most successful turnkey providers in the U.S.



Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow.

In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.

Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.




Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript)



Investments that Build Wealth Through Cash Flow



[07:48] It's single-family, blue-collar real estate.  These are solid houses in solid neighborhoods.  Fortunately, about 52% of the Memphis population rent.  This gives us a really large pool of folks to work with.



Here is the business model:  We’ll buy a house, do a full-blown renovation on the house. It's not a lipstick job. It's not just paint and carpet.  We rip off the roofs, gut the kitchens, gut the bathrooms, update the electrical, plumbing,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 58:12
Early Tap of the 401(k) Replaces Homes as American Piggy Bank (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/early-tap-of-401k-replaces-homes-as-american-piggy-bank/ Mon, 29 Oct 2018 09:00:58 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3111 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xr8cAp9ygAQ Piggy banks may seem best suited to our childhood era.  We mentally organize them with wagon-rides, tooth fairies, and the endless pencil-sharpening of early grade school.  But as adults, we need and use piggy banks; they just come in a different form.  When people need money for life’s setbacks and lean times, one of the most accessed “piggy banks” is the 401(k), says Richard Rubin and Margaret Collins, in the Bloomberg article, Early Tap of 401(k) Replaces Homes as American Piggy Bank.Financial products are designed for a specific job.  They may disintegrate when called upon for side jobs outside their area of expertise.  The 401(k), intended for retirement planning, presents serious concerns when doubling as a piggy bank.  Taxes and penalties add hardship in some of life’s darkest financial times when money is tight. This article addresses the market and social forces that caused this phenomenon of this shift in asset choice.  It honestly assesses the problems with using the 401(k) as a piggy bank and proposes solutions. In addition to discussing the points of this article, we’ll separate fact from opinion.  We'll help you think through the savings and protection component of your personal economy.  Then, you’ll be able to progress toward time and money freedom, while best handling financial challenges along the way. Why You Need a Piggy Bank Just because you’ve outgrown the childhood scrapes, bruises, and dirt under the fingernails doesn’t mean you’ve outgrown the need for a piggy bank.  One of the most predictable financial needs is to have accessible cash that you can save for emergencies and opportunities.When you need to replace tires, have medical bills to pay, a child’s wedding or college, or want to buy a rental property, where will you get the cash? Having access to cash is such a consistent and guaranteed need.  By planning ahead and storing cash that will be there when you need it, you’ll bolster your peace of mind. But without available cash, you’ve got to use tools that aren’t ideal, like home equity, retirement savings, or a credit card. Where a Piggy Bank Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. The Problems with Using a 401(k) as a Piggy Bank The Money is Not All Yours When you put money into a 401(k), your contributions are tax-deferred.  You get a current-year tax break.  But it’s not that you don’t owe tax, it’s that you owe it later.  And when you owe it later, you’ll pay tax on the amount you put in AND on the growth. This taxation is often misunderstood, leading people to believe the balance they see on their account statement is all money that belongs to them.  However, a portion of that money belongs to the IRS, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xr8cAp9ygAQ Piggy banks may seem best suited to our childhood era.  We mentally organize them with wagon-rides, tooth fairies, and the endless pencil-sharpening of early grade school.  But as adults,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xr8cAp9ygAQ




Piggy banks may seem best suited to our childhood era.  We mentally organize them with wagon-rides, tooth fairies, and the endless pencil-sharpening of early grade school.  But as adults, we need and use piggy banks; they just come in a different form.  When people need money for life’s setbacks and lean times, one of the most accessed “piggy banks” is the 401(k), says Richard Rubin and Margaret Collins, in the Bloomberg article, Early Tap of 401(k) Replaces Homes as American Piggy Bank.

Financial products are designed for a specific job.  They may disintegrate when called upon for side jobs outside their area of expertise.  The 401(k), intended for retirement planning, presents serious concerns when doubling as a piggy bank.  Taxes and penalties add hardship in some of life’s darkest financial times when money is tight.




This article addresses the market and social forces that caused this phenomenon of this shift in asset choice.  It honestly assesses the problems with using the 401(k) as a piggy bank and proposes solutions.



In addition to discussing the points of this article, we’ll separate fact from opinion.  We'll help you think through the savings and protection component of your personal economy.  Then, you’ll be able to progress toward time and money freedom, while best handling financial challenges along the way.







Why You Need a Piggy Bank



Just because you’ve outgrown the childhood scrapes, bruises, and dirt under the fingernails doesn’t mean you’ve outgrown the need for a piggy bank.  One of the most predictable financial needs is to have accessible cash that you can save for emergencies and opportunities.

When you need to replace tires, have medical bills to pay, a child’s wedding or college, or want to buy a rental property, where will you get the cash?




Having access to cash is such a consistent and guaranteed need.  By planning ahead and storing cash that will be there when you need it, you’ll bolster your peace of mind.



But without available cash, you’ve got to use tools that aren’t ideal, like home equity, retirement savings, or a credit card.



Where a Piggy Bank Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 36:27
Privatized Banking Concept: The Golden Key that Unlocks Your Financial Life https://themoneyadvantage.com/privatized-banking-unlocks-your-financial-life/ Mon, 22 Oct 2018 09:00:28 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3050 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0AIoJylhZNI You play a big game, and you want your money to keep pace. Being in control is essential to you, and your money is no exception.  You don’t have time to be strung along every year, hoping for better returns. Instead, you want to be able to count on your money to give you confidence and certainty. You want the cash available to invest in what you understand and control – what matters most to you. Because you’re discerning and savvy, you don’t place stock in magic bullets.  Instead, you want a system that works as long as you live, improving over time like a fine wine. The Privatized Banking Concept fits your criteria. Privatized Banking is a golden key that unlocks and improves every other area of your financial life. With it, you reduce taxes, increase safety and liquidity, while earning competitive growth with built-in contractual guarantees. This translates to more peace of mind. And that elevates your ability to perform at the highest level in your life and business. The Privatized Banking Concept Is Your Ideal Solution Today’s article will show you how The Privatized Banking Concept is the ideal solution that you’ve never heard of.  We’ll walk you through the building blocks and what it does for you.  Then, we’ll show you this system is a strategy that you do, not just a financial product you buy. We’ll answer: What is Privatized Banking?Why is it a better place to store my cash?How does it put me in control?How does it improve my financial efficiency?And how does it speed up my path to time and money freedom? You’ll gain a fresh perspective on this historically-sound asset to see this ancient relic resurface as a modern marvel.  Instead of a boring, one-dimensional insurance product, you’ll recognize the craftsmanship and innovative architecture of this financial Swiss army knife.  And you’ll be able to cut through the myth, controversy, and debate to appreciate the power of this financing and wealth creation engine. Where The Privatized Banking Concept Fits into Your Cash Flow System The Privatized Banking Concept is just one step in the greater Cash Flow System. It’s the peanut butter to your cash flow sandwich. Privatized banking is sandwiched between Stage 1, where you’re being more efficient and keeping more money you already make, and Stage 3, where you’re increasing cash flow from your investments.  It’s what makes the sandwich a sandwich, not just two slices of bread. While it’s nestled into Stage 2, Protection, it also improves everything else around it.  Privatized Banking helps you keep more of the money you make in Stage 1, amplify your cash-flowing asset strategy in Stage 3, and accelerate your Time and Money Freedom. What Do You Want Your Money to Do? Before we delve into what The Privatized Banking Concept is and how it works for you, let's get very clear on what you’re trying to accomplish. Here’s a quick job description you ask your money to perform for you: Create cash flow from assets like real estate and businessesProvide safety and guarantees on money you saveModel the bank by owning and controlling capitalSavings that grows at a competitive rate of returnEarn uninterrupted compound interest, even when you spend your moneyBe a place to hold cash while it’s waiting to be used in opportunitiesLimit money leaks like interest, taxes, and opportunity costsGive you peace of mind so you can perform at the highest level Why The Privatized Banking Concept Is the Perfect Hire The Privatized Banking Concept doesn’t just do one thing better to make small improvements to your financial life. This strategy is the catalyst for a transformation in your financial life. It gives you the opportunity to create time and money freedom. Let's say Privatized Banking were a job candidate applying for the position above. Here's its list of qualifications and abilities – what it can do. And, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0AIoJylhZNI You play a big game, and you want your money to keep pace. Being in control is essential to you, and your money is no exception.  You don’t have time to be strung along every year,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0AIoJylhZNI




You play a big game, and you want your money to keep pace. Being in control is essential to you, and your money is no exception.  You don’t have time to be strung along every year, hoping for better returns. Instead, you want to be able to count on your money to give you confidence and certainty. You want the cash available to invest in what you understand and control – what matters most to you. Because you’re discerning and savvy, you don’t place stock in magic bullets.  Instead, you want a system that works as long as you live, improving over time like a fine wine. The Privatized Banking Concept fits your criteria.



Privatized Banking is a golden key that unlocks and improves every other area of your financial life. With it, you reduce taxes, increase safety and liquidity, while earning competitive growth with built-in contractual guarantees. This translates to more peace of mind. And that elevates your ability to perform at the highest level in your life and business.







The Privatized Banking Concept Is Your Ideal Solution



Today’s article will show you how The Privatized Banking Concept is the ideal solution that you’ve never heard of.  We’ll walk you through the building blocks and what it does for you.  Then, we’ll show you this system is a strategy that you do, not just a financial product you buy.



We’ll answer:



* What is Privatized Banking?* Why is it a better place to store my cash?* How does it put me in control?* How does it improve my financial efficiency?* And how does it speed up my path to time and money freedom?



You’ll gain a fresh perspective on this historically-sound asset to see this ancient relic resurface as a modern marvel.  Instead of a boring, one-dimensional insurance product, you’ll recognize the craftsmanship and innovative architecture of this financial Swiss army knife.  And you’ll be able to cut through the myth, controversy, and debate to appreciate the power of this financing and wealth creation engine.



Where The Privatized Banking Concept Fits into Your Cash Flow System







The Privatized Banking Concept is just one step in the greater Cash Flow System.



It’s the peanut butter to your cash flow sandwich.



Privatized banking is sandwiched between Stage 1, where you’re being more efficient and keeping more money you already make, and Stage 3, where you’re increasing cash flow from your investments.  It’s what makes the sandwich a sandwich, not just two slices of bread.



While it’s nestled into Stage 2, Protection, it also improves everything else around it.  Privatized Banking helps you keep more of the money you make in Stage 1, amplify your cash-flowing asset strategy in Stage 3, and accelerate your Time and Money Freedom.



What Do You Want Your Money to Do?



Before we delve into what The Privatized Banking Concept is and how it works for you, let's get very clear on what you’re trying to accomplish.



Here’s a quick job description you ask your money to perform for you:



* clean 50:32
LifeBook: Creating an Extraordinary Life, with Jon and Missy Butcher https://themoneyadvantage.com/lifebook-jon-and-missy-butcher/ Mon, 15 Oct 2018 09:00:14 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3001 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hkko7rdyVUc You are a creator!  You can create and live your own extraordinary life, starting right now. And here are the tools to do so, right at your fingertips!  Jon and Missy Butcher, founders of LifeBook, have embodied creating their own life. And you can do that too. To quote Steve Jobs, “Everything around you that you call life was made up by people that were no smarter than you, and you can change it, you can influence it. You can build your own things that other people can use.” If what you see around you is not helping you create the life and business you love, you can recreate it.  You can design your own life. What began as a personal transformation journey for Jon and Missy Butcher has now helped thousands transform their lives into a masterpiece by gaining a clear vision of the person they want to become and the life they want to live, and then mapping out the steps to get there.  Part of that process is recognizing the limiting beliefs you have in that area and developing a healthy consciousness instead that allows you to fulfill your potential. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. Who Are Jon and Missy Butcher? Jon & Missy Butcher are serial entrepreneurs, whose life together revolves around their love for each other, their four children and their work. Together, they have founded 19 companies, organized around causes that matter. As creators of Lifebook, an extraordinary system that has helped thousands transform their lives from ordinary to a living masterpiece, Jon and Missy Butcher have discovered how to defy aging, experience long-lasting love, redefine education for their children and build the ideal living environment in which to thrive. Other companies Jon and Missy Butcher own or have co-founded include: Purity Coffee – our value proposition is the cleanest, healthiest coffee on earth.Artists for Addicts – our mission is to change the global conversation surrounding addiction from one of judgment to one of compassion – and to provide addicts with recovery strategies that work.The Precious Moments Family of companies – spreading the message of living, caring and sharing throughout the world.The Sanctuary Healing Gardens – a quiet place of beauty and inspiration, where you can relax, recharge and renew yourself. Jon and Missy Butcher are passionate about world travel, fine wine, beautiful homes, contemporary art, and conscious capitalism. Their purpose on this planet is to create the highest possible quality of life for themselves and the people they love while helping others around them do the same. Jon and Missy Butcher Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) The Beginning of an Extraordinary Life [09:14] And from the very beginning, we made a commitment to ourselves and each other that we were going to create an extraordinary love affair that lasts a lifetime. That was our main focus. We went all in from the very beginning, which is significant. And the reason it's significant is that so many couples who aren't completely all in, spend a tremendous amount of energy, sparring, and positioning. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hkko7rdyVUc You are a creator!  You can create and live your own extraordinary life, starting right now. And here are the tools to do so, right at your fingertips!  Jon and Missy Butcher, founders of LifeBook,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hkko7rdyVUc




You are a creator!  You can create and live your own extraordinary life, starting right now. And here are the tools to do so, right at your fingertips!  Jon and Missy Butcher, founders of LifeBook, have embodied creating their own life. And you can do that too.

To quote Steve Jobs, “Everything around you that you call life was made up by people that were no smarter than you, and you can change it, you can influence it. You can build your own things that other people can use.”




If what you see around you is not helping you create the life and business you love, you can recreate it.  You can design your own life.



What began as a personal transformation journey for Jon and Missy Butcher has now helped thousands transform their lives into a masterpiece by gaining a clear vision of the person they want to become and the life they want to live, and then mapping out the steps to get there.  Part of that process is recognizing the limiting beliefs you have in that area and developing a healthy consciousness instead that allows you to fulfill your potential.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



Who Are Jon and Missy Butcher?



Jon & Missy Butcher are serial entrepreneurs, whose life together revolves around their love for each other, their four children and their work.



Together, they have founded 19 companies, organized around causes that matter.



As creators of Lifebook, an extraordinary system that has helped thousands transform their lives from ordinary to a living masterpiece, Jon and Missy Butcher have discovered how to defy aging, experience long-lasting love, redefine education for their children and build the ideal living environment in which to thrive.



Other companies Jon and Missy Butcher own or have co-founded include:



* Purity Coffee – our value proposition is the cleanest, healthiest coffee on earth.* Artists for Addicts – our mission is to change the global conversation surrounding addiction from one of judgment to one of compassion – and to provide addicts with recovery strategies that work.* The Precious Moments Family of companies – spreading the message of living, caring and sharing throughout the world.* The Sanctuary Healing Gardens – a quiet place of beauty an...]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:04:26 Don’t Be a “Rugged Individualist” – Delegate! (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/dont-be-a-rugged-individualist-delegate/ Mon, 08 Oct 2018 09:00:31 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2991 As entrepreneurs building growing businesses, it often becomes necessary to transform ourselves. Innovation requires shedding our old thought patterns and ways of operating, so we can embrace new ones that serve us better.  Dan Sullivan, of Strategic Coach, outlines this phenomenon in his growth-provoking article, Don’t Be a “Rugged Individualist” – Delegate! He contrasts two ways of being. As fledgling entrepreneurs, we embody the tenacity and grit of “rugged individualist.”  Perhaps initially we can’t afford to hire out.  We resort to doing everything ourselves, from marketing, sales, technical expertise, service, managing, hiring, training, picking up supplies, cleaning the bathrooms, etc.  But as we expand, this individualism can quickly become stunting, and downright ridiculous. The maturing business owner must shift from an “I can do it myself” perspective to one of “who can do this better than me?” Trying to do everything yourself limits the good you can do.  Instead, focus on your strengths, spend your time there, and delegate everything else. In this way, you’ll accomplish much more together as a team. Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Why Delegation Is a Prerequisite to Creating Your Ideal Life In the early stages of business, you may be tempted to think that just because you’re good at your craft, that will automatically translate to building a successful business.  But often this start-up strength can become a weakness in the scaling phase. If you’re focusing on things that aren’t your core strength, you’re going to have a hard time moving forward.  Not only is it demoralizing and damaging to your confidence, but the progress is slow.  It arrogantly blinds you from recognizing the talents and skills of others around you. Building a self-sustaining business that doesn’t depend on you requires you to scale by building high-functioning teams.  This is the only way to move from the Self-Employed to the Business Owner quadrant in Robert Kiyosaki’s Cashflow Quadrant. Rugged Individualism Comes from a Scarcity Mindset Think about all the reasons you wouldn’t delegate. Often, it’s our pride and arrogance, thinking we can do something better than everyone else.  That perspective prevents us from seeing the potential in others.  And we continue to play small.  Instead of teaching others and re-creating ourselves, we cap our potential. Another reason we don’t delegate is that we believe it’s too expensive, or that we can’t afford it.  But this decision has an opportunity cost too!  You might save the cost of paying a contractor if you do it yourself, but how much can you actually do on your own?  How much more can you accomplish if you multiply your efforts with a team and synergize everyone’s strengths? The Two Top Reasons to Delegate The most important reason to delegate is that if you are not willing to invest in the expertise of others to support you, no one will invest in your expertise to support them.  It’s a law of abundance and value creation.  By refusing to give and receive from those who can help you, you are cinching a tourniquet around your ability to give and receive in every other area of your life. The second most compelling reason to delegate is that you can be most excellent when you’re focused, not a jack of all trades.  Instead of spending time on non-productive activities that drain your energy, put everything into what energizes you, where you’re doing your best work. Harness the power of delegation, As entrepreneurs building growing businesses, it often becomes necessary to transform ourselves. Innovation requires shedding our old thought patterns and ways of operating, so we can embrace new ones that serve us better.  Dan Sullivan, As entrepreneurs building growing businesses, it often becomes necessary to transform ourselves. Innovation requires shedding our old thought patterns and ways of operating, so we can embrace new ones that serve us better.  Dan Sullivan, of Strategic Coach, outlines this phenomenon in his growth-provoking article, Don’t Be a “Rugged Individualist” – Delegate!



He contrasts two ways of being. As fledgling entrepreneurs, we embody the tenacity and grit of “rugged individualist.”  Perhaps initially we can’t afford to hire out.  We resort to doing everything ourselves, from marketing, sales, technical expertise, service, managing, hiring, training, picking up supplies, cleaning the bathrooms, etc.  But as we expand, this individualism can quickly become stunting, and downright ridiculous.



The maturing business owner must shift from an “I can do it myself” perspective to one of “who can do this better than me?”



Trying to do everything yourself limits the good you can do.  Instead, focus on your strengths, spend your time there, and delegate everything else. In this way, you’ll accomplish much more together as a team.







Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Why Delegation Is a Prerequisite to Creating Your Ideal Life



In the early stages of business, you may be tempted to think that just because you’re good at your craft, that will automatically translate to building a successful business.  But often this start-up strength can become a weakness in the scaling phase.



If you’re focusing on things that aren’t your core strength, you’re going to have a hard time moving forward.  Not only is it demoralizing and damaging to your confidence, but the progress is slow.  It arrogantly blinds you from recognizing the talents and skills of others around you.



Building a self-sustaining business that doesn’t depend on you requires you to scale by building high-functioning teams.  This is the only way to move from the Self-Employed to the Business Owner quadrant in Robert Kiyosaki’s Cashflow Quadrant.



Rugged Individualism Comes from a Scarcity Mindset



Think about all the reasons you wouldn’t delegate.



Often, it’s our pride and arrogance, thinking we can do something better than everyone else.  That perspective prevents us from seeing the potential in others.  And we continue to play small.  Instead of teaching others and re-creating ourselves, we cap our potential.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 44:27
Cash Flow Index: The Smartest Way to Pay off Debt https://themoneyadvantage.com/cash-flow-index-pay-off-debt/ Mon, 01 Oct 2018 09:00:21 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2966 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aSWKvjLqZ6Y Most people struggle to get out from debt like they’re drowning in the ocean.  Like drowning, they waste energy, time, and money floundering and flailing instead of taking calculated, focused, strategically-timed strokes that would free them most efficiently. The Cash Flow Index removes this struggle.Before we dive into the Cash Flow Index, let's talk about why this happens. Often, people focus on solving the wrong problem.  When it comes to paying off debt, most people are riveted on the interest they are paying. They let it steal their attention like a car accident in the other lane causes the rubber-necking drivers to lose focus on staying in their own lane. When it comes to paying off debt, interest is only the second priority.  It plays second fiddle. It’s cash flow that is the first priority. A focus on interest rates is like a focus on all the deep scary ocean water, full of sea creatures below you.  It’s the wrong place to put your attention if you want to swim.  Don’t work to escape the water, work to reach the air. Earlier in the Series on Debt Previously, in Why Debt Free Doesn’t Make You Financially Free, we demonstrated clearly what debt is and what it isn’t, and that rushing frantically to pay off loans may be one of the riskiest financial moves you can make.  We revealed that just because you have loans doesn’t mean you’re even in debt, and that the end goal of being rid of debt might not get you any closer to financial freedom. Then, in The Right Way to Spend Money: Spender, Saver, or Steward? we discovered the limitations of both the Spender and the Saver.  We also uncovered the superpowers of the Steward to create wealth through control, access to capital, and earning uninterrupted compound interest. In Opportunity Cost: The Invisible Cost of Financing, we busted the myth that paying cash always saves you money. We discussed that there’s always a cost of capital, and the person who comes out ahead is the one who maintains control and access to their money. The Safest, Smartest Way to Pay off Debt Now, if you are in a position with multiple loans, and you’ve decided that the most productive use of your capital at this time is to pay off loans, it’s time to get a game plan. We’ll help you calculate the best strategy to pay off debt, while decreasing risk, increasing your cash flow, maintaining as much financial control as possible, and avoiding a crisis of liquidity. We’ll call it Cash Flow Index Snowball Method.  It’s a comprehensive cash flow strategy for paying off debt. We’ll answer: Should I pay off my debt?If so, how do I pay off debt the quickest, most efficient, smartest way possible?Which debt should I pay off first?How do I pay off debt to best increase my cash flow?How do I avoid rubber-band debt?What steps do I take to avoid a crisis of liquidity? This conversation will move you from haphazard overpayments to a strategic, focused plan that increases your financial control.  You’ll get the one simple calculation that tells you how much you’ll increase your cash flow by paying off each debt.  Instead of riding the rubber band cycle of paying it off to racking it up again, you’ll be able to eliminate debt once and for all. Where Paying off Debt Fits into Your Cash Flow System Paying off debt is not a destination.  It’s just one step in the greater Survival to Significance Cash Flow System. It’s important to have your eye on the endgame to make sure all of your decisions along the way line up to get you there.  The ultimate epitome of financial accomplishment is to have cash flow from assets, achieve time and money freedom, and contribute at the highest level. To qualify to invest in cash-flowing assets, you need capital to invest.  If you don’t already have the capital ready, the best way to build it is to maximize your cash flow today and put as much of your cash in your control as po... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aSWKvjLqZ6Y Most people struggle to get out from debt like they’re drowning in the ocean.  Like drowning, they waste energy, time, and money floundering and flailing instead of taking calculated, focused,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aSWKvjLqZ6Y




Most people struggle to get out from debt like they’re drowning in the ocean.  Like drowning, they waste energy, time, and money floundering and flailing instead of taking calculated, focused, strategically-timed strokes that would free them most efficiently. The Cash Flow Index removes this struggle.

Before we dive into the Cash Flow Index, let's talk about why this happens.



Often, people focus on solving the wrong problem.  When it comes to paying off debt, most people are riveted on the interest they are paying. They let it steal their attention like a car accident in the other lane causes the rubber-necking drivers to lose focus on staying in their own lane.




When it comes to paying off debt, interest is only the second priority.  It plays second fiddle.



It’s cash flow that is the first priority.



A focus on interest rates is like a focus on all the deep scary ocean water, full of sea creatures below you.  It’s the wrong place to put your attention if you want to swim.  Don’t work to escape the water, work to reach the air.







Earlier in the Series on Debt



Previously, in Why Debt Free Doesn’t Make You Financially Free, we demonstrated clearly what debt is and what it isn’t, and that rushing frantically to pay off loans may be one of the riskiest financial moves you can make.  We revealed that just because you have loans doesn’t mean you’re even in debt, and that the end goal of being rid of debt might not get you any closer to financial freedom.



Then, in The Right Way to Spend Money: Spender, Saver, or Steward? we discovered the limitations of both the Spender and the Saver.  We also uncovered the superpowers of the Steward to create wealth through control, access to capital, and earning uninterrupted compound interest.



In Opportunity Cost: The Invisible Cost of Financing, we busted the myth that paying cash always saves you money. We discussed that there’s always a cost of capital, and the person who comes out ahead is the one who maintains control and access to their money.



The Safest, Smartest Way to Pay off Debt



Now, if you are in a position with multiple loans, and you’ve decided that the most productive use of your capital at this time is to pay off loans, it’s time to get a game plan.



We’ll help you calculate the best strategy to pay off debt, while decreasing risk, increasing your cash flow, maintaining as much financial control as possible, and avoiding a crisis of liquidity.



We’ll call it Cash Flow Index Snowball Method.  It’s a comprehensive cash flow strategy for paying off debt.



We’ll answer:



* Should I pay off my debt?* If so, how do I pay off debt the quickest, most efficient, smartest way possible?* Which debt should I pay off first?* How do I pay off debt to best increase my cash flow?* How do I avoid rubber-band debt?* What steps do I take to avoid a crisis of liquidity?

]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 42:44
Nelson Nash: Father of The Infinite Banking Concept® https://themoneyadvantage.com/nelson-nash-infinite-banking-concept/ Mon, 24 Sep 2018 09:00:39 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2878 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X1_CmCHh1RM Nelson Nash is an exceptional thinker who discovered a secret to prosperity that was too good to keep to himself. The Infinite Banking Concept® was born when he noticed what was already possible inside cash value life insurance; the ability to earn interest, gain access to capital and take control of your financial life.  Since then, he’s poured his life into providing education about life insurance, making it plain so that others could prosper.  Through his life and work, Nelson has woven a rich legacy that continues to empower.After reading his book, Becoming Your Own Banker, early on in business, my husband and I quickly implemented these ideas in our own lives.  We secured a dividend-paying whole life insurance policy that we’ve since used to invest in ourselves and our business.  Our financial education journey led to meeting Bruce’s team, where we also met Nelson in person.  We took him out to lunch, and I told him that someday, we would have a podcast, and wanted to interview him before he finished his speaking career.  Looks like we made it! We are so honored and grateful for the opportunity to share Nelson Nash’s story and wisdom with you. Where Infinite Banking Fits into the Cash Flow System Inside The Money Advantage Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Next, protect your money.  And finally, you increase and make more. Using Infinite Banking (also known as Privatized Banking) is part of protecting your money in stage 2. But it’s also a golden key that improves every other area of your financial life.  Here’s how: It helps you be more efficient with money you already make, keeping and controlling more of it.The insurance component protects your human life value by providing a death benefit to your loved ones, even if you didn’t get the chance to create wealth during your lifetime.The accessibility supports your abundance mindset with an emergency/opportunity fund that provides safety and no-loss provisions.It supplies the capital to invest in cash-flowing assets like real estate and business.Your cash value serves as a storage tank while money is waiting to be used.You earn uninterrupted compound interest on your money, so you don’t chisel away your wealth potential by resetting the compounding.The opportunity to have your money working in 2 places at the same time.Accelerate your path to time and money freedom.Tax-advantaged growth and a tax-free death benefit to take care of your family and maintain your legacy. Who Is Nelson Nash? Nelson Nash is the discoverer and developer of The Infinite Banking Concept® and the author of Becoming Your Own Banker. A native of Georgia, Nash received a B.S. Degree in Forestry from the University of Georgia, 1952. From 1954-1963, Nash worked as a Consulting Forester in eastern North Carolina. During more than 35 years’ experience as a Life Insurance Agent, Nash worked with The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the U.S. and with The Guardian. Recognized for his high achievements, Nash was inducted as a Hall of Fame Member by Equitable, a Chartered Life Underwriter, and Life Member of the Million Dollar Round Table. A pilot for 71 years, Nash flew with the Army National Guard and earned Master Aviator Wings during his 30 years of military service. He has been married to Mary W. Nash for more than 65 years. The couple lives in Birmingham, Alabama and have three children, ten grandchildren, and eight great-grandchildren, with the 9thon the way. Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) Life Insurance Cash Value Provides Accessibility (17:10 – Nelson Nash) … we're talking about needing over $800,000 at 23% interest.  Now I saw very plainly at that time that I could get the money at 5%, 6%, and 8% interest from three different life insurance companies from cash value alone, but I had nowhere near the amount of volume that it t... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X1_CmCHh1RM Nelson Nash is an exceptional thinker who discovered a secret to prosperity that was too good to keep to himself. The Infinite Banking Concept® was born when he noticed what was already possible inside ca...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X1_CmCHh1RM




Nelson Nash is an exceptional thinker who discovered a secret to prosperity that was too good to keep to himself. The Infinite Banking Concept® was born when he noticed what was already possible inside cash value life insurance; the ability to earn interest, gain access to capital and take control of your financial life.  Since then, he’s poured his life into providing education about life insurance, making it plain so that others could prosper.  Through his life and work, Nelson has woven a rich legacy that continues to empower.

After reading his book, Becoming Your Own Banker, early on in business, my husband and I quickly implemented these ideas in our own lives.  We secured a dividend-paying whole life insurance policy that we’ve since used to invest in ourselves and our business.  Our financial education journey led to meeting Bruce’s team, where we also met Nelson in person.  We took him out to lunch, and I told him that someday, we would have a podcast, and wanted to interview him before he finished his speaking career.  Looks like we made it!




We are so honored and grateful for the opportunity to share Nelson Nash’s story and wisdom with you.







Where Infinite Banking Fits into the Cash Flow System







Inside The Money Advantage Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Next, protect your money.  And finally, you increase and make more.



Using Infinite Banking (also known as Privatized Banking) is part of protecting your money in stage 2.



But it’s also a golden key that improves every other area of your financial life.  Here’s how:



* It helps you be more efficient with money you already make, keeping and controlling more of it.* The insurance component protects your human life value by providing a death benefit to your loved ones, even if you didn’t get the chance to create wealth during your lifetime.* The accessibility supports your abundance mindset with an emergency/opportunity fund that provides safety and no-loss provisions.* It supplies the capital to invest in cash-flowing assets like real estate and business.* Your cash value serves as a storage tank while money is waiting to be used.* You earn uninterrupted compound interest on your money, so you don’t chisel away your wealth potential by resetting the compounding.* The opportunity to have your money working in 2 places at the same time.* Accelerate your path to time and money freedom.* Tax-advantaged growth and a tax-free death benefit to take care of your family and maintain your legacy.



Who Is Nelson Nash?



Nelson Nash is the discoverer and developer of The Infinite Banking Concept® and the author of Becoming Your Own Banker.



A native of Georgia, Nash received a B.S. Degree in Forestry from the University of Georgia, 1952. From 1954-1963, Nash worked as a Consulting Forester in eastern North Carolina.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 57:51
Taking Time Off Can Increase Your Productivity and Better Your Company (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/taking-time-off-increase-productivity-better-your-company/ Mon, 10 Sep 2018 09:00:49 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2875 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i7v4FlY_kTE For the business owner who wants to perform at their best and make the most out of life, the answer may be in working less, not more.  In his insightful article Taking Time Off Can Increase Your Productivity and Better Your Company, Dan Sullivan, of Strategic Coach, reveals the leverage that taking time off can give your work life, your non-work life, your company, and your employees.His advice runs against the grain of our culture that is addicted to workaholism.  We live on caffeine, harried, hurried, incessantly busy, multitasking, distracted and idolizing the hustle.  Embracing a slower pace seems to be a sign of weakness.But sometimes the things we think are making us better, are actually making us worse. Taking time off helps you get more done, not less. It’s time to view free time as a necessity, not just a delicacy. Free time isn’t just a reward for hard work; it’s a necessary prerequisite for doing good work. Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Why Taking Time off Works Taking time off refreshes and rejuvenates you, giving you more creativity, and fresh ideas to innovate. When you take time away from your business, it requires you to streamline systems, processes, technology, and your team, instead of relying on yourself.  The result is that you increase your output, without increasing your input.  You become the leader that sets the standard, modeling a culture of valuing yourself, which improves the company culture and decreases burnout, turnover, and associated costs. Best of all, it develops you into an interesting multi-dimensional person who can enjoy life now.  It gives you the room to excel in your health, family, friendships, hobbies, and create a life of meaningful experiences. Sullivan not only teaches this way of life, but he also champions it in his own life.  He uses the Entrepreneurial Time System, a plan of focus days, buffer days, and free days.  He shares his personal rule to work only 210 days per year. When he takes time off, he completely unplugs, being completely unreachable by phone or email.  This requires him to develop a team he trusts, and then trust them to work well.  It’s the way to build a truly self-managing company, an asset that produces revenue independent of the time you contribute.  That’s how you move out of the rat race of trading time for money. While we aren’t there yet in our own lives, we’re using these principles to value our creativity and contribution, work with more focus, and take more time away from our work.  This helps us build a bigger vision. What about you?  What are your rules about taking time off?  How will you give yourself more freedom to enjoy life today and take time off? Get More out of Your Money Without Working Harder If you would like to get more out of your money without working harder, gain more enjoyment satisfaction and abundance, book a strategy call to find out the one thing you should be doing today to optimize your personal economy and accelerate financial freedom.  Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i7v4FlY_kTE For the business owner who wants to perform at their best and make the most out of life, the answer may be in working less, not more.  In his insightful article Taking Time Off Can Increase Your Productiv...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i7v4FlY_kTE




For the business owner who wants to perform at their best and make the most out of life, the answer may be in working less, not more.  In his insightful article Taking Time Off Can Increase Your Productivity and Better Your Company, Dan Sullivan, of Strategic Coach, reveals the leverage that taking time off can give your work life, your non-work life, your company, and your employees.

His advice runs against the grain of our culture that is addicted to workaholism.  We live on caffeine, harried, hurried, incessantly busy, multitasking, distracted and idolizing the hustle.  Embracing a slower pace seems to be a sign of weakness.

But sometimes the things we think are making us better, are actually making us worse.




Taking time off helps you get more done, not less.



It’s time to view free time as a necessity, not just a delicacy.



Free time isn’t just a reward for hard work; it’s a necessary prerequisite for doing good work.







Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Why Taking Time off Works



Taking time off refreshes and rejuvenates you, giving you more creativity, and fresh ideas to innovate. When you take time away from your business, it requires you to streamline systems, processes, technology, and your team, instead of relying on yourself.  The result is that you increase your output, without increasing your input.  You become the leader that sets the standard, modeling a culture of valuing yourself, which improves the company culture and decreases burnout, turnover, and associated costs.







Best of all, it develops you into an interesting multi-dimensional person who can enjoy life now.  It gives you the room to excel in your health, family, friendships, hobbies, and create a life of meaningful experiences.



Sullivan not only teaches this way of life, but he also champions it in his own life.  He uses the Entrepreneurial Time System, a plan of focus days, buffer days, and free days.  He shares his personal rule to work only 210 days per year. When he takes time off, he completely unplugs, being completely unreachable by phone or email.  This requires him to develop a team he trusts, and then trust them to work well.  It’s the way to build a truly self-managing company,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 23:52
Opportunity Cost: The Invisible Cost of Financing https://themoneyadvantage.com/opportunity-cost-the-invisible-cost-of-financing/ Mon, 03 Sep 2018 09:00:17 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2869 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=34NU7bXb8i8 Opportunity cost, like the submerged portion of an iceberg, is a part of your financial decisions hidden from view.  While odorless, colorless, tasteless, and silent, opportunity cost is a threat to your wealth creation. This wealth restrictor is no respecter of persons or purchase types.  Opportunity cost is the tag-along to every financial decision you’ll ever make, whether you finance or pay cash.  Because a dollar is a seed, every time a dollar leaves your economy, it takes along with it the harvest it had the possibility to create in your lifetime. The repercussions of every choice to use your money continue to echo throughout the rest of your life and legacy.  And just as with icebergs, what’s beneath the surface, is often more important, and much more substantial. Earlier in the Series on Debt Previously, in Why Debt Free Doesn’t Make You Financially Free, we demonstrated clearly what debt is and what it isn’t, and that rushing frantically to pay off loans may be one of the riskiest financial moves you can make. Then, in The Right Way to Spend Money: Spender, Saver, or Steward? we discovered the limitations of both the Spender and the Saver.  We also uncovered the superpowers of the Steward to create wealth through control, access to capital, and uninterrupted compound interest. The Whole Truth About the Whole Cost of Financing Now, let’s pull the curtain back to look at the behind-the-scenes cost of financing.  We’ll help you discover the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth, in each method of financing.  You'll see why your purchasing method, more than what you purchase, makes the most difference in your control or loss of control. We’ll answer: What are the real, costs of financing over time?What are the real, costs of paying cash over time?How do I evaluate the entire cost of my financing options to make the best decisions that give me the most control? Instead of considering only the face value cost and judging the book by its cover, you’ll gain insight into the opportunity cost of any capital outlay, so you can understand what’s inside each purchasing decision.  Rather than purchasing big ticket items in a way to avoid something out of fear, you’ll see the path to making empowered decisions that increase your wealth potential.  You’ll go from taking mental shortcuts in purchasing that make you lose control, to a system of thinking that puts you in greater control. Where Opportunity Cost Fits into Your Cash Flow System Limiting your opportunity cost is just one part of your Survival to Significance Cash Flow System. The more you reduce the money leaking out of your control today, the smaller your opportunity costs over time.  Consequently, the more wealth you have to protect and turn into streams of income. #1: The Concept of Opportunity Cost The Cost and Opportunity Cost of Financing It’s easy to see that when you pay with a loan or credit, you’ll pay interest.  That’s the part of the financing decision above the surface, the cost of financing at face value. But over time, you give up a lot more than the dollars of interest. The bottom half of the iceberg – the opportunity cost of paying interest – is the echo of that expense.  It’s what those monthly payments could have earned for you, had you kept them.  In other words, opportunity cost is what you didn’t get.  The opportunity cost of financing is what you could have done instead if you didn’t have the payments.  It's what those payments could have grown into, if you’d been able to save and invest them instead. Easy enough, right? Why Paying Cash Seems More Sophisticated Than Using a Loan A loan’s obvious interest payment is the red flag of financing.  It warns, “Hey, when you pay interest, you’re paying more than the full cost of the item.  It’s costing you more than the face value, and it’s causing you to lose money.” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=34NU7bXb8i8 Opportunity cost, like the submerged portion of an iceberg, is a part of your financial decisions hidden from view.  While odorless, colorless, tasteless, and silent,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=34NU7bXb8i8




Opportunity cost, like the submerged portion of an iceberg, is a part of your financial decisions hidden from view.  While odorless, colorless, tasteless, and silent, opportunity cost is a threat to your wealth creation.

This wealth restrictor is no respecter of persons or purchase types.  Opportunity cost is the tag-along to every financial decision you’ll ever make, whether you finance or pay cash.  Because a dollar is a seed, every time a dollar leaves your economy, it takes along with it the harvest it had the possibility to create in your lifetime.




The repercussions of every choice to use your money continue to echo throughout the rest of your life and legacy.  And just as with icebergs, what’s beneath the surface, is often more important, and much more substantial.







Earlier in the Series on Debt



Previously, in Why Debt Free Doesn’t Make You Financially Free, we demonstrated clearly what debt is and what it isn’t, and that rushing frantically to pay off loans may be one of the riskiest financial moves you can make.



Then, in The Right Way to Spend Money: Spender, Saver, or Steward? we discovered the limitations of both the Spender and the Saver.  We also uncovered the superpowers of the Steward to create wealth through control, access to capital, and uninterrupted compound interest.



The Whole Truth About the Whole Cost of Financing



Now, let’s pull the curtain back to look at the behind-the-scenes cost of financing.  We’ll help you discover the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth, in each method of financing.  You'll see why your purchasing method, more than what you purchase, makes the most difference in your control or loss of control.



We’ll answer:



* What are the real, costs of financing over time?* What are the real, costs of paying cash over time?* How do I evaluate the entire cost of my financing options to make the best decisions that give me the most control?



Instead of considering only the face value cost and judging the book by its cover, you’ll gain insight into the opportunity cost of any capital outlay, so you can understand what’s inside each purchasing decision.  Rather than purchasing big ticket items in a way to avoid something out of fear, you’ll see the path to making empowered decisions that increase your wealth potential.  You’ll go from taking mental shortcuts in purchasing that make you lose control, to a system of thinking that puts you in greater control.



Where Opportunity Cost Fits into Your Cash Flow System







Limiting your opportunity cost is just one part of your Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.



The more you reduce the money leaking out of your control today, the smaller your opportunity costs over time.  Consequently, the more wealth you have to protect and turn into streams of income.



#1: The Concept of Opportunity Cost



The Cost and Opportunity Cost of Financing
]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 36:01
J Massey: Creating Cash Flow with Real Estate https://themoneyadvantage.com/creating-cash-flow-with-real-estate-j-massey/ Mon, 27 Aug 2018 09:00:43 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2841 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7c3GrX1JmXI If you’ve been in our community for a while, chances are, you love cash flow, and you know we do too!  You’re interested in quickly creating income streams with cash-flowing assets.  You want assets you know and control that produce income for you so that your source of income is not restricted to the money you can make from your business while you are working in it.  You likely already have your sights set on advancing your business to one that is self-sustaining, buying other businesses, or investing in real estate. And you’re hungry for ideas that may show you the unseen possibilities that already exist within your own financial situation. J Massey For years, J Massey has been creating cash flow with real estate and teaching others to do the same.  His stories of loss, success, and the wisdom he’s developed through that experience will inspire you and show you what’s possible in building your own cash-flowing asset portfolio. On a personal note, J Massey is a hero of mine!  I’ve followed his podcast for several years, where my thinking has been challenged and transformed, and I’ve been introduced to pivotal relationships.  Without even knowing it, J has been a catalyst to much of my work.  To say I was a bit star struck to interview him is an understatement!  You’ll instantly fall in love with his thinking, his good-natured humor, and his genuine desire to solve problems and create value.  It’s such an honor to share this interview with you. Where Real Estate Fits in the Cash Flow System To build time and money freedom, you first want as much cash flow as you can get today, by keeping more of the money you make.  Then, you protect what you’ve created.  Finally, you increase your income. Investing in cash-flowing assets like real estate is part of Stage 3 of the Cash Flow System. Who Is J Massey? A full-time real estate investor, entrepreneur, popular podcast host, author, speaker, coach and all-around problem solver, J Massey is well known for providing best-in-class advice and strategies to help new and experienced investors the world over. J Massey’s platform is simple… He invests his time looking for investment opportunities (a.k.a., problems to solve through real estate transactions), closing deals and teaching others how to find and manage similar opportunities, including getting deals at discounts and raising private capital to investing in multi-family properties, getting leads and negotiating the deal. By turning his real-world fieldwork into killer training courses, new and seasoned investors alike learn win-win solutions to solve real estate “problems” for buyers, sellers and other investors. J’s cashflow-creation strategies are embraced on a global scale by people who want to learn better ways to achieve tangible success in real estate investing, and in his words become “bigger, badder, better real estate investors.” His growing network of “Cashflow Creators” is proof that J practices what he teaches and teaches what he practices. J is currently a landlord, lender, consultant, educator and highly sought mentor. He currently owns hundreds of units of properties and has completed hundreds more real estate transactions across several states. J's publishing credits include a book he co-authored titled “3 Money-Raising Questions.” In 2014, he released his highly acclaimed book, Cashflow Diary: 10 Steps to Creating Wealth in ANY Economy! J Massey Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) The Need to Take Ownership of Your Financial Destiny J Massey: [20:50] The number one problem that every person literally on this planet right now has, is the fact that we do not have control over the value of the currency that we are currently using. We've got to level up our financial IQ to address that problem. Here's a very painful but true lesson: the cavalry is not coming. No white horse is coming over the mountain to rescue... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7c3GrX1JmXI If you’ve been in our community for a while, chances are, you love cash flow, and you know we do too!  You’re interested in quickly creating income streams with cash-flowing assets.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7c3GrX1JmXI




If you’ve been in our community for a while, chances are, you love cash flow, and you know we do too!  You’re interested in quickly creating income streams with cash-flowing assets.  You want assets you know and control that produce income for you so that your source of income is not restricted to the money you can make from your business while you are working in it.  You likely already have your sights set on advancing your business to one that is self-sustaining, buying other businesses, or investing in real estate. And you’re hungry for ideas that may show you the unseen possibilities that already exist within your own financial situation. J Massey



For years, J Massey has been creating cash flow with real estate and teaching others to do the same.  His stories of loss, success, and the wisdom he’s developed through that experience will inspire you and show you what’s possible in building your own cash-flowing asset portfolio.



On a personal note, J Massey is a hero of mine!  I’ve followed his podcast for several years, where my thinking has been challenged and transformed, and I’ve been introduced to pivotal relationships.  Without even knowing it, J has been a catalyst to much of my work.  To say I was a bit star struck to interview him is an understatement!  You’ll instantly fall in love with his thinking, his good-natured humor, and his genuine desire to solve problems and create value.  It’s such an honor to share this interview with you.







Where Real Estate Fits in the Cash Flow System







To build time and money freedom, you first want as much cash flow as you can get today, by keeping more of the money you make.  Then, you protect what you’ve created.  Finally, you increase your income.



Investing in cash-flowing assets like real estate is part of Stage 3 of the Cash Flow System.



Who Is J Massey?



A full-time real estate investor, entrepreneur, popular podcast host, author, speaker, coach and all-around problem solver, J Massey is well known for providing best-in-class advice and strategies to help new and experienced investors the world over.



J Massey’s platform is simple… He invests his time looking for investment opportunities (a.k.a., problems to solve through real estate transactions), closing deals and teaching others how to find and manage similar opportunities, including getting deals at discounts and raising private capital to investing in multi-family properties, getting leads and negotiating the deal.



By turning his real-world fieldwork into killer training courses, new and seasoned investors alike learn win-win solutions to solve real estate “problems” for buyers, sellers and other investors. J’s cashflow-creation strategies are embraced on a global scale by people who want to learn better ways to achieve tangible success in real estate investing, and in his words become “bigger, badder, better real estate investors.” His growing network of “Cashflow Creators” is proof that J practices what he teaches and teaches what he practices.



J is currently a landlord, lender, consultant, educator and highly sought mentor. He currently owns hundreds of units of properties and has completed hundreds more real estate transactions across several states.



J's publishing credits include a book he co-authored titled “3 Money-Raising Questions.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:02:36
Staying Positive by Looking Backward (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/staying-positive-by-looking-backward/ Mon, 20 Aug 2018 09:00:08 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2822 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w2uHEngDgtk Dan Sullivan shares a profound perspective on goal-setting, exponential vision, and staying energized to continue progressing, in his article Staying Positive by Looking Backward.We’re sharing this article, along with our experience of using these concepts, to help fortify your abundance mindset.  We know that developing a healthy, positive perspective is the secret weapon of the entrepreneur.  It energizes and encourages you, helping you build the life and business you love. Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Introduction to Dan Sullivan and Strategic Coach [2:14 – Bruce] Dan Sullivan has been coaching entrepreneurs since 1979. He says that you need to work on your business, not just in your business. Dan is a master thinker in thinking about your thinking. Looking backward is a way to not only think about your life and what you want to achieve but why you think about things in a certain way and how you want to achieve them. The 10 Times Multiplier [3:15 – Bruce] Dan is a big believer in what he calls the 10 times multiplier. He says that you grow exponentially when you look backward. Looking backward allows you to see how you were at one point, brings you clarity, and helps you move forward. You might be thinking that there's no way you can 10 times your income.  Maybe you’re already making, let's just say $200,000, and you don’t see the way to get to the $2 million mark. He says to think back to when you were only making $20,000. You increased your income 10 times, from $20K to $200K.  You can use that same growth pattern to 10 times your income from $200K to $2M. Why Looking Backward Helps You Stay Positive [4:25 – Rachel] When you set goals, instead of measuring the distance you have left to go before you arrive, look back at how far you've come. Looking forward to how far you still have yet to go, can be really discouraging. But when we look backward, we realize that we've done a lot already. That same person that we were that created that progress and advancement in the past is the same person that we are now who will carry that advancement and progress forward. 25-Year Vision, 90-Day Goals [5:12 - Bruce] Dan always says, have a 25-year vision, which some people would call a goal, but then look at it in 90-day increments. You're constantly looking at what you have achieved in the past 90 days, and that helps you stay motivated. If you look forward, think about how much further you have until the goal, that demotivates and discourages you, and you get down on yourself. But if you look at just 90 days, you’ll see what you accomplished in 90 days. 80% Perfect [5:50 – Bruce] Dan also has an 80% rule, where he says to get something 80% done, and then pass it on to somebody else. And then when they do it 80% of the way, all of a sudden, the project is 96% done. This keeps you motivated by also having fresh things to do, instead of trying to perfect that 80%. Goal-Setting [6:10 – Bruce] You have to set achievable goals, but your goals also have to be measurable. There's not a right way or wrong way to set goals and to measure your progress. If you only use the ideal as your goal, you're going to set yourself up for disappointment.  Instead, use the ideal as a vision. Have a 25-year vision of a bigger and better future, but set goals every 90 days for what you can actually achieve. The key to staying positive, inspired and motivated is looking backward. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w2uHEngDgtk Dan Sullivan shares a profound perspective on goal-setting, exponential vision, and staying energized to continue progressing, in his article Staying Positive by Looking Backward.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w2uHEngDgtk




Dan Sullivan shares a profound perspective on goal-setting, exponential vision, and staying energized to continue progressing, in his article Staying Positive by Looking Backward.

We’re sharing this article, along with our experience of using these concepts, to help fortify your abundance mindset.  We know that developing a healthy, positive perspective is the secret weapon of the entrepreneur.  It energizes and encourages you, helping you build the life and business you love.








Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Introduction to Dan Sullivan and Strategic Coach



[2:14 – Bruce] Dan Sullivan has been coaching entrepreneurs since 1979. He says that you need to work on your business, not just in your business.



Dan is a master thinker in thinking about your thinking.



Looking backward is a way to not only think about your life and what you want to achieve but why you think about things in a certain way and how you want to achieve them.



The 10 Times Multiplier



[3:15 – Bruce] Dan is a big believer in what he calls the 10 times multiplier. He says that you grow exponentially when you look backward. Looking backward allows you to see how you were at one point, brings you clarity, and helps you move forward.



You might be thinking that there's no way you can 10 times your income.  Maybe you’re already making, let's just say $200,000, and you don’t see the way to get to the $2 million mark. He says to think back to when you were only making $20,000. You increased your income 10 times, from $20K to $200K.  You can use that same growth pattern to 10 times your income from $200K to $2M.



Why Looking Backward Helps You Stay Positive



[4:25 – Rachel] When you set goals, instead of measuring the distance you have left to go before you arrive, look back at how far you've come.



Looking forward to how far you still have yet to go, can be really discouraging. But when we look backward, we realize that we've done a lot already.



That same person that we were that created that progress and advancement in the past is the same person that we are now who will carry that advancement and progress forward.



25-Year Vision, 90-Day Goals



[5:12 - Bruce] Dan always says, have a 25-year vision, which some people would call a goal, but then look at it in 90-day increments.



You're constantly looking at what you have achieved in the pa...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 22:35
The Right Way to Spend Money: Spender, Saver, or Steward? https://themoneyadvantage.com/spend-money-spender-saver-steward/ Mon, 13 Aug 2018 09:00:47 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2789 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2fNYsemEAHg Alexander Pope said, “To err is human, to forgive divine.” Financially speaking, it would be more accurate to say, “to spend money is human, to create wealth divine.”  No one ever needed a lesson in how to buy things. In fact, with no restraint, we manage quite well to find plentiful ways to spend money.  How you spend money has the power to stunt or accelerate your wealth creation. Find out whether your purchase personality is a Spender, a Saver, or a Steward.  Learn the practical action steps to up-level your purchasing strategy to keep and control more of your money, starting from where you’re at. To help you spend money the right way, we’ll answer: What are my options for how I spend money?Am I a spender, a saver, or a steward?What are the impacts of each?What action steps can I take from where I am to spend money better and increase my future cash flow? Understanding your purchase personality will move you from impulse buying and scarcity-based decision-making to abundance-based wealth creation.  Instead of never getting ahead, you’ll spend money knowing that you’re increasing your wealth potential.  Rather than being out of control, you’ll gain control, options, and increased confidence in your financial future. It's Not So Much What You Spend, It’s How You Spend It When you review your monthly cash flow, you’ll notice circumstances that call for you to go above and beyond your normal monthly spending.  These major purchases may be to maintain your lifestyle or improve it.  They may be emergencies, or opportunities, or just for fun. Whether it’s buying your next rental property, a business acquisition or expansion, buying a new car, putting tires on the old one, remodeling your kitchen, paying for your daughter’s wedding, your son’s college education, major purchases are outside your monthly spending plan and require additional thought and planning. The way you pay for these expenses has more significant impacts on your current and future cash flow than you realize. How you purchase makes a world of difference in your control or loss of control. So how will you pay for these future major purchases? You can know the best way, speculate, guess, dream, and even commit, but the best way to predict your future decision-making is to look honestly at your past decisions to figure out what mindset you used to arrive at where you are today. Where Spending Money Fits into Your Cash Flow System Spending money is just one part of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System. How you spend money is a result of your mindset.  When you spend money the right way, you keep and control more money today, giving you more to save and invest in cash flowing assets. What’s Your Purchase Personality? Use this simple quiz to help you discover your purchase personality. Do you put money into savings each month? If no, you are a Spender. If yes, continue.Think back to your last large purchase, maybe it was an investment property, car, boat, remodel, wedding, vacation.  Did you have enough in savings to have the option to pay cash? If no, you may be a Spender. If yes, continue.Did you choose to pay cash? If yes, you might be a Saver. If no, continue.Did you keep your cash and finance the purchase? If yes, you may be a Steward. The Three Ways to Spend Money Two of the most common perspectives, which the majority of people ascribe to, are rooted in scarcity.  The third, rare perspective is from a place of abundance. Scarcity: a mindset and position rooted in the fear of lack, limits, and “not enough” The Spender The Spender's desire to enjoy money and life is right and good; however, their motivation is fear of not enjoying life.  They often have an unruly appetite to spend.  It could be said that they work so that they have money to spend.  They spend everything they make each month in pursuit of the highest quality of life they c... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2fNYsemEAHg Alexander Pope said, “To err is human, to forgive divine.” Financially speaking, it would be more accurate to say, “to spend money is human, to create wealth divine.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2fNYsemEAHg




Alexander Pope said, “To err is human, to forgive divine.” Financially speaking, it would be more accurate to say, “to spend money is human, to create wealth divine.”  No one ever needed a lesson in how to buy things. In fact, with no restraint, we manage quite well to find plentiful ways to spend money.  How you spend money has the power to stunt or accelerate your wealth creation. Find out whether your purchase personality is a Spender, a Saver, or a Steward.  Learn the practical action steps to up-level your purchasing strategy to keep and control more of your money, starting from where you’re at.




To help you spend money the right way, we’ll answer:



* What are my options for how I spend money?* Am I a spender, a saver, or a steward?* What are the impacts of each?* What action steps can I take from where I am to spend money better and increase my future cash flow?



Understanding your purchase personality will move you from impulse buying and scarcity-based decision-making to abundance-based wealth creation.  Instead of never getting ahead, you’ll spend money knowing that you’re increasing your wealth potential.  Rather than being out of control, you’ll gain control, options, and increased confidence in your financial future.







It's Not So Much What You Spend, It’s How You Spend It



When you review your monthly cash flow, you’ll notice circumstances that call for you to go above and beyond your normal monthly spending.  These major purchases may be to maintain your lifestyle or improve it.  They may be emergencies, or opportunities, or just for fun. Whether it’s buying your next rental property, a business acquisition or expansion, buying a new car, putting tires on the old one, remodeling your kitchen, paying for your daughter’s wedding, your son’s college education, major purchases are outside your monthly spending plan and require additional thought and planning.



The way you pay for these expenses has more significant impacts on your current and future cash flow than you realize.



How you purchase makes a world of difference in your control or loss of control.



So how will you pay for these future major purchases?



You can know the best way, speculate, guess, dream, and even commit, but the best way to predict your future decision-making is to look honestly at your past decisions to figure out what mindset you used to arrive at where you are today.



Where Spending Money Fits into Your Cash Flow System







Spending money is just one part of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.



How you spend money is a result of your mindset.  When you spend money the right way, you keep and control more money today, giving you more to save and invest in cash flowing assets.



What’s Your Purchase Personality?



Use this simple quiz to help you discover your purchase personality.



* Do you put money into savings each month?

If no, you are a Spender.

If yes, continue.* Think back to your last large purchase, maybe it was an investment property, car, boat, remodel, wedding, vacation.  Did you have enough in savings to have the option to pay cash?

]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 36:10
Joe Yazbeck: Speaking Without Fear https://themoneyadvantage.com/speaking-without-fear-joe-yazbeck/ Mon, 06 Aug 2018 09:00:11 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2759 Here to encourage, enlighten, and empower you to improve your communication to create positive change is Joe Yazbeck, master speaker and coach.  In this rich interview, we’ll discuss: How do I get past the fear of speaking?I know I have the potential to be a much greater speaker than I am, but where do I start?How do I improve my speaking to grow my business?What do I need to include in a successful presentation?What are the most important things I can do right away to improve my impact as a speaker? If you’re in business, you should be speaking.  Don’t let fear of using your own voice and not knowing what to say cripple your impact and prevent you from building a life and business you love.  Instead, recognize the power of this essential skill and say yes to mastering speaking, so you can expand your relationships and grow your business. Where Speaking Fits into the Cash Flow System Developing your speaking and communications skills is part of your Mindset in Stage 1, as well as your Unique Ability Investing and Legacy Creation in Stage 3 of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System. It’s one of the most powerful ways to invest in yourself and your personal and professional development. In growing your business, speaking is a fundamental skill you can’t ignore or outsource. As you develop your skills, you become a more successful, effective, and impactful person that is capable of building a self-sustaining business through relationships and teams. The things you want are not really what you want.  What you want is to be the person who creates, expresses, or experiences those things. – Steve D’Annunzio, Mission-Driven Advisor Who Is Joe Yazbeck? Joe Yazbeck is a public speaking and leadership trainer, best-selling author, president of Prestige Leadership Advisors, and Master Speaker and coach. As the Founder and President of Prestige Leadership Advisors, his mission is to facilitate leaders in becoming dynamic, powerful communicators, so they can significantly influence the world around them. Joe has worked with heads of state and leaders of major corporations, as well as high-ranking military officers, political candidates, and best-selling authors. Joe is a highly-sought-after leadership and communications coach. Government and business leaders around the globe seek his counsel and company’s services at critical times such as PR, launching a brand, strategic direction, media training, speaking to government committees, winning a political campaign, creating a successful exit strategy, leadership development, etc. To complement the services of Prestige Leadership Advisors, Joe created the No Fear Speaking System which offers communications services which include executive-level speaker training, negotiation skills, media presentations for radio and TV, sales presentations, courtroom/trial presentations, etc. Joe has also authored a companion book by the same title, No Fear Speaking: High Impact Presentation Skills and Public Speaking Secrets to Inspire and Influence Any Audience, an Amazon bestseller. Joe is passionate about helping you become a highly respected and widely recognized leader in your industry.  He has developed workshops, one-on-one coaching, online training, and customized corporate training programs to help leaders do just that. Joe Yazbeck Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) Speaking Is Showing up as You Are Joe Yazbeck: [9:45] The messaging has to come from the person himself or herself and be embedded in who they are. It can't be something synthetic. In my book No Fear Speaking, the chapter on authentic versus synthetic speaking will tell you that great speaking isn't adding anything. It's who you are that needs to show up. People will respect you and be attracted to your message because you are showing up delivering it, along with all the qualities that make up who you are. Here to encourage, enlighten, and empower you to improve your communication to create positive change is Joe Yazbeck, master speaker and coach.  In this rich interview, we’ll discuss: How do I get past the fear of speaking? Here to encourage, enlighten, and empower you to improve your communication to create positive change is Joe Yazbeck, master speaker and coach.  In this rich interview, we’ll discuss:



* How do I get past the fear of speaking?* I know I have the potential to be a much greater speaker than I am, but where do I start?* How do I improve my speaking to grow my business?* What do I need to include in a successful presentation?* What are the most important things I can do right away to improve my impact as a speaker?



If you’re in business, you should be speaking.  Don’t let fear of using your own voice and not knowing what to say cripple your impact and prevent you from building a life and business you love.  Instead, recognize the power of this essential skill and say yes to mastering speaking, so you can expand your relationships and grow your business.







Where Speaking Fits into the Cash Flow System







Developing your speaking and communications skills is part of your Mindset in Stage 1, as well as your Unique Ability Investing and Legacy Creation in Stage 3 of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.



It’s one of the most powerful ways to invest in yourself and your personal and professional development.



In growing your business, speaking is a fundamental skill you can’t ignore or outsource.



As you develop your skills, you become a more successful, effective, and impactful person that is capable of building a self-sustaining business through relationships and teams.



The things you want are not really what you want.  What you want is to be the person who creates, expresses, or experiences those things. – Steve D’Annunzio, Mission-Driven Advisor



Who Is Joe Yazbeck?



Joe Yazbeck is a public speaking and leadership trainer, best-selling author, president of Prestige Leadership Advisors, and Master Speaker and coach.



As the Founder and President of Prestige Leadership Advisors, his mission is to facilitate leaders in becoming dynamic, powerful communicators, so they can significantly influence the world around them. Joe has worked with heads of state and leaders of major corporations, as well as high-ranking military officers, political candidates, and best-selling authors.



Joe is a highly-sought-after leadership and communications coach. Government and business leaders around the globe seek his counsel and company’s services at critical times such as PR, launching a brand, strategic direction, media training, speaking to government committees, winning a political campaign, creating a successful exit strategy, leadership development, etc.



To complement the services of Prestige Leadership Advisors, Joe created the No Fear Speaking System which offers communications services which include executive-level speaker training, negotiation skills, media presentations for radio and TV, sales presentations, courtroom/trial presentations, etc.



Joe has also authored a companion book by the same title, No Fear Speaking: High Impact Presentation Skills and Public Speaking Secrets to Inspire and Influence Any Audien...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 59:52
Business Is Simple: You Only Need One Thing Before You Launch, with Josh Thomas https://themoneyadvantage.com/business-is-simple-you-only-need-one-thing-before-you-launch-boat-josh-thomas/ Mon, 30 Jul 2018 09:00:04 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2619 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YSbHF-THCsw We brought Josh Thomas, of Profit Arc, onto the show to talk about sales, marketing, and growth.  This dynamic, authentic conversation covered that ground, and so much more.In his down-to-earth message of simplicity and focus, Josh shares the power of one person to make a difference, how to adapt to change, and the #1 thing that your business needs to get results.Josh tells his fascinating story that winds from burnout and mediocre failure to learning how to run a successful business and helping others to do the same. Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Who Is Josh Thomas? Josh Thomas is a problem solver. He has assisted businesses in dozens of industries to identify problems and fix them. Be it a sales, marketing or systems issue, Josh’s focus is on results and revenue. He has personally consulted with over 1,000 businesses in 30 different industries across all 6 continents. He has directly produced millions of dollars in sales and profit growth through his unique “results first” approach. Josh delivers tangible results-oriented solutions in sales, marketing, and systems components using sales fundamentals, direct-response marketing, and proven best practices for laser-targeted, rapid business growth. He lives in Austin, Texas and is an avid stand-up paddle-boarder. Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) The Power of a Handshake [18:27] It just takes one person, one thing, to change everything for you. Perseverance and Adaptation [20:00] Evolution is not about survival of the fittest, or the most intelligent, but it's about the animals that can most readily adapt to change. The Simple Thing to Focus on to Get Results [21:09] There's a lot of noise and shiny objects out there.  We want to make sure that we're focusing on the thing that's going to get us a result. Not on the thing that's going to make us look good, or that's going to stroke your ego, but the thing that is going to get a result. To have a successful business, you need a valuable product, a hungry crowd, and to be in a great position where the hungry crowd can see your valuable product. And that's it. If you're on Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, LinkedIn, and Google Plus, that's fine. But why are you there? Are you there because your customers are there? Are you there because you have a plan on how to generate business from there? Or are you there because somebody said you have to be there? Let's go back to your website. Do you have a website because you need one, or because you think you should have one? Launch with an Offer, Then Build the Rest on the Way [22:28] The concept of agile development is like building a ship. Most of the time you're going to build the entire thing in the shipyard, and then you're going to shove it off into the sea. Instead, agile development says you build the hull, stick all the other stuff you might need in there, and you shove off to sea.  You build the rest of the ship while you're sailing. Why?  Because once you get out to sea, you're going to find out that you might not have the best sail, or mast, or maybe you want to design this a little differently.  When I'm out here living it, I'm getting immediate feedback. I would recommend that you build a business the same way, don't worry about your website, your USP, finding your why, and all that stuff.  Instead, figure out if you can take an offer and go and get somebody to give you money for it. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YSbHF-THCsw We brought Josh Thomas, of Profit Arc, onto the show to talk about sales, marketing, and growth.  This dynamic, authentic conversation covered that ground, and so much more.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YSbHF-THCsw




We brought Josh Thomas, of Profit Arc, onto the show to talk about sales, marketing, and growth.  This dynamic, authentic conversation covered that ground, and so much more.

In his down-to-earth message of simplicity and focus, Josh shares the power of one person to make a difference, how to adapt to change, and the #1 thing that your business needs to get results.

Josh tells his fascinating story that winds from burnout and mediocre failure to learning how to run a successful business and helping others to do the same.








Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Who Is Josh Thomas?



Josh Thomas is a problem solver. He has assisted businesses in dozens of industries to identify problems and fix them.



Be it a sales, marketing or systems issue, Josh’s focus is on results and revenue.



He has personally consulted with over 1,000 businesses in 30 different industries across all 6 continents. He has directly produced millions of dollars in sales and profit growth through his unique “results first” approach.



Josh delivers tangible results-oriented solutions in sales, marketing, and systems components using sales fundamentals, direct-response marketing, and proven best practices for laser-targeted, rapid business growth.



He lives in Austin, Texas and is an avid stand-up paddle-boarder.



Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript)



The Power of a Handshake



[18:27] It just takes one person, one thing, to change everything for you.



Perseverance and Adaptation



[20:00] Evolution is not about survival of the fittest, or the most intelligent, but it's about the animals that can most readily adapt to change.



The Simple Thing to Focus on to Get Results



[21:09] There's a lot of noise and shiny objects out there.  We want to make sure that we're focusing on the thing that's going to get us a result.



Not on the thing that's going to make us look good, or that's going to stroke your ego, but the thing that is going to get a result.



To have a successful business, you need a valuable product, a hungry crowd, and to be in a great position where the hungry crowd can see your valuable product.



And that's it.



If you're on Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, LinkedIn, and Google Plus, that's fine. But why are you there?



Are you there because your customers are there? Are you there because you have a plan on how to generate business from there? Or are you there because somebody said you have to be there?



Let's go back to your website. Do you have a website because you need one,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:05
Why Debt Free Doesn’t Make You Financially Free https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-debt-free-doesnt-make-you-financially-free/ Mon, 23 Jul 2018 09:00:00 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2484 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Okx4cjnLylY Becoming debt free is often listed as a notch on the belt of financial progress. It’s widely discussed, admired, longed for, celebrated, and even praised by so-called financial experts.  But, paying off debt may be risky or even altogether unnecessary.  In fact, you’re probably not in debt in the first place!  We want you to be debt free, but you first have to know what that means.  Many confuse being debt free with being liability free.  Before you decide whether to add becoming debt free to your checklist, let’s get the skinny on what debt is.  Then, you can take action that gives you the most certainty, control, and peace of mind. To help you gain clarity on your debt position and know what to do about it, we’ll answer: What is debt?Am I in debt?Will a debt-free goal help or hurt me?More importantly, to reach my goals, gain confidence, peace of mind, time and money freedom, what should I do about debt? This conversation will help you develop a big picture perspective of a balanced personal economy. Rather than spiraling out of control, you’ll gain control, options, and increased financial capabilities. Why Becoming Debt Free Seems Like Such a Big Deal Let’s face it; most people fear debt. They feel it’s an encumbrance or ensnarement that nullifies their goals.  If it was in a game of Taboo, it’s almost a dirty word that lives with other deplorable financial conditions, like losing money, bad credit, foreclosure, and bankruptcy. Why does debt strike at the chord of our financial aspirations so much so that ringing the debt-free bell seems like such a milestone? Often families start off saddled in student loan debt.  Because there’s not much cash, they add car loans, a mortgage, and credit card debt to achieve their lifestyle.  They work a job to pay it off, while also balancing buying a house and saving for their future.  But the more debt you have, the harder it seems to pay it off because you feel tighter each month.  The debt seems like a slippery slope that can easily have you feeling that forward progress is all but impossible.  To be debt free might seem like the best way to get back on track. Maybe looking at the debt payments each month is an arrow to the heart, reminding you of past mistakes.  To be debt free would mean to be free of the pain of guilt. Because a balanced financial life seems unachievably complex, looking at it one piece at a time might feel more manageable and doable.  Becoming debt free might be that one step you think you can really accomplish. However, putting all your emphasis on paying off debt can be detrimental when it causes you to lose control and delay your journey to financial freedom. Where Debt Freedom Fits into Your Cash Flow System Dealing with debt is just one step in the big picture of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System. Debt is part of your cash flow in the foundational stage.  How you handle debt has the potential to increase or decrease your cash flow and financial control, accelerating or slowing your path to time and money freedom. The more cash flow you have today, the more quickly you can accelerate time and money freedom. How to Determine If You’re in Debt and What to Do About It To start off the conversation on a high note, you probably aren’t in debt in the first place. At the fundamental level, the stress and anxiety about debt are fueled by a simple misunderstanding of the difference between a debt and a liability. Spoiler alert: a liability is not the same thing as debt. For this conversation, we’ll discuss your financial statements so you can find out what it really means to be debt free. It’s much simpler than it sounds, I promise. #1: Understand Your Balance Sheet Take out a blank piece of paper and draw a line down the middle.   On the left side, write assets.  On the right side, write liabilities. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Okx4cjnLylY Becoming debt free is often listed as a notch on the belt of financial progress. It’s widely discussed, admired, longed for, celebrated, and even praised by so-called financial experts.  But,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Okx4cjnLylY




Becoming debt free is often listed as a notch on the belt of financial progress. It’s widely discussed, admired, longed for, celebrated, and even praised by so-called financial experts.  But, paying off debt may be risky or even altogether unnecessary.  In fact, you’re probably not in debt in the first place!  We want you to be debt free, but you first have to know what that means.  Many confuse being debt free with being liability free.  Before you decide whether to add becoming debt free to your checklist, let’s get the skinny on what debt is.  Then, you can take action that gives you the most certainty, control, and peace of mind.



To help you gain clarity on your debt position and know what to do about it, we’ll answer:



* What is debt?* Am I in debt?* Will a debt-free goal help or hurt me?* More importantly, to reach my goals, gain confidence, peace of mind, time and money freedom, what should I do about debt?



This conversation will help you develop a big picture perspective of a balanced personal economy.



Rather than spiraling out of control, you’ll gain control, options, and increased financial capabilities.







Why Becoming Debt Free Seems Like Such a Big Deal



Let’s face it; most people fear debt. They feel it’s an encumbrance or ensnarement that nullifies their goals.  If it was in a game of Taboo, it’s almost a dirty word that lives with other deplorable financial conditions, like losing money, bad credit, foreclosure, and bankruptcy.



Why does debt strike at the chord of our financial aspirations so much so that ringing the debt-free bell seems like such a milestone?



Often families start off saddled in student loan debt.  Because there’s not much cash, they add car loans, a mortgage, and credit card debt to achieve their lifestyle.  They work a job to pay it off, while also balancing buying a house and saving for their future.  But the more debt you have, the harder it seems to pay it off because you feel tighter each month.  The debt seems like a slippery slope that can easily have you feeling that forward progress is all but impossible.  To be debt free might seem like the best way to get back on track.



Maybe looking at the debt payments each month is an arrow to the heart, reminding you of past mistakes.  To be debt free would mean to be free of the pain of guilt.



Because a balanced financial life seems unachievably complex, looking at it one piece at a time might feel more manageable and doable.  Becoming debt free might be that one step you think you can really accomplish.



However, putting all your emphasis on paying off debt can be detrimental when it causes you to lose control and delay your journey to financial freedom.



Where Debt Freedom Fits into Your Cash Flow System







Dealing with debt is just one step in the big picture of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.



Debt is part of your cash flow in the foundational stage.  How you handle debt has the potential to increase or decrease your cash flow and fi...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 55:22
Spartan Invest: Turnkey Real Estate Done Right, with Maureen McCann https://themoneyadvantage.com/spartan-invest-turnkey-real-estate-done-right-maureen-mccann/ Mon, 16 Jul 2018 09:00:31 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2451 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2aoWvgbt2Uc In this interview with Maureen McCann of Spartan Invest, we’ll answer:What is turnkey real estate?How can I use turnkey real estate to build cash flow from assets?What do I look for in a turnkey real estate provider?Why might I want to invest with Spartan Invest?How can I gain confidence when investing outside my local area?Why Birmingham, Alabama?When buying rental real estate, should I finance or pay cash? Spartan Invest offers the opportunity to benefit easily from real estate investing.  Investors secure the tax advantages of real estate ownership and earn cash flow, without industry knowledge, maintenance, or management headaches.  If you’re looking for a way to get started in real estate investing or build a portfolio, consider the income-generating asset of single-family rental real estate in the renaissance city of Birmingham, Alabama. Where Does Turnkey Real Estate Fit in the Cash Flow System? We are evangelists for cash flow because cash flow is your ticket to time and money freedom. Investing in cash-flowing assets is part of the third stage of the Cash Flow System. Once you have a stocked emergency/opportunity fund, you now have a pool of capital that’s ready to invest. To accelerate your cash flow, you need to identify cash-flowing assets and develop an acquisition strategy. By introducing you to opportunities that could help you accomplish your goals, we want to expand your cash-flow investing options. Real estate has long been an asset choice of the wealthy to create cash flow income. If you’re looking for a way to increase your cash flow, producing income in low-risk alternative investments outside the stock market, turnkey real estate with Spartan Invest may help you accomplish your goals. Who Is Maureen McCann? Maureen’s Role at Spartan Invest Maureen McCann is a partner and owner, and the VP of Sales and Marketing at Spartan Invest. She has over ten years of sales and marketing experience in the turnkey marketplace. Having served as an Investment Property coach for years, Maureen is skilled at helping clients build turnkey cash flow portfolios. Maureen has helped hundreds of investors build the type of rental portfolios necessary to reach their short-term & long-term monthly passive income goals. Investing in turnkey real estate for long-term wealth generation is something Maureen understands intimately. Whether clients want to replace their current income with passive income or are simply looking to supplement their retirement, Maureen can help design the right portfolio with the right end goal in mind. With an incredible work ethic and an unquenchable thirst for knowledge, Maureen helps provide peace of mind while investing in premium income-generating properties. Maureen excels in providing trusted, reliable, knowledgeable consulting to assist you with building your real estate portfolio. She spends time coaching her clients on the wealth-building principles that will help them and their families protect their capital while investing in real estate. Maureen McCann’s Backstory Maureen McCann was a blue-collar kid who grew up in New Jersey, paid her way through college while waiting tables, and earned her degree in Exercise Physiology because it was the one program that did not require Calculus. She was a W2 wage earner for 15 years in Pharmaceuticals and Medical Device sales, and then stumbled into real estate in 2008 when she lost 50% of her 401K overnight and navigated her way towards turnkey real estate and passive income using her will for wanting to know what the rich knew that she didn’t know but was determined to find out. Rich Dad Poor Dad set a new course for her life, and with the paradigm shift that occurred, she was well on her way to living a different life, with a different mindset with different outcomes leading her to live her life as a version of her highest and best self. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2aoWvgbt2Uc In this interview with Maureen McCann of Spartan Invest, we’ll answer:What is turnkey real estate?How can I use turnkey real estate to build cash flow from assets?
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2aoWvgbt2Uc




In this interview with Maureen McCann of Spartan Invest, we’ll answer:

What is turnkey real estate?

How can I use turnkey real estate to build cash flow from assets?

What do I look for in a turnkey real estate provider?

Why might I want to invest with Spartan Invest?

How can I gain confidence when investing outside my local area?

Why Birmingham, Alabama?

When buying rental real estate, should I finance or pay cash?




Spartan Invest offers the opportunity to benefit easily from real estate investing.  Investors secure the tax advantages of real estate ownership and earn cash flow, without industry knowledge, maintenance, or management headaches.  If you’re looking for a way to get started in real estate investing or build a portfolio, consider the income-generating asset of single-family rental real estate in the renaissance city of Birmingham, Alabama.









Where Does Turnkey Real Estate Fit in the Cash Flow System?







We are evangelists for cash flow because cash flow is your ticket to time and money freedom.



Investing in cash-flowing assets is part of the third stage of the Cash Flow System.



Once you have a stocked emergency/opportunity fund, you now have a pool of capital that’s ready to invest. To accelerate your cash flow, you need to identify cash-flowing assets and develop an acquisition strategy.



By introducing you to opportunities that could help you accomplish your goals, we want to expand your cash-flow investing options.



Real estate has long been an asset choice of the wealthy to create cash flow income.



If you’re looking for a way to increase your cash flow, producing income in low-risk alternative investments outside the stock market, turnkey real estate with Spartan Invest may help you accomplish your goals.



Who Is Maureen McCann?



Maureen’s Role at Spartan Invest



Maureen McCann is a partner and owner, and the VP of Sales and Marketing at Spartan Invest.



She has over ten years of sales and marketing experience in the turnkey marketplace. Having served as an Investment Property coach for years, Maureen is skilled at helping clients build turnkey cash flow portfolios. Maureen has helped hundreds of investors build the type of rental portfolios necessary to reach their short-term & long-term monthly passive income goals. Investing in turnkey real estate for long-term wealth generation is something Maureen understands intimately.



Whether clients want to replace their current income with passive income or are simply looking to supplement their retirement, Maureen can help design the right portfolio with the right end goal in mind. With an incredible work ethic and an unquenchable thirst for knowledge, Maureen helps provide peace of mind while investing in premium income-generating properties.



Maureen excels in providing trusted, reliable, knowledgeable consulting to assist you with building your real estate portfolio.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:08:19
Who Are the Financial Experts? https://themoneyadvantage.com/who-are-financial-experts/ Mon, 09 Jul 2018 09:00:18 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2414 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x6fU7H7CPKQ How do you know if the advice of financial experts applies to you?  In fact, who are the financial experts?  Does fame or popularity make someone an expert? What about having the biggest stage or the largest reach?  Is it a degree, certification, or credential that qualifies them?  Instead, the litmus test for a financial expert is that they give uncommon advice to people with uncommon income and uncommon goals. To help you decide who to listen to in making educated financial choices to secure your future, we’ll answer: How do I decide who to take advice from? Who are the financial experts? How do I make sure I’m following the advice that leads me to my goals?How do education, personal responsibility, and the right guide work together? We’ll help you gain confidence in who to listen to and how to apply advice in your specific situation, without guessing, having to DIY, or blindly trusting someone with your money. You’ll go from overwhelmed with the financial noise, to confidently tuning in to what aligns and tuning out what doesn’t align with your goals. Instead of getting stuck trying to figure everything out, you’ll have the information to take action and make progress. You’ll gain confidence as you see a clear path from where you are to where you want to be, rather than wasting time wondering whether you’re going in the right direction. Where Financial Experts Fit into Your Cash Flow System Finding out who the financial experts are is just one step in the greater Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.  Once you’ve discovered who the financial experts are, you decide which of the four ways you want to implement their advice. Identifying the financial experts and implementing financial advice make up a micro-step in the bigger picture of gaining time and money freedom.  Here’s how: Deciding who to listen to is part of the foundation of your mindset and how you think about money. While your mindset may be the least tangible of all of the 9 steps, it’s critical to your success.  Don’t ignore or skip the mindset step.  Your thinking opens the door to all your financial possibilities and brings everything else into focus. The Critical Need for Education and the Battle to Find It Financial competency is the most ironic adult life skill.  We’re not taught in school how money works, how to make it, how to set goals, or how to arrive at our intended destination.  Yet we spend almost 100% of our waking hours in pursuit of making money, spending it, or thinking about it. If you aspire to transcend your current ranks and carve out a future of confidence, meaning, and security, it’s up to you to figure it out.  So as an adult that’s mastered the education system, and probably marriage, family, and a career, you still have to figure out what to do about money. Realizing that your financial independence is up to you is the first wake-up call. The second is when you become aware of the sea of “financial education” that doesn’t agree or stack up, and  you have the responsibility of figuring out who knows what’s going on that you should be listening to. The Noise of Self Proclaimed Financial Experts If you’ve been on the financial education path for a while, you’ve noticed the slew of conflicting information. If opinions were highway road signs, one sign would read, “Retirement This Way.  20 Years Ahead.  Guaranteed.”  Another sign pointing the same direction would warn, “Danger Ahead.  Do Not Enter.” Confusion and chaos would abound.  Either everyone would be darting this way and that, trying to make sense out of it all and crashing into each other.  Or in despair, they might give up, hit the e-brake, and resign themselves to not figuring it out.  They might even start ignoring the signs and follow the crowd, hoping they aren’t all wrong. Likewise, if you tuned in to all the financial advice and opinions from self-procla... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x6fU7H7CPKQ How do you know if the advice of financial experts applies to you?  In fact, who are the financial experts?  Does fame or popularity make someone an expert? What about having the biggest stage or the larg...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x6fU7H7CPKQ




How do you know if the advice of financial experts applies to you?  In fact, who are the financial experts?  Does fame or popularity make someone an expert? What about having the biggest stage or the largest reach?  Is it a degree, certification, or credential that qualifies them?  Instead, the litmus test for a financial expert is that they give uncommon advice to people with uncommon income and uncommon goals.

To help you decide who to listen to in making educated financial choices to secure your future, we’ll answer:




* How do I decide who to take advice from? * Who are the financial experts? * How do I make sure I’m following the advice that leads me to my goals?* How do education, personal responsibility, and the right guide work together?



We’ll help you gain confidence in who to listen to and how to apply advice in your specific situation, without guessing, having to DIY, or blindly trusting someone with your money.



You’ll go from overwhelmed with the financial noise, to confidently tuning in to what aligns and tuning out what doesn’t align with your goals.



Instead of getting stuck trying to figure everything out, you’ll have the information to take action and make progress.



You’ll gain confidence as you see a clear path from where you are to where you want to be, rather than wasting time wondering whether you’re going in the right direction.







Where Financial Experts Fit into Your Cash Flow System







Finding out who the financial experts are is just one step in the greater Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.  Once you’ve discovered who the financial experts are, you decide which of the four ways you want to implement their advice.



Identifying the financial experts and implementing financial advice make up a micro-step in the bigger picture of gaining time and money freedom.  Here’s how:



Deciding who to listen to is part of the foundation of your mindset and how you think about money.



While your mindset may be the least tangible of all of the 9 steps, it’s critical to your success.  Don’t ignore or skip the mindset step.  Your thinking opens the door to all your financial possibilities and brings everything else into focus.



The Critical Need for Education and the Battle to Find It



Financial competency is the most ironic adult life skill.  We’re not taught in school how money works, how to make it, how to set goals, or how to arrive at our intended destination.  Yet we spend almost 100% of our waking hours in pursuit of making money, spending it, or thinking about it.



If you aspire to transcend your current ranks and carve out a future of confidence, meaning, and security, it’s up to you to figure it out.  So as an adult that’s mastered the education system, and probably marriage, family, and a career, you still have to figure out what to do about money.



Realizing that your financial independence is up to you is the first wake-up call.



The second is when you become aware of the sea of “financial education...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 39:34
Lessons from a Commercial Multifamily Investor, with Paul Moore https://themoneyadvantage.com/paul-moore-commercial-multifamily-investor/ Mon, 02 Jul 2018 09:00:07 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2295 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iHr-DsOLGYM In this fascinating interview with Paul Moore, we discussed opportunities for investors to build generational wealth through commercial multifamily investing.  Unfortunately, there are high barriers to entry into this investment sector.  New investors to this space may lack the capital requirements, loan qualifications, and experience needed to gain a seat at the table. Through real estate investment firm, Wellings Capital, Paul Moore is making this asset class available to investors who would otherwise lack access.  Wellings is a syndicator that allows investors to pool their funds to get the advantages of direct ownership of commercial multifamily real estate, along with its high returns, tax advantages, and low risk. You’ll gain powerful business insights as you hear Paul share his thought-provoking and honest story.  He confidently shares his monumental accomplishments and the significant failures that accompanied them along the way.  When you listen, be prepared to learn just as much from his successes as from his stories of failure. Paul Moore is masterful in business and marketing.  You’ll come away with a new appreciation for continuous learning and reinvention, solving problems for others, and staying congruent with your life mission. Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Who Is Paul Moore? After graduating with an engineering degree and then an MBA from Ohio State, Paul entered the management development track at Ford Motor Company in Detroit. After five years, he departed to start a staffing company with a partner. They sold it to a publicly traded firm five years later for $2.9 million. Along the way, Paul was a finalist for Ernst & Young’s Michigan Entrepreneur of the Year two years straight (1996 & 1997). Paul later entered the real estate sector, where he flipped over 50 homes and 25 high-end waterfront lots, appeared as the only REALTOR® on HGTV’s House Hunters for a waterfront week special, rehabbed and managed rental properties, built many new homes, developed a subdivision, and started two successful online real estate marketing firms. He also built several other companies and made quite a few medium and high-risk investments along the way. Paul Moore’s Most Important Business Lessons High Risk Does Not Equal High Returns People often think that to get high returns, they have to take on high risk. Instead of high risk leading to high returns, Paul Moore says that high risk leads to the potential of high returns, and more so to the potential of higher loss.  Often, people think they’re investing, when really, they’re speculating or gambling. Investing should be more like watching paint dry or watching grass grow. If you want excitement, take $800 and go to Las Vegas. – Paul Samuelson, the First American to win the Nobel Prize in Economics According to Paul, investing is when your principal is safe, and you have a chance to make a return. In contrast, the definition of speculating is when your principal is not at all safe, and there’s a chance to make a return. His wisdom comes from several experiences speculating when he thought he was investing, and consequently, losing a lot of money. The Importance of Giving There is a universal law that you will get back in proportion to what you give. When Paul Moore was $2.5 Million in debt in 2007, he decided to model George Mueller’s heroic story of giving.  Paul made the most counterintuitive decision to give his way o... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iHr-DsOLGYM In this fascinating interview with Paul Moore, we discussed opportunities for investors to build generational wealth through commercial multifamily investing.  Unfortunately,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iHr-DsOLGYM




In this fascinating interview with Paul Moore, we discussed opportunities for investors to build generational wealth through commercial multifamily investing.  Unfortunately, there are high barriers to entry into this investment sector.  New investors to this space may lack the capital requirements, loan qualifications, and experience needed to gain a seat at the table.

Through real estate investment firm, Wellings Capital, Paul Moore is making this asset class available to investors who would otherwise lack access.  Wellings is a syndicator that allows investors to pool their funds to get the advantages of direct ownership of commercial multifamily real estate, along with its high returns, tax advantages, and low risk.




You’ll gain powerful business insights as you hear Paul share his thought-provoking and honest story.  He confidently shares his monumental accomplishments and the significant failures that accompanied them along the way.  When you listen, be prepared to learn just as much from his successes as from his stories of failure.



Paul Moore is masterful in business and marketing.  You’ll come away with a new appreciation for continuous learning and reinvention, solving problems for others, and staying congruent with your life mission.







Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Who Is Paul Moore?



After graduating with an engineering degree and then an MBA from Ohio State, Paul entered the management development track at Ford Motor Company in Detroit.



After five years, he departed to start a staffing company with a partner. They sold it to a publicly traded firm five years later for $2.9 million.



Along the way, Paul was a finalist for Ernst & Young’s Michigan Entrepreneur of the Year two years straight (1996 & 1997).



Paul later entered the real estate sector, where he flipped over 50 homes and 25 high-end waterfront lots, appeared as the only REALTOR® on HGTV’s House Hunters for a waterfront week special, rehabbed and managed rental properties, built many new homes, developed a subdivision, and started two successful online real estate marketing firms.



He also built several other companies and made quite a few medium and high-risk investments along the way.



Paul Moore’s Most Important Business Lessons



High Risk Does Not Equal High Returns



People often think that to get high returns, they have to take on high risk.



Instead of high risk leading to high returns, Paul Moore says that high risk leads to the potential of high returns, and more so to the potential of higher loss.  Often, people think they’re investing, when really, they’re speculating or gambling.

]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:31
Be the Bank: The Biggest Thing You Can Do to Increase Your Cash Flow https://themoneyadvantage.com/biggest-thing-you-can-do-to-increase-your-cash-flow/ Mon, 25 Jun 2018 09:00:57 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2265 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yhhCWKRRSvU The #1 most effective way to increase your cash flow today is to be the bank. In order to be the bank you have to think like the bank.  Banking generates voluminous cash flow.  There are rules for how the bank operates that have established banking as the most powerful business model in the world.  You can follow these rules to increase your cash flow, starting from whatever income you have today.  This secret hidden in plain sight is the catalyst to increase your cash flow and take control of your financial destiny, without cutting back, working harder, or taking on more risk. Let’s build your bridge to time and money freedom by increasing your cash flow with the one most powerful step.  We’ll answer: Why focus on cash flow?What is cash flow?How do I increase my cash flow? We’ll give you the seven rules banks use that give them the upper hand. When you utilize these rules in your own economy, you’ll stop having so many dollars flow out of your hands, and you’ll start keeping and controlling more of your money. You’ll leverage the magic of compound interest, so you earn it, instead of paying it. Instead of making costly mistakes by following typical advice, you’ll think for yourself and take control. Rather than building the empires of banks, Wall Street, and financial institutions, you’ll begin building your own financial destiny. Where Increasing Your Cash Flow Fits into the Cash Flow System It may seem obvious that increasing your cash flow is a critical component of your cash flow system.  I mean, that’s the part of your life that is all about cash flow, right?  But here’s how it fits in the bigger picture exactly: The Cash Flow System moves you from survival, with little to no cash flow, to significance, where you have abundant cash flow from assets. In the foundational phase, you start by keeping more of the money you make.  In the next phase, you protect your money.  Finally, you make more money and increase your cash flow. Thinking like a bank is part of all three stages and allows you to increase your cash flow. Most importantly, it’s part of your mindset in the foundational phase.   Your mindset is what allows you to reduce your money leaks and keep more of your money. In the second phase, thinking like a bank allows you to protect your money, earn uninterrupted compound interest, and save like the wealthy. Finally, employing banking principles allows you to utilize cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom. What Is Cash Flow? Cash flow is when you have more money at the end of your month. Cash flow is the money that you’re not using up each month, that you can instead set aside and store up.  When you have cash flow, you have money left over in your monthly economy. Determine your current monthly cash flow with this simple equation: Cash Flow = Income – Expenses Having more cash flow gives you more options, and options give you freedom and control. Two Levels of Cash Flow There are two levels of cash flow.  The difference between the two is the source of your income. The first level we’ll call cash flow from income.  This is the most common income source.   When you have cash flow from income, your primary income source is a job. Of those wages, you spend less than you earn. The second level is cash flow from assets.  In this position, you have assets like rental real estate or self-sustaining businesses that do not require you to put in your time to generate a profit.  Your assets provide more income than you spend. This is the most desirable source of income and is the pinnacle of cash flow achievement. Why Focus on Cash Flow Now? Let's answer the question, why cash flow today?  You reach financial freedom when you’re in a position with income from your assets that exceeds your expenses. For example, a person with lifestyle expenses of $10, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yhhCWKRRSvU The #1 most effective way to increase your cash flow today is to be the bank. In order to be the bank you have to think like the bank.  Banking generates voluminous cash flow.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yhhCWKRRSvU




The #1 most effective way to increase your cash flow today is to be the bank. In order to be the bank you have to think like the bank.  Banking generates voluminous cash flow.  There are rules for how the bank operates that have established banking as the most powerful business model in the world.  You can follow these rules to increase your cash flow, starting from whatever income you have today.  This secret hidden in plain sight is the catalyst to increase your cash flow and take control of your financial destiny, without cutting back, working harder, or taking on more risk.



Let’s build your bridge to time and money freedom by increasing your cash flow with the one most powerful step.  We’ll answer:



* Why focus on cash flow?* What is cash flow?* How do I increase my cash flow?



We’ll give you the seven rules banks use that give them the upper hand.



When you utilize these rules in your own economy, you’ll stop having so many dollars flow out of your hands, and you’ll start keeping and controlling more of your money.



You’ll leverage the magic of compound interest, so you earn it, instead of paying it.



Instead of making costly mistakes by following typical advice, you’ll think for yourself and take control.



Rather than building the empires of banks, Wall Street, and financial institutions, you’ll begin building your own financial destiny.







Where Increasing Your Cash Flow Fits into the Cash Flow System







It may seem obvious that increasing your cash flow is a critical component of your cash flow system.  I mean, that’s the part of your life that is all about cash flow, right?  But here’s how it fits in the bigger picture exactly:



The Cash Flow System moves you from survival, with little to no cash flow, to significance, where you have abundant cash flow from assets.



In the foundational phase, you start by keeping more of the money you make.  In the next phase, you protect your money.  Finally, you make more money and increase your cash flow.



Thinking like a bank is part of all three stages and allows you to increase your cash flow.



Most importantly, it’s part of your mindset in the foundational phase.   Your mindset is what allows you to reduce your money leaks and keep more of your money.



In the second phase, thinking like a bank allows you to protect your money, earn uninterrupted compound interest, and save like the wealthy.



Finally, employing banking principles allows you to utilize cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom.



What Is Cash Flow?



Cash flow is when you have more money at the end of your month.



Cash flow is the money that you’re not using up each month,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 56:39
Ted Benna: Reflections from the “Father of the 401(k)” https://themoneyadvantage.com/ted-benna-father-401k/ Mon, 18 Jun 2018 09:00:15 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2237 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FzIkG9x3u1g If you listen to the “financial experts” on tv or the radio, you will hear the typical blanket advice that you should put money into a 401(k).  But the question is, does that advice apply to everybody?  To get as much of an insider’s perspective as we could find, we interviewed Ted Benna, "inventor" of the 401(k). During this insightful conversation, we discussed the purpose of the 401(k), its history, shortcomings, and the need for reform.  This interview was forthright about why there’s a coming retirement crisis and what you can do about it if you want to take control of your financial destiny. In this episode, we’ll help you answer: What does the 401(k) help me accomplish?Is the 401(k) right for me? If you remember in How to Find Your Best Investments, we discussed that your investing strategy will be unique to you.  You maximize your gains when you take an active role in investing in what you know and control. So, where does the 401(k) fit for you? Individual Goals Create Individual Strategies Here at The Money Advantage, our objectives are to help you keep and control more of your money.  As an entrepreneur, you want control, access to your money, liquidity, cash flow, and tax advantages as possible.  A 401(k) doesn’t support those goals. However, to promote your education, it’s valuable to round out your perspective by considering the full discussion.  When you increase your knowledge, you gain the ability to make decisions and build confidence that you’re doing what’s best. Whether or not a 401(k) is a fit for you, it’s in your best interest to understand them.  401(k)s may be a part of providing solutions. The test of a first-rate intelligence is the ability to hold two opposed ideas in mind at the same time and still retain the ability to function. – F. Scott Fitzgerald In this previous conversation about abundance, we discussed why being open-minded and considering contrasting information is critical to learning: Unless you’re willing to expand your map, nothing new exists for you.  When we come into a conversation with people who see differently, it’s important to recognize that if we both had the same map, we’d think the same way. When we each defend our own interpretation of the facts, it leads to conflict.  The only way you can learn something new is to be willing to step off of your map and onto someone else’s.  It’s not about who’s right, but about learning what else is possible. Today, we’re jumping onto the map of someone with a different perspective so that we can expand our own map.  We invite you to do the same. Different Perspectives While you’ll notice a great deal of common ground in our philosophy and perspective, we don’t agree on everything.  We do agree that there are problems, but we do not completely agree about how to solve them. One specific distinction is that we do not view putting money in a 401(k) to be savings. We agree that it’s crucial to have a systematic way of setting money aside for the future before spending.  The 401(k) has provided a method for hundreds of thousands of people to invest over $10 Trillion. However, a 401(k) fails to meet the criteria of being a savings tool.  Savings is safe from the risk of market loss, liquid and growing.  A 401(k) is typically invested in stocks and mutual funds, exposing the balance to the risk of market volatility and loss of account value. Additionally, it has significant limitations on accessibility, making it unsuitable for storing your emergency/opportunity fund. Where Does the 401(k) Fit in the Cash Flow System? To gain perspective, let’s zoom out to look at an optimized personal economy. In the first phase of the Cash Flow System, you build a foundation to keep more of the money you make.  Then in the second phase, you protect your money.  Finally, in the third phase, you increase your money and make more. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FzIkG9x3u1g If you listen to the “financial experts” on tv or the radio, you will hear the typical blanket advice that you should put money into a 401(k).  But the question is, does that advice apply to everybody?
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FzIkG9x3u1g




If you listen to the “financial experts” on tv or the radio, you will hear the typical blanket advice that you should put money into a 401(k).  But the question is, does that advice apply to everybody?  To get as much of an insider’s perspective as we could find, we interviewed Ted Benna, "inventor" of the 401(k).

During this insightful conversation, we discussed the purpose of the 401(k), its history, shortcomings, and the need for reform.  This interview was forthright about why there’s a coming retirement crisis and what you can do about it if you want to take control of your financial destiny.




In this episode, we’ll help you answer:



* What does the 401(k) help me accomplish?* Is the 401(k) right for me?



If you remember in How to Find Your Best Investments, we discussed that your investing strategy will be unique to you.  You maximize your gains when you take an active role in investing in what you know and control.



So, where does the 401(k) fit for you?







Individual Goals Create Individual Strategies



Here at The Money Advantage, our objectives are to help you keep and control more of your money.  As an entrepreneur, you want control, access to your money, liquidity, cash flow, and tax advantages as possible.  A 401(k) doesn’t support those goals.



However, to promote your education, it’s valuable to round out your perspective by considering the full discussion.  When you increase your knowledge, you gain the ability to make decisions and build confidence that you’re doing what’s best.



Whether or not a 401(k) is a fit for you, it’s in your best interest to understand them.  401(k)s may be a part of providing solutions.



The test of a first-rate intelligence is the ability to hold two opposed ideas in mind at the same time and still retain the ability to function. – F. Scott Fitzgerald



In this previous conversation about abundance, we discussed why being open-minded and considering contrasting information is critical to learning:



Unless you’re willing to expand your map, nothing new exists for you.  When we come into a conversation with people who see differently, it’s important to recognize that if we both had the same map, we’d think the same way. When we each defend our own interpretation of the facts, it leads to conflict.  The only way you can learn something new is to be willing to step off of your map and onto someone else’s.  It’s not about who’s right, but about learning what else is possible.



Today, we’re jumping onto the map of someone with a different perspective so that we can expand our own map.  We invite you to do the same.



Different Perspectives



While you’ll notice a great deal of common ground in our philosophy and perspective, we don’t agree on everything.  We do agree that there are problems, but we do not completely agree about how to solve them.



One specific distinction is that we do not view putting money in a 401(k) to be clean 50:10
How to Shop for Insurance Part 3: Life, Health, and Disability Insurance https://themoneyadvantage.com/how-to-shop-for-insurance-3-life-health-disability-insurance/ Mon, 11 Jun 2018 09:00:28 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2199 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dZTM7rAkqD4 Life, health, and disability insurance protect you, your body, your wellness, and your livelihood.  This range of coverage includes some of the most essential protections. Too often, people ask the wrong questions.  This leads them to draw the wrong conclusions about life, health, and disability insurance.   As a result, many remain drastically underinsured or forgo the protection altogether.  Without maximum life, health, and disability insurance, you leave the things that matter most, exposed to the highest risk.Asking how to save money on your life, health, and disability insurance is the wrong place to start. First, you want to best protect what's most important to you.  You get the maximum security and protection by securing the best possible, longest lasting, highest quality coverage.  After you find the best coverage, then you can use smart shopping strategies to lower your costs. Here’s straight talk about how to get the best insurance and make every dollar you spend in premium count. The Whole Series on Insurance In the last five articles, we’ve outlined an insurance philosophy and buying guide to put you in control. Why You Want Insurance Part 1 examined what insurance does. It transfers risk.Why You Want Insurance Part 2 discussed why it matters. It protects your greatest asset.Why You Want Insurance Part 3 covered the cost and answered why you should pay for insurance. It costs more to self-insure.How to Shop for Insurance Part 1 outlined the seven tips to save the most money when shopping for insurance in general.How to Shop for Insurance Part 2 gave guidance on buying home, auto, and business insurance. In This Article Today, we’re capping off the series by focusing on life, disability, and health insurance. We’ll show you how to secure the best life, health, and disability insurance coverage and be efficient with your premium costs.  We’ll answer: How do I best protect what matters most? How do I get the highest quality life, health, and disability insurance? Then, how do I save the most and spend the least on my life, health, and disability insurance? We’ll first walk you through understanding your coverages so you can feel protected and secure.  Then we’ll give you the exact tips to get the most and best value life, health, and disability insurance for the least premium. You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars than necessary. More importantly, no matter what happens in your life, your future self will be secure, protected, and grateful.  You’ll be reassured that you made the best decisions in your power. Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. The Universe of You Imagine drawing concentric circles around you to rank the importance of the things in your life.  At the center, you might find your autonomy, contribution, sense of purpose, meaning and fulfillment.  This also includes the physical and mental capabilities that give you the power to decide and act. In the next, you might find your loved ones and their sense of security, safety, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dZTM7rAkqD4 Life, health, and disability insurance protect you, your body, your wellness, and your livelihood.  This range of coverage includes some of the most essential protections. Too often,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dZTM7rAkqD4




Life, health, and disability insurance protect you, your body, your wellness, and your livelihood.  This range of coverage includes some of the most essential protections. Too often, people ask the wrong questions.  This leads them to draw the wrong conclusions about life, health, and disability insurance.   As a result, many remain drastically underinsured or forgo the protection altogether.  Without maximum life, health, and disability insurance, you leave the things that matter most, exposed to the highest risk.

Asking how to save money on your life, health, and disability insurance is the wrong place to start. First, you want to best protect what's most important to you.  You get the maximum security and protection by securing the best possible, longest lasting, highest quality coverage.  After you find the best coverage, then you can use smart shopping strategies to lower your costs.




Here’s straight talk about how to get the best insurance and make every dollar you spend in premium count.







The Whole Series on Insurance



In the last five articles, we’ve outlined an insurance philosophy and buying guide to put you in control.



*
Why You Want Insurance Part 1 examined what insurance does. It transfers risk.* Why You Want Insurance Part 2 discussed why it matters. It protects your greatest asset.* Why You Want Insurance Part 3 covered the cost and answered why you should pay for insurance. It costs more to self-insure.* How to Shop for Insurance Part 1 outlined the seven tips to save the most money when shopping for insurance in general.* How to Shop for Insurance Part 2 gave guidance on buying home, auto, and business insurance.



In This Article



Today, we’re capping off the series by focusing on life, disability, and health insurance.



We’ll show you how to secure the best life, health, and disability insurance coverage and be efficient with your premium costs.  We’ll answer:



* How do I best protect what matters most? * How do I get the highest quality life, health, and disability insurance? * Then, how do I save the most and spend the least on my life, health, and disability insurance?



We’ll first walk you through understanding your coverages so you can feel protected and secure.  Then we’ll give you the exact tips to get the most and best value life, health, and disability insurance for the least premium.



You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars than necessary.



More importantly, no matter what happens in your life, your future self will be secure, protected, and grateful.]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:07:05 How to Shop For Insurance Part 2: Home and Auto Insurance https://themoneyadvantage.com/how-to-shop-for-insurance-part-2-home-and-auto-insurance/ Mon, 04 Jun 2018 09:00:38 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2158 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=213FWlAdFY0 Home and auto insurance are two pillars of insurance protection that are almost universally understood to be necessary. However, when it comes to choosing and paying for coverage, you have nearly infinite options.  The range of coverage details, exemptions, coverage amounts, and limitations add complexity.  This can make shopping for insurance seem like a maze without an exit.Without the knowledge of what to look for, your home and auto insurance can become a costly money leak.  But overwhelm is no reason to pay more than you need to or settle for coverage that’s less than best. Your goal is to pay the least for the best possible coverage.  To help you do that, we want to show you the tricks of the trade.  These insights will help you become more efficient with these coverages, keeping more of your dollars in your pocket. With these strategies, you’ll get the best deals on your home and auto insurance and win at insurance shopping. In the last article, we gave you the seven tips to save on insurance in general.  Today, we’ll apply that specifically to your home and auto insurance to answer: How do I make the best decisions on my home and auto insurance?How do I shrink my home and auto insurance cost while maximizing my protection?What do I include in my home and auto insurance coverage to get the best for the lowest price? We’ll first walk you through understanding your coverages.  Then we’ll give you the exact tips to get the best value home and auto insurance for the least premium.  You'll feel protected and secure, without mourning the cost. Once we’ve done that, we’ll walk you through the added layer of business insurances.  We'll show you how to maximize your coverage and minimize your costs as you protect one of your most valuable assets. You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars in monthly expenses than necessary. Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. Understanding Your Auto Insurance The Primary Purpose of Auto Insurance: Liability Protection The primary purpose of auto insurance is to transfer your risk of having to pay out of pocket if you cause injury or damage to others. If you are at fault in an accident, your liability portion of your auto insurance will cover the cost of damages to the other person, up to your coverage limits. Coverage Limits for Liability Protection To understand your coverage limits, look at the number code on your liability protection.  It would be something like this: $100,000/$300,000/$100,000. The three numbers correspond to the other vehicle only.  In order, they are: Per Person: The limit paid per injured person for bodily injury for people in the other vehiclePer Accident: The limit paid for total injured people in the other carProperty Damage: The limit for all property you’ve damaged, except your own (such as vehicles, curbs, buildings, etc.) Coverage ranges from state-required minimums to legally operate a car, usually around $25,000/$50,000/$25,000, up to a maximum of about $500,000/$500,000/$500,000. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=213FWlAdFY0 Home and auto insurance are two pillars of insurance protection that are almost universally understood to be necessary. However, when it comes to choosing and paying for coverage,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=213FWlAdFY0




Home and auto insurance are two pillars of insurance protection that are almost universally understood to be necessary.

However, when it comes to choosing and paying for coverage, you have nearly infinite options.  The range of coverage details, exemptions, coverage amounts, and limitations add complexity.  This can make shopping for insurance seem like a maze without an exit.

Without the knowledge of what to look for, your home and auto insurance can become a costly money leak.  But overwhelm is no reason to pay more than you need to or settle for coverage that’s less than best.




Your goal is to pay the least for the best possible coverage.  To help you do that, we want to show you the tricks of the trade.  These insights will help you become more efficient with these coverages, keeping more of your dollars in your pocket.



With these strategies, you’ll get the best deals on your home and auto insurance and win at insurance shopping.







In the last article, we gave you the seven tips to save on insurance in general.  Today, we’ll apply that specifically to your home and auto insurance to answer:



* How do I make the best decisions on my home and auto insurance?* How do I shrink my home and auto insurance cost while maximizing my protection?* What do I include in my home and auto insurance coverage to get the best for the lowest price?



We’ll first walk you through understanding your coverages.  Then we’ll give you the exact tips to get the best value home and auto insurance for the least premium.  You'll feel protected and secure, without mourning the cost.



Once we’ve done that, we’ll walk you through the added layer of business insurances.  We'll show you how to maximize your coverage and minimize your costs as you protect one of your most valuable assets.



You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars in monthly expenses than necessary.



Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy







Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System.



Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy.



Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face.



Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life.



Understanding Your Auto Insurance



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 30:24
How to Shop for Insurance Part 1: 7 Tips to Save on Insurance https://themoneyadvantage.com/how-to-shop-for-insurance-part-1-7-tips-to-save-on-insurance/ Mon, 28 May 2018 09:00:51 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2132 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rNLoqEr546o When you shop for insurance, it’s best to start with a game plan.  Then you know what to look for and how to save on insurance without sacrificing value. It’s just like shopping for groceries, a marketing strategist, or an investment property.First, you need to know what you want.  Next, you want to know how to get the best deal. Finally, you need to know where to find it.If you’ve been following along in this series on protection, you know why you want insurance. You’re here because you want an insurance strategy that transfers as much risk as possible to protect your human life value. You want as much of the best, most enduring, highest quality coverage you can get. Now it’s time to find the best deals. Over the next three articles, we’re going to walk you through how to save on insurance. We’ll answer: How do I maximize the value I get for the least premium?What protections should I have?What are some pitfalls to avoid, so my protection doesn’t become a money leak? Today, we’ll show you seven tips to get the most and best value coverage for the least premium so that you can feel protected and secure.  You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars in monthly expenses than absolutely necessary. Previously If you're not sure why you would want insurance in the first place, here’s the first three articles in the series to help you do exactly that: Why You Want Insurance Part 1 examined what insurance does. It transfers risk.Why You Want Insurance Part 2 discussed why it matters. It protects your greatest asset.Why You Want Insurance Part 3 covered the cost and answered why you should pay for insurance. It costs more to self-insure. Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to build time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. Banish Buyer’s Remorse If you’ve recognized a disparity between the coverage you have and the coverage you want, it’s time to go shopping.  Whether you are purchasing insurance for the first time, adding new lines of coverage, or shoring up an existing strategy, the decision can be quite overwhelming. At the store, when you go shopping without a plan, a well-meaning salesperson asks you what you’re looking for and how they can help.  Instead of sounding nice, they seem like they just want your money. You either dodge them and continue browsing or find yourself talked into leaving with more than you wished, spending twice as much as you’d wanted. Maybe you’ve been confronted by the irresistible well-placed items near the checkout line.  Before you know it, you’re lamenting buying those ten extra items that you never had in mind when you stepped into the store. That’s called buyer’s remorse. We don’t want that to be you when it comes to insurance. Confident Insurance Shopping Is the Goal When you have the insider’s knowledge on finding the best deals, you have a new confidence that puts you in control.  It’s like being an exclusive member and getting access to the VIP sales before everyone else finds out. So, here’s a guide to confident insurance shopping. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rNLoqEr546o When you shop for insurance, it’s best to start with a game plan.  Then you know what to look for and how to save on insurance without sacrificing value. It’s just like shopping for groceries,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rNLoqEr546o




When you shop for insurance, it’s best to start with a game plan.  Then you know what to look for and how to save on insurance without sacrificing value.

It’s just like shopping for groceries, a marketing strategist, or an investment property.

First, you need to know what you want.  Next, you want to know how to get the best deal. Finally, you need to know where to find it.

If you’ve been following along in this series on protection, you know why you want insurance.




You’re here because you want an insurance strategy that transfers as much risk as possible to protect your human life value. You want as much of the best, most enduring, highest quality coverage you can get.







Now it’s time to find the best deals.



Over the next three articles, we’re going to walk you through how to save on insurance.



We’ll answer:



* How do I maximize the value I get for the least premium?* What protections should I have?* What are some pitfalls to avoid, so my protection doesn’t become a money leak?



Today, we’ll show you seven tips to get the most and best value coverage for the least premium so that you can feel protected and secure.  You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars in monthly expenses than absolutely necessary.



Previously



If you're not sure why you would want insurance in the first place, here’s the first three articles in the series to help you do exactly that:



* Why You Want Insurance Part 1 examined what insurance does. It transfers risk.* Why You Want Insurance Part 2 discussed why it matters. It protects your greatest asset.* Why You Want Insurance Part 3 covered the cost and answered why you should pay for insurance. It costs more to self-insure.



Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy







Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System.



Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to build time and money freedom and expand your legacy.



Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face.



Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 38:37
The Go-Giver: The Unexpected Secret of Success, with Bob Burg https://themoneyadvantage.com/the-go-giver-secret-of-success-bob-burg/ Mon, 21 May 2018 09:00:35 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2110 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jE2gHoholqo If you have been reading The Money Advantage blog for a while, you may already know that The Go-Giver book played a central role in How The Money Advantage Began. We are huge fans of Bob Burg and John David Mann's Go-Giver Series. The Go-Giver is an engaging parable about the unexpected system of getting predictable, proven results in building a prosperous business.This story reveals the five laws of stratospheric success, giving you the recipe to make more money in your entrepreneurial endeavors by adding value and increasing your impact. The Go-Giver is an engaging parable about the unexpected system of getting predictable, proven results in building a prosperous business.This story reveals the five laws of stratospheric success, giving you the recipe to make more money in your entrepreneurial endeavors by adding value and increasing your impact.If you have been reading The Money Advantage blog for awhile, you may already know that The Go-Giver book played a central role in How The Money Advantage Began. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. Why a Go-Giver Mindset Matters In business, you may feel stuck in your current level of achievement.  You may be excelling but want to expand and scale your business outside your current capabilities. Or, you may find yourself in the struggle for survival, wanting a steady stream of incoming clients in the future to remain profitable. Perhaps you’re working to meet a quota in sales to qualify for a trip or the next rank in status, or to reach your own goal and internal metric of success. Many business owners reach a plateau of success, where, try as they might, they need a new skillset and mindset to reach the next level of achievement. While you want the fruit of success, the hustle, drive, ambition, and force will only take you so far before you burn out and call it quits. Wherever you find yourself, The Go-Giver shows you the mindset to move from struggling to thriving, or from successful to ultra-successful, without doubling your efforts to get there. Bob Burg and John David Mann lay out actionable laws of success in this delightfully-written story that will move you from hustling to attracting business instead. We brought Bob Burg in for an interview to answer: What is the Go-Giver all about?How do I live the Go-Giver principles to build my business?How can the struggling become successful, or the successful become ultra-successful? Meet Bob Burg, Co-Author and "How-To Guy" of The Go-Giver Bob Burg is a sought-after speaker at company leadership and sales conferences sharing the platform with everyone from today’s business leaders and broadcast personalities to even a former U.S. President. Bob is the author of several books on sales, marketing, and influence, with total book sales of well over a million copies. His book, The Go-Giver, coauthored with John David Mann, itself has sold over 700,000 copies, and it has been translated into 21 languages. His and John’s newest parable in the Go-Giver Series is The Go-Giver Influencer. Bob Burg is an advocate, supporter, and defender of the Free Enterprise system, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jE2gHoholqo If you have been reading The Money Advantage blog for a while, you may already know that The Go-Giver book played a central role in How The Money Advantage Began.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jE2gHoholqo




If you have been reading The Money Advantage blog for a while, you may already know that The Go-Giver book played a central role in How The Money Advantage Began. We are huge fans of Bob Burg and John David Mann's Go-Giver Series.



The Go-Giver is an engaging parable about the unexpected system of getting predictable, proven results in building a prosperous business.

This story reveals the five laws of stratospheric success, giving you the recipe to make more money in your entrepreneurial endeavors by adding value and increasing your impact.




The Go-Giver is an engaging parable about the unexpected system of getting predictable, proven results in building a prosperous business.

This story reveals the five laws of stratospheric success, giving you the recipe to make more money in your entrepreneurial endeavors by adding value and increasing your impact.

If you have been reading The Money Advantage blog for awhile, you may already know that The Go-Giver book played a central role in How The Money Advantage Began.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



Why a Go-Giver Mindset Matters



In business, you may feel stuck in your current level of achievement.  You may be excelling but want to expand and scale your business outside your current capabilities.



Or, you may find yourself in the struggle for survival, wanting a steady stream of incoming clients in the future to remain profitable.



Perhaps you’re working to meet a quota in sales to qualify for a trip or the next rank in status, or to reach your own goal and internal metric of success.



Many business owners reach a plateau of success, where, try as they might, they need a new skillset and mindset to reach the next level of achievement.



While you want the fruit of success, the hustle, drive, ambition, and force will only take you so far before you burn out and call it quits.



Wherever you find yourself, The Go-Giver shows you the mindset to move from struggling to thriving, or from successful to ultra-successful, without doubling your efforts to get there.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 43:50
Why You Want Insurance Part 3: It Costs More to Self-Insure https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-you-want-insurance-part-3-it-costs-more-to-self-insure/ Mon, 14 May 2018 09:00:04 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2082 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I1_GwiJtM20 To navigate your insurance decisions, you must weigh the costs and opportunity costs of each option.  While some choose to self-insure as a solution to reduce costs, there are additional costs hidden beneath the surface that you need to be aware of.Insurance is fairly polarizing.  Chances are, you either love it or you hate it.  And for most, it all boils down to cost.If you’re in the maximum-insurance-for-all-time camp, you want as much protection as you can get.  You see no expiration on your desire to be insured, and you have no problem paying for it. However, if you lean towards just-the-minimums-ma’am, you begrudgingly pay for just what’s legally required.  You would rather do anything else with your money. Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. Everyone Wants Insurance Let’s address one misconception so we can start off on the same page.  The truth is that everyone wants insurance and as much of it as they can get. Why? If it were free, how much would you get? You and just about everyone else would want it all. I think the lines would be even longer than the ones camped outside a new Chick-fil-A grand opening that give the first 100 a year of free chicken sandwich meals. Now, we all know that we can’t get something for nothing.  No insurance company would agree to that arrangement, because it’s unsustainable. They’d always lose money, go out of business, and that would put you right back in the same position of having no insurance. Because there’s a cost to transfer risk, you now have to decide if it’s worth it to you. Perception of Cost vs. Reality On the surface, it appears there’s a positive correlation between the amount coverage and the cost.  When the amount of insurance goes up, so does the price tag. Logically then, the way to achieve the lowest cost would be to have the least insurance. Given that perspective, most people run the cost-benefit analysis throughout their life to calibrate how much coverage to have at any given point in time.  They carefully measure needs and weigh the benefits and costs like two kids on an old-fashioned see-saw, looking for equilibrium.  Do the benefits outweigh the costs or is it the other way around? But that’s not the whole story.  Most don’t see the big picture because of the opportunity costs that lurk just out of view. Let’s dive into the heart of the matter so that we can gain some clarity in our decision-making. The Panoramic View As with all parts of your financial life, the whole system is more important than the individual components.  To make sure each piece fits the larger purpose of your life, let’s come back to the big picture of an optimized personal economy that’s in your control. You’re earning, spending, giving, saving, and investing from a perspective of abundance.  You know that you have everything you need and that you create wealth by serving others. Because you protect what you have built, you have future guarantees that your assets and cash flow will be there for you. You find and fix the places where money is leak... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I1_GwiJtM20 To navigate your insurance decisions, you must weigh the costs and opportunity costs of each option.  While some choose to self-insure as a solution to reduce costs,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I1_GwiJtM20




To navigate your insurance decisions, you must weigh the costs and opportunity costs of each option.  While some choose to self-insure as a solution to reduce costs, there are additional costs hidden beneath the surface that you need to be aware of.

Insurance is fairly polarizing.  Chances are, you either love it or you hate it.  And for most, it all boils down to cost.

If you’re in the maximum-insurance-for-all-time camp, you want as much protection as you can get.  You see no expiration on your desire to be insured, and you have no problem paying for it.




However, if you lean towards just-the-minimums-ma’am, you begrudgingly pay for just what’s legally required.  You would rather do anything else with your money.







Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy







Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System.



Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy.



Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face.



Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life.



Everyone Wants Insurance



Let’s address one misconception so we can start off on the same page.  The truth is that everyone wants insurance and as much of it as they can get.



Why?



If it were free, how much would you get?



You and just about everyone else would want it all. I think the lines would be even longer than the ones camped outside a new Chick-fil-A grand opening that give the first 100 a year of free chicken sandwich meals.



Now, we all know that we can’t get something for nothing.  No insurance company would agree to that arrangement, because it’s unsustainable. They’d always lose money, go out of business, and that would put you right back in the same position of having no insurance.



Because there’s a cost to transfer risk, you now have to decide if it’s worth it to you.



Perception of Cost vs. Reality







On the surface,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 38:01
Content Marketing That Attracts and Converts Happy Clients, with Maggie Patterson https://themoneyadvantage.com/content-marketing-that-converts-maggie-patterson/ Mon, 07 May 2018 09:00:48 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2065 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wjn9RKUxCwE Content marketing is a powerful tool to reach your future customers before they choose to do business with you. We brought Maggie Patterson on our podcast because she specializes in making content marketing simple.If you’ve been in business for 20 years or 15 minutes, you’ve realized that one of the primary levers of success is having customers.With people to see, you can find out what works best, make money, fine-tune, and scale.But without them, you’re dying a slow and painful death that eventually takes you out of business. So how do you attract and convert happy clients quickly, simply, and sustainably?  For many businesses, it starts with building a relationship with potential clients before they buy from you through content marketing. Where Investing in Your Business Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Why Content Marketing? We want to help you build a life and business you love.  One way we do that is to give you tools and resources to help you scale into a self-sustaining business.  Sometimes, those resources are outside our area of expertise. Wherever you are now on the spectrum from a solo operation where all business depends on you, to having a team working from their unique abilities to support you, you have the opportunity to grow. You may be in real estate, the medical profession, a law practice, construction or consulting.  Regardless, you can provide education-based content to attract, nurture, and convert strangers into satisfied, happy clients. Through content, you can meet your potential clients where they are.  When you answer their questions, you establish yourself as the solution for when they’re ready to make a purchase decision. It gives them the ability to get to know you, find out if they like you, and decide whether to work with you. Clearing the Content Marketing Hurdles If you’re providing educational content at any level to potential clients, you may be familiar with funnels, traffic, conversion, and ads.  You may be using or desire to provide education through your website, emails, your LinkedIn profile, articles, blogs, video, podcasting, books, or landing pages. All of this communication requires words that you write or speak, and that your potential customers receive. Your goal is to use those words create a congruent story.  In doing so, you want to convert someone who doesn’t know you at all into a paying client. Once you decide to create content, it’s easy to become overwhelmed. Messaging takes time to create.  It needs to be congruent.  It must answer the questions that are top of mind to your potential clients.  And it requires technology to support the moving parts. To help you decide how to approach content marketing in a way that’s right for you and design a strategy to get everything working together, we brought in Maggie Patterson, of SCOOP Industries, to answer your questions like: Should I use content marketing in my business?How can I strategically fine-tune my content marketing to get more results?When should I outsource my content marketing and hire a professional? Meet Maggie Patterson, Strategic Communications Extraordinaire Maggie Patterson, the VP of Content Marketing with SCOOP Industries, is a strategic communications expert and B2B content marketer who works with small to mid-sized businesses to help them meet their business goals. Her specialties are customer case studies and blogging, and she’s a Master Level Content Marketer. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wjn9RKUxCwE Content marketing is a powerful tool to reach your future customers before they choose to do business with you. We brought Maggie Patterson on our podcast because she specializes in making content market...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wjn9RKUxCwE




Content marketing is a powerful tool to reach your future customers before they choose to do business with you. We brought Maggie Patterson on our podcast because she specializes in making content marketing simple.

If you’ve been in business for 20 years or 15 minutes, you’ve realized that one of the primary levers of success is having customers.

With people to see, you can find out what works best, make money, fine-tune, and scale.

But without them, you’re dying a slow and painful death that eventually takes you out of business.




So how do you attract and convert happy clients quickly, simply, and sustainably?  For many businesses, it starts with building a relationship with potential clients before they buy from you through content marketing.







Where Investing in Your Business Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Why Content Marketing?



We want to help you build a life and business you love.  One way we do that is to give you tools and resources to help you scale into a self-sustaining business.  Sometimes, those resources are outside our area of expertise.



Wherever you are now on the spectrum from a solo operation where all business depends on you, to having a team working from their unique abilities to support you, you have the opportunity to grow.



You may be in real estate, the medical profession, a law practice, construction or consulting.  Regardless, you can provide education-based content to attract, nurture, and convert strangers into satisfied, happy clients.



Through content, you can meet your potential clients where they are.  When you answer their questions, you establish yourself as the solution for when they’re ready to make a purchase decision. It gives them the ability to get to know you, find out if they like you, and decide whether to work with you.



Clearing the Content Marketing Hurdles



If you’re providing educational content at any level to potential clients, you may be familiar with funnels, traffic, conversion, and ads.  You may be using or desire to provide education through your website, emails, your LinkedIn profile, articles, blogs, video, podcasting, books, or landing pages.



All of this communication requires words that you write or speak, and that your potential customers receive.



Your goal is to use those words create a congruent story.  In doing so, you want to convert someone who doesn’t know you at all into a paying client.



Once you decide to create content, it’s easy to become overwhelmed.



Messaging takes time to create.  It needs to be congruent.  It must answer the questions that are top of mind to your potential clients.  And it requires technology to support the moving parts.


]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 44:54
Why You Want Insurance Part 2: It Protects Your Human Life Value https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-you-want-insurance-part-2-human-life-value/ Mon, 30 Apr 2018 09:00:54 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2011 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMY8I8FxEJ4 Insurance is about more than protecting your stuff. It’s about protecting your human life value.Often, you need insurance ranks pretty close on the motivation list with you need to change the oil in your car.Here’s the filtering mechanism your brain goes through when you hear it:  Not that pressing.  Things are going fine without it.  Why be inconvenienced to handle this non-urgent matter?  Not that relevant.  Out of sight, out of mind.  Dismiss. Right? But what if I told you that the reason to change your oil in your car was not about your car at all?  Changing your oil protects you, your peace of mind, and your ability to create value. Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. Without changing your oil, you run the risk of thousands of dollars of irreparable damage that can be done when a car runs out of oil.  Your nightmare of needing to replace a car fast is now upon you.  While buying a new car should be fun and exciting, you now have to spend hours searching for the right vehicle just to bring your life back into equilibrium and normalcy.  Basic transportation in your everyday life that was easy before now becomes a complicated algorithm of managing other people’s availabilities to find out how they can help you get from point A to point B. This seemingly menial task of preventative maintenance is now all-important.  It’s not really about the car, but about protecting your peace of mind, and saving yourself the worry and frustration. Similarly, insurance is about more than just protecting your stuff.  It’s about protecting you. An Optimized Personal Economy Let’s take a moment to zoom out and look at the big picture of your financial life. In a well-functioning personal economy, you start from a mindset of abundance. Next, you protect what you earn through insurance and legal planning to solidify the foundation. Then you optimize your efficiency and minimize the leaks and losses that have money flowing out of your control. As you increase your net investible income in your opportunity fund, you accelerate your wealth through investing for cash flow. The foundation of protection allows you to build greater wealth, more sustainably, and quicker. Last Time In Why You Want Insurance Part 1 – Insurance Transfers Risk, we covered the first three of 11 reasons why you want insurance and discussed what insurance does. Insurance contractually transfers risk to the insurance company, so that you don’t have to bear the financial burden of adverse life events.  When you transfer risk, you gain the peace of mind to know that, no matter what happens, you have a safety net that will catch you. We discussed the agreement that you enter with the insurance company.  In exchange for a premium, they will compensate, or indemnify, your loss, making you whole.  The premium is based on actuarial data that calculates the probability of your risk. The least risky time, when you’re comfortable, and there are no risks on the immediate horizon, is the best time to get insurance. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMY8I8FxEJ4 Insurance is about more than protecting your stuff. It’s about protecting your human life value.Often, you need insurance ranks pretty close on the motivation list with you need to change the oil in your ...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMY8I8FxEJ4




Insurance is about more than protecting your stuff. It’s about protecting your human life value.

Often, you need insurance ranks pretty close on the motivation list with you need to change the oil in your car.

Here’s the filtering mechanism your brain goes through when you hear it:  Not that pressing.  Things are going fine without it.  Why be inconvenienced to handle this non-urgent matter?  Not that relevant.  Out of sight, out of mind.  Dismiss.



Right?



But what if I told you that the reason to change your oil in your car was not about your car at all?  Changing your oil protects you, your peace of mind, and your ability to create value.







Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy



Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System.







Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy.



Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face.



Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life.



Without changing your oil, you run the risk of thousands of dollars of irreparable damage that can be done when a car runs out of oil.  Your nightmare of needing to replace a car fast is now upon you.  While buying a new car should be fun and exciting, you now have to spend hours searching for the right vehicle just to bring your life back into equilibrium and normalcy.  Basic transportation in your everyday life that was easy before now becomes a complicated algorithm of managing other people’s availabilities to find out how they can help you get from point A to point B.



This seemingly menial task of preventative maintenance is now all-important.  It’s not really about the car, but about protecting your peace of mind, and saving yourself the worry and frustration.



Similarly, insurance is about more than just protecting your stuff.  It’s about protecting you.



An Optimized Personal Economy



Let’s take a moment to zoom out and look at the big picture of your financial life.



In a well-functioning personal economy, you start from a mindset of abundance.



Next, you protect what you earn through insurance and legal planning to solidify the foundation.



Then you optimize your efficiency and minimize the leaks and losses that have money flowing out of your control.



As you increase your
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 31:41
Estate Planning That Works, with Rick Randall https://themoneyadvantage.com/estate-planning-that-works-rick-randall/ Mon, 23 Apr 2018 09:00:53 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1836 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iwgFlTbFI7Y Rick Randall says that estate planning that works is not the norm, but it does not have to be that way. The goal of estate planning is to dictate how you will transfer the baton of your life’s wealth and wisdom to generations after you.  With it, you ensure your legacy will live on, beyond you, rather than dissolving at your death.Estate planning that works gives you the ability to control, preserve and protect the wealth you’ve created when you’re no longer able to. Love, Money, and Control says it like this: With proper planning, you can control your financial and personal affairs while you are well and competent and leave instructions for how your affairs should be managed – in essence, still maintaining control – if you become physically or mentally disabled. Love, Money, and Control With estate planning, you set plans in motion today to take care of the things that are most important to you, like your children, your health, and your money. It is the most efficient way to transfer wealth with minimal loss and ensure your assets aren’t tied up in probate and chiseled away by taxes. Where Estate Planning Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Encircling your family and assets with a bulletproof estate plan will maximize your peace of mind.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  This is where estate planning fits in.  You’ll know that no matter what happens to you, your wishes will be carried out, your assets will remain intact, and your wisdom will empower generations after you.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. The Overwhelming Majority of People Don’t Get What They Wanted Overall, estate planning is a critical part of planning for the end of your life.  It ensures what you want to happen will happen. There are countless compelling reasons to do estate planning. Yet, with all the reasons to plan, only about 30% of Americans have an estate plan in place. That's because it’s one of those things that’s easier not to do. Firstly, it’s uncomfortable and distressing to think about the end of your life. Secondly, we all know “that family” that fell apart because of an inheritance.  Wealth transfer is often fraught with turmoil and conflict, and we don’t want that to happen to us.  We’d rather ignore our dysfunction than confront it head-on.  Often the family dynamics invite a tension and disagreement about how the money will change hands, who will receive what, and how decisions will be made. If you don't put your own estate plan in place, your state will give you one by default, and it won't be what you want. Of those who do plan, many of those estate plans have very little chance of working. Your Most Important Estate Planning Questions Answered We brought Rick Randall, Founder of Randall Gentry & Pike, and Chairman and CEO of the National Network of Estate Planning Attorneys, onto the show to tell you why most estate plans don’t work, what to do instead, and to answer: Why should I do estate planning?Who is estate planning for?How do I make sure my estate plan will work?What will make my estate plan of the greatest value to me and generations after me?What is estate planning that works? An Innovative Estate Planning Leader https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iwgFlTbFI7Y Rick Randall says that estate planning that works is not the norm, but it does not have to be that way. The goal of estate planning is to dictate how you will transfer the baton of your life’s wealth and ...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iwgFlTbFI7Y




Rick Randall says that estate planning that works is not the norm, but it does not have to be that way.

The goal of estate planning is to dictate how you will transfer the baton of your life’s wealth and wisdom to generations after you.  With it, you ensure your legacy will live on, beyond you, rather than dissolving at your death.

Estate planning that works gives you the ability to control, preserve and protect the wealth you’ve created when you’re no longer able to.








Love, Money, and Control says it like this:



With proper planning, you can control your financial and personal affairs while you are well and competent and leave instructions for how your affairs should be managed – in essence, still maintaining control – if you become physically or mentally disabled.
Love, Money, and Control



With estate planning, you set plans in motion today to take care of the things that are most important to you, like your children, your health, and your money.



It is the most efficient way to transfer wealth with minimal loss and ensure your assets aren’t tied up in probate and chiseled away by taxes.



Where Estate Planning Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Encircling your family and assets with a bulletproof estate plan will maximize your peace of mind.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  This is where estate planning fits in.  You’ll know that no matter what happens to you, your wishes will be carried out, your assets will remain intact, and your wisdom will empower generations after you. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



The Overwhelming Majority of People Don’t Get What They Wanted



Overall, estate planning is a critical part of planning for the end of your life.  It ensures what you want to happen will happen.



There are countless compelling reasons to do estate planning.



Yet, with all the reasons to plan, only about 30% of Americans have an estate plan in place.



That's because it’s one of those things that’s easier not to do.



Firstly, it’s uncomfortable and distressing to think about the end of your life.



Secondly, we all know “that family” that fell apart because of an inheritance.  Wealth transfer is often fraught with turmoil and conflict, and we don’t want that to happen to us.  We’d rather ignore our dysfunction than c...]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:01:08 Why You Want Insurance Part 1: Insurance Transfers Risk https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-you-want-insurance-part-1-transfer-risk/ Mon, 16 Apr 2018 09:00:45 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1934 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sHtxT74llfU Throughout civilization, people have created tools to transfer risk, protecting themselves from negative circumstances.  This is the core function of insurance: to transfer risk.  It’s what makes insurance not only something you want but something to love.However, many people have a misguided and negative view of insurance, being inadequately insured or uninsured altogether.  As a result, they live with more worry, fear, and doubt because of the possibility of loss.  Consequently, they limit their potential.Let’s open up the dialogue and approach the topic from an abundance perspective, to learn why the wealthy value protection, and why you should too. Spoiler alert: it’s because the benefits of protection extend far beyond the coverage itself. Where Transferring Risk Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. In this series, we’ll show you the 11 reasons why you want to protect your money, and answer: What does insurance do?Why does it matter? Why protect my money when I could just make more instead?Is the cost worth it?With limited resources, how do I prioritize paying for protection?What protections are important and why? Today, we’re exploring the topic of risk, our relationship to risk, and the ideal timeframe to transfer risk. Why Most People Hate Insurance Health insurance, auto insurance, disability insurance, life insurance, homeowner’s insurance, professional liability insurance, umbrella insurance, worker’s compensation, business overhead expense insurance, business owner’s insurance, long-term care insurance, gap insurance, key man insurance, critical illness. Feel like you need a shower yet? If you’re like most people, the thought of insurance brings up feelings of dread.  The desire to escape all the horrible things that could happen, along with their consequences has us succumbing to spending hundreds of dollars that we don’t want to spend. Insurance seems like a labyrinth of confusion, where you pay exorbitant premiums, get nothing in return, and the insurance company always wins. Many weigh the risks and decide the event is unlikely enough that they forgo the insurance altogether. Protection through insurance and legal planning is often seen as a necessary evil.  You want it, but it’s expensive and time-consuming, and there are so many other things you’d rather be doing with that money. Why We Love Insurance Let’s address the elephant in the room for a moment, shall we?  You might be thinking, of course, you love insurance because you sell it! Here at The Money Advantage, we educate people about how to keep and control more money, increase cash flow, and protect their wealth. Insurance is a vital part of that.  Yes, we sell insurance, specifically life and disability insurance, and receive compensation for the sale of those products. The reason we love insurance is that we use it and see the value in our own personal economy, as well as its role in maximizing the personal economy of the clients we work with. We were believers and consumers before we were educators and advisors. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sHtxT74llfU Throughout civilization, people have created tools to transfer risk, protecting themselves from negative circumstances.  This is the core function of insurance: to transfer risk.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sHtxT74llfU




Throughout civilization, people have created tools to transfer risk, protecting themselves from negative circumstances.  This is the core function of insurance: to transfer risk.  It’s what makes insurance not only something you want but something to love.

However, many people have a misguided and negative view of insurance, being inadequately insured or uninsured altogether.  As a result, they live with more worry, fear, and doubt because of the possibility of loss.  Consequently, they limit their potential.

Let’s open up the dialogue and approach the topic from an abundance perspective, to learn why the wealthy value protection, and why you should too.




Spoiler alert: it’s because the benefits of protection extend far beyond the coverage itself.







Where Transferring Risk Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy







Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System.



Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy.



Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face.



Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life.



In this series, we’ll show you the 11 reasons why you want to protect your money, and answer:



* What does insurance do?* Why does it matter? * Why protect my money when I could just make more instead?* Is the cost worth it?* With limited resources, how do I prioritize paying for protection?* What protections are important and why?



Today, we’re exploring the topic of risk, our relationship to risk, and the ideal timeframe to transfer risk.



Why Most People Hate Insurance



Health insurance, auto insurance, disability insurance, life insurance, homeowner’s insurance, professional liability insurance, umbrella insurance, worker’s compensation, business overhead expense insurance, business owner’s insurance, long-term care insurance, gap insurance, key man insurance, critical illness.



Feel like you need a shower yet?



If you’re like most people, the thought of insurance brings up feelings of dread.  The desire to escape all the horrible things that could happen, along with their consequences has us succumbing to spending hundreds of dollars that we don’t want to spend.



Insurance seems like a labyrinth of confusion, where you pay exorbitant premiums, get nothing in return, and the insurance company always wins.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 36:56
The Family Office Model: Investing Like the Wealthy, with Richard C. Wilson https://themoneyadvantage.com/family-office-invest-like-the-wealthy-richard-c-wilson/ Mon, 09 Apr 2018 00:00:03 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1933 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K3ViNmCBEaM In this episode, we asked Richard C. Wilson, the CEO of the Family Office Club, to share his experience in coordinating the wealth teams of multimillionaire and billionaire families. There’s a divergence between the investing strategies of the status quo and those of the ultra-successful.  The ultra-wealthy leverage a family office model so they can focus their efforts on what they do best.  Viewing wealth as a team sport allows you to stay focused and do what you love. Most people use common financial thinking.  This has them feeling out of control, losing money, hanging on for the ride, and hoping everything works out.Instead, the ultra-wealthy have a completely different set of rules. There’s a divergence between the investing strategies of the status quo and those of the ultra-successful.  The ultra-wealthy leverage a family office model so they can focus their efforts on what they do best.  Viewing wealth as a team sport allows you to stay focused and do what you love. Most people use common financial thinking.  This has them feeling out of control, losing money, hanging on for the ride, and hoping everything works out.Instead, the ultra-wealthy have a completely different set of rules. If you follow the status quo, you’ll get status quo results. But if you want to create a life of wealth and freedom, learn from those who have created it.  And do what it takes to follow suit. Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Family Office: A Window into the Strategies of the Ultra-Wealthy We’re making it easy because we’re bringing the financial world of the ultra-wealthy in close to give you the opportunity to see it for yourself. Like studying something under a microscope, here’s your window into elite investing.  You'll have the opportunity to touch, feel, and explore it for yourself. To achieve the extraordinary time and money freedom you desire, learn the way the wealthy think about investing.  Study their principles, their reasons, their goals, and their why.  Look through their lens and find out how they see the world differently. Instead of honing your investing through blood, tears, and poor decisions, learn how to invest like the wealthy. When you see what they are doing, you can model their decision-making.  This allows you to accelerate your wealth creation beyond the limits of what you thought was possible. We’ll answer: How do the ultra-wealthy invest differently than anyone else?How do they focus on what they know and can control?Why the ultra-wealthy value liquidity?How do the ultra-wealthy view diversificationWhat is the importance of a family mission, values, goals, objectives, and governance in their investing strategy? From this conversation, you’ll gain insight on how to invest like the wealthy in your own life. The Big Picture If you’re following along in this series on saving and investing, you’ve realized the power of saving first.  You crave the peace of mind, stability, and confidence it brings you, and how it helps you create more. With a savings system in place, you’ve explored ways to store it most effectively to maximize your safety, liquidity, and growth. You are developing your investor identity to target your investing strategy.  Because of this, you're shrinking your risk and boosting your returns by investing in what you know and control. Now, we’ll zoom in on the investing strategy of the wealthy.  You'll see how they’re investing to achieve exceptional results. Richard C. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K3ViNmCBEaM In this episode, we asked Richard C. Wilson, the CEO of the Family Office Club, to share his experience in coordinating the wealth teams of multimillionaire and billionaire families.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K3ViNmCBEaM




In this episode, we asked Richard C. Wilson, the CEO of the Family Office Club, to share his experience in coordinating the wealth teams of multimillionaire and billionaire families.



There’s a divergence between the investing strategies of the status quo and those of the ultra-successful.  The ultra-wealthy leverage a family office model so they can focus their efforts on what they do best.  Viewing wealth as a team sport allows you to stay focused and do what you love.

Most people use common financial thinking.  This has them feeling out of control, losing money, hanging on for the ride, and hoping everything works out.

Instead, the ultra-wealthy have a completely different set of rules.




There’s a divergence between the investing strategies of the status quo and those of the ultra-successful.  The ultra-wealthy leverage a family office model so they can focus their efforts on what they do best.  Viewing wealth as a team sport allows you to stay focused and do what you love.

Most people use common financial thinking.  This has them feeling out of control, losing money, hanging on for the ride, and hoping everything works out.

Instead, the ultra-wealthy have a completely different set of rules.




If you follow the status quo, you’ll get status quo results.



But if you want to create a life of wealth and freedom, learn from those who have created it.  And do what it takes to follow suit.







Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Family Office: A Window into the Strategies of the Ultra-Wealthy



We’re making it easy because we’re bringing the financial world of the ultra-wealthy in close to give you the opportunity to see it for yourself.




Like studying something under a microscope, here’s your window into elite investing.  You'll have the opportunity to touch, feel, and explore it for yourself.



To achieve the extraordinary time and money freedom you desire, learn the way the wealthy think about investing.  Study their principles, their reasons, their goals, and their why.  Look through their lens and find out how they see the world differently.



Instead of honing your investing through blood, tears, and poor decisions, learn how to invest like the wealthy.



When you see what they are doing, you can model their decision-making.  This allows you to accelerate your wealth creation beyond the limits of what you thought was possible.



We’ll answer:



* How do the ultra-wealthy invest differently than anyone else?* How do they focus on what they know and can control?* Why the ultra-wealthy value liquidity?* How do the ultra-wealthy view diversification* What is the importance of a family mission, values, goals, objectives, and governance in their investing strategy?



From this conversation, you’ll gain insight on how to invest like the wealthy in your own life.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:15
Saving vs. Investing: What Is Investing? Part 2 – How to Find Your Best Investments https://themoneyadvantage.com/saving-vs-investing-what-is-investing-part2-best-investments/ Mon, 02 Apr 2018 09:00:10 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1808 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Of6dysqMJ04 In a sea of investment choices, it can be overwhelming to determine which are the best investments for you. But don’t let overwhelm keep you in the dark, procrastinating, making mediocre decisions, losing money, and perpetually frustrated. The first step to confident investing is having a clear picture of exactly what you want and WHY.  Knowing what you want allows you to set goals that will advance you towards your destination and measure your progress.  Secondly, prepare.  Next, you need to be armed with the tools to identify opportunities that match.  Finally, you implement, measure progress, and repeat. Define successPrepareIdentify opportunities that matchImplementMeasure progressRinse and repeat Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. In the last article, Saving vs. Investing: What is Investing? Part 1 – Cash Flow, we’ve illustrated the power of cash flow investing in creating financial freedom. Before that, we discussed the preparation of habitual saving that allows you to build usable capital. Today, we’ll help you select your opportunities by answering: How do I determine the best investments for me?How do I minimize risk in my investments? We’ll help you determine the best investments for you by showing you that the answer lies in the most unexpected place. And then we’ll give you the #1 secret to lowering your investment risk. How Do I Determine the Best Investments for Me? Now that you have a vision for what you want your investments to do, let’s go shopping.  How do you figure out what the best investments are? Asset Categories Instead of narrowing down your choices, we first need to expand the options.  Unfortunately, what you’re typically offered is like seeing the appetizer menu only, when there’s a full range of salad, soup, entrée, dessert, and cocktail menus to choose from. While you may have been led to believe that your options are all housed in the stock market, the world of investing is much broader. There are four main asset categories to choose from: Paper AssetsCommoditiesReal EstateBusiness Paper Assets Paper assets include stocks, bonds, mutual funds, options, and the forex market. Within this category are equities (stocks), fixed income assets (bonds), and cash equivalents that include money market accounts. Often, paper assets are wrapped into a basket of mutual funds with various risk levels. There are many ways to invest in the stock market, including using a broker or through an individual brokerage account.  Strategies range from buy-and-hold, to options trading with puts and calls. Commodities Commodities are real, hard assets like gold, silver, crude oil, wheat, cattle, coffee, etc.  They are the tangible, physical asset itself.  Owning commodities is different than trading the futures market for these commodities, which would be classified as a paper asset. Real Estate Real estate is a tangible, hard asset of land and buildings.  It includes investing in rental real estate for cash flow, wholesaling, or fixing up to “flip.”  Property may be residential single-family homes, multi-family, or commercial real estate. Business Business is another asset class.  You can invest by owning a business, franchise ownership, running the business, being on a board of directors, investing money, investing time, or loaning people money. Now that we’ve widened the universe of investing, let’s hone in on the selection criteria for your best investments. To do that, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Of6dysqMJ04 In a sea of investment choices, it can be overwhelming to determine which are the best investments for you. But don’t let overwhelm keep you in the dark, procrastinating, making mediocre decisions,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Of6dysqMJ04




In a sea of investment choices, it can be overwhelming to determine which are the best investments for you. But don’t let overwhelm keep you in the dark, procrastinating, making mediocre decisions, losing money, and perpetually frustrated.

The first step to confident investing is having a clear picture of exactly what you want and WHY.  Knowing what you want allows you to set goals that will advance you towards your destination and measure your progress.  Secondly, prepare.  Next, you need to be armed with the tools to identify opportunities that match.  Finally, you implement, measure progress, and repeat.




* Define success* Prepare* Identify opportunities that match* Implement* Measure progress* Rinse and repeat







Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



In the last article, Saving vs. Investing: What is Investing? Part 1 – Cash Flow, we’ve illustrated the power of cash flow investing in creating financial freedom.



Before that, we discussed the preparation of habitual saving that allows you to build usable capital.



Today, we’ll help you select your opportunities by answering:



* How do I determine the best investments for me?* How do I minimize risk in my investments?



We’ll help you determine the best investments for you by showing you that the answer lies in the most unexpected place.



And then we’ll give you the #1 secret to lowering your investment risk.



How Do I Determine the Best Investments for Me?



Now that you have a vision for what you want your investments to do, let’s go shopping.  How do you figure out what the best investments are?



Asset Categories



Instead of narrowing down your choices, we first need to expand the options.  Unfortunately, what you’re typically offered is like seeing the appetizer menu only, when there’s a full range of salad, soup, entrée, dessert, and cocktail menus to choose from.



While you may have been led to believe that your options are all housed in the stock market, the world of investing is much broader.



There are four main asset categories to choose from:



* Paper Assets* Commodities* Real Estate* Business



Paper Assets



Paper assets include stocks, bonds, mutual funds, options, and the forex market.



Within this category are equities (stocks), fixed income assets (bonds), and cash equivalents that include money market accounts.



Often, paper assets are wrapped into a basket of mutual funds with various risk levels.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 38:59
Personal Finance Solutions for REALTORS®, with Moses Seuram https://themoneyadvantage.com/personal-finance-solutions-for-realtors-moses-seuram/ Mon, 26 Mar 2018 09:00:43 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1893 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gyCnJkfwNbU Many successful REALTORS® struggle when it comes to planning for the future.  They have high incomes, live an upper-middle-class lifestyle or better, build growing businesses.  However, they don’t have a plan for future income that they’re confident will lead to financial freedom. This is no truer than in the REALTOR® community.  More than 50% of REALTORS® are broke at the end of their career.  They’re making good money, but overpaying in taxes, spending too much of their money, and don’t have cash flow.  50% don’t own their own homes.  Most want to invest in real estate to build multiple sources of income, but don’t have the capital to invest. This problem has come to the attention of NAR, the National Association of REALTORS®, a 1.2-Million-member Trade Association.  NAR’s leaders have recognized the need for financial planning among its members, saying “REALTORS® are successful in their careers, but struggle when it is time to retire.” Where Financial Education Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on personal finance, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. 2017 National Association of REALTORS® Financial Planning Goals This year, NAR has plans to focus on this problem.  They’ve mobilized an advisory group in 2017 to develop programs and ideas to help their members start planning as early as they can to save for a strong financial future. In keeping with The Money Advantage’s purpose to empower business owners with financial education to increase their cash flow and control of their financial resources and accelerate their journey to financial freedom, we are actively creating solutions that address this need. To discuss solutions and a way forward for REALTORS®, we interviewed Moses Seuram, REALTOR® and the 2018 NYSAR (New York State Association of REALTORS®, Inc.) President-Elect. REALTORS and other business owners can glean from this conversation and be empowered to create financial freedom. From the Vantage Point of a Working REALTOR® and Local and National Leader Moses’ unique vantage point gives him the credibility to participate in creating the solution. He’s earned his way, not only as a successful REALTOR(R) but also as an accomplished leader who’s volunteering and giving back to his community. His accomplishments include: Licensed Real Estate Associate Broker with KeystoneRealtyUSA2018 NYSAR (New York State Association of REALTORS®, Inc.) President-Elect2013 President of LIBOR (Long Island Board of REALTORS®)2013 YPN (Young Professionals Network) Top 20 Under 40 Lifetime Achievement Award2009 – 2016 REALTORS® Honor Society2010 REALTOR® Salesperson of the YearTreasurer for The Long Island REALTORS® Federal Credit UnionDirector, National Association of REALTORS®Executive Director, New York State Association of REALTORS® Along with the National Association of REALTORS®, Moses has also played an integral role in lobbying for key provisions for homeowners and REALTORS® in the 2017 Tax Reform. Additionally, he is a successful real estate investor who’s taking control of his financial life and living the principles of Prosperity Economics.  He models and teaches the value of paying yourself first, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gyCnJkfwNbU Many successful REALTORS® struggle when it comes to planning for the future.  They have high incomes, live an upper-middle-class lifestyle or better, build growing businesses.  However,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gyCnJkfwNbU




Many successful REALTORS® struggle when it comes to planning for the future.  They have high incomes, live an upper-middle-class lifestyle or better, build growing businesses.  However, they don’t have a plan for future income that they’re confident will lead to financial freedom.

This is no truer than in the REALTOR® community.  More than 50% of REALTORS® are broke at the end of their career.  They’re making good money, but overpaying in taxes, spending too much of their money, and don’t have cash flow.  50% don’t own their own homes.  Most want to invest in real estate to build multiple sources of income, but don’t have the capital to invest.




This problem has come to the attention of NAR, the National Association of REALTORS®, a 1.2-Million-member Trade Association.  NAR’s leaders have recognized the need for financial planning among its members, saying “REALTORS® are successful in their careers, but struggle when it is time to retire.”







Where Financial Education Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on personal finance, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



2017 National Association of REALTORS® Financial Planning Goals



This year, NAR has plans to focus on this problem.  They’ve mobilized an advisory group in 2017 to develop programs and ideas to help their members start planning as early as they can to save for a strong financial future.



In keeping with The Money Advantage’s purpose to empower business owners with financial education to increase their cash flow and control of their financial resources and accelerate their journey to financial freedom, we are actively creating solutions that address this need.



To discuss solutions and a way forward for REALTORS®, we interviewed Moses Seuram, REALTOR® and the 2018 NYSAR (New York State Association of REALTORS®, Inc.) President-Elect.



REALTORS and other business owners can glean from this conversation and be empowered to create financial freedom.



From the Vantage Point of a Working REALTOR® and Local and National Le...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 56:59
Saving vs. Investing: What Is Investing? Part 1 – Cash Flow https://themoneyadvantage.com/saving-vs-investing-what-is-investing-part1-cash-flow/ Mon, 19 Mar 2018 09:00:39 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1743 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NDYuAcl2qVA Most investing returns fizzle far beneath our expectations.  When we most want our money to generate cash flow, we end up flatlining, or even losing money. The prosperity and confidence we'd hoped for elude us, leaving us more anxious and uncertain instead. Could it be that we have our sights on the wrong target?  Let's take a look at investing from a cash flow perspective to untangle the confusion and bring you investing clarity. You need to understand why this investing performance failure occurs, in order to overcome it, get your money working for you, and create the financial peace and prosperity you desire. This segment on investing tells you how. Where Cash Flow Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Why Investing Is the Finale and the Catalyst of Saving This article fits into a larger series on saving and investing. We’ve explored the WHY, HOW, and WHAT of a successful savings strategy.  We gave clear guidelines on how to create the habit of paying yourself first to build an Emergency/Opportunity Fund that’s safe, liquid and growing.  We distinguished savings from investing and discussed the quality of various financial vehicles in fulfilling the role of savings. But the discussion on savings wouldn’t be complete without a framework for what to do with your savings.  Instead of leaving savings to accumulate slowly over time, we want to put those dollars to work in opportunities to accelerate financial freedom. Putting our capital to work to earn a return is precisely the role of investing. Saving and Investing, Better Together You don’t save forever without the objective of putting the dollars to work.  But you can’t put dollars to work until you’ve built them up first. And then, once you’ve invested and are earning dollars with your dollars, how do you continue your savings habit which was the foundation for your success in the first place? Saving and investing go hand-in-hand, like the chicken and the egg.  Which came first, no one knows, but each continues to support and perpetuate the other. Saving well will give you more money to invest.  And investing well will, in turn, give you more money to save. Both are equally important.  Saving and investing maximize your whole personal economy, if you get them working together. To top off this series on savings, we’ll now bring investing into the crosshairs.  This article will explore the WHAT and WHY of investing. Let’s key in on the finer points of investing to answer further: What are opportunities?What is investing?How is investing different from saving?What are the end goals of investing?How do investments change my financial life and create financial freedom? Investing is much larger than the steps of a deal, investment returns, or the best stocks today.  If you camp out in the HOW and WHAT but miss the WHY and the principles, you can end up way off track, losing money, and never reaching your potential. Our goal is to help you develop higher-level thinking about investing. If you are clear on the principles that govern investing, you’ll be able to make investment decisions that accomplish your goals better and faster. What Is Investing? Broadly, here’s the definition of an investment: a devoting, using, or giving of time, talent, emotional energy, or money for a purpose or to achieve something. The PRINCIPLE is: investing is anything that requires your time, energy, and/or money, in a way to produce more than what you put in. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NDYuAcl2qVA Most investing returns fizzle far beneath our expectations.  When we most want our money to generate cash flow, we end up flatlining, or even losing money. The prosperity and confidence we'd hoped for elu...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NDYuAcl2qVA




Most investing returns fizzle far beneath our expectations.  When we most want our money to generate cash flow, we end up flatlining, or even losing money. The prosperity and confidence we'd hoped for elude us, leaving us more anxious and uncertain instead.

Could it be that we have our sights on the wrong target?  Let's take a look at investing from a cash flow perspective to untangle the confusion and bring you investing clarity.



You need to understand why this investing performance failure occurs, in order to overcome it, get your money working for you, and create the financial peace and prosperity you desire.



This segment on investing tells you how.







Where Cash Flow Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System








We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow.
In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Why Investing Is the Finale and the Catalyst of Saving



This article fits into a larger series on saving and investing.



We’ve explored the WHY, HOW, and WHAT of a successful savings strategy.  We gave clear guidelines on how to create the habit of paying yourself first to build an Emergency/Opportunity Fund that’s safe, liquid and growing.  We distinguished savings from investing and discussed the quality of various financial vehicles in fulfilling the role of savings.



But the discussion on savings wouldn’t be complete without a framework for what to do with your savings.  Instead of leaving savings to accumulate slowly over time, we want to put those dollars to work in opportunities to accelerate financial freedom.



Putting our capital to work to earn a return is precisely the role of investing.



Saving and Investing, Better Together



You don’t save forever without the objective of putting the dollars to work.  But you can’t put dollars to work until you’ve built them up first.



And then, once you’ve invested and are earning dollars with your dollars, how do you continue your savings habit which was the foundation for your success in the first place?



Saving and investing go hand-in-hand, like the chicken and the egg.  Which came first, no one knows, but each continues to support and perpetuate the other.



Saving well will give you more money to invest.  And investing well will, in turn, give you more money to save.



Both are equally important.  Saving and investing maximize your whole personal economy, if you get them working together.



To top off this series on savings, we’ll now bring investing into the crosshairs.  This article will explore the WHAT and WHY of investing.



Let’s key in on the finer points of investing to answer further:



* What are opportunities?* What is investing?* How is investing different from saving?* What are the end goals of investing?]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 56:42
Transform Your Life and Business with the Power of Gratitude, with Kevin Clayson https://themoneyadvantage.com/transform-your-life-power-of-gratitude-kevin-clayson/ Mon, 12 Mar 2018 09:00:32 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1771 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qZrpe_0rpVU We interviewed Kevin Clayson, author of FLIP the Gratitude Switch.  He has made it his life’s work to empower people with a powerful, tangible formula that puts gratitude to work. Gratitude is a key ingredient in the abundance mindset recipe required for building a life and business you love.  It’s like the yeast in a bread recipe or the coffee beans in the coffee.  In fact, I’d go so far as to say it’s the elixir of life.  It has the power to heal, elevate, bring clarity, create solutions, expand love, and increase your personal power.  It’s miraculous when it’s applied.But for many of us, gratitude is plentiful when things are going well, and non-existent when we face problems.  In the difficult moments, gratitude seems unattainable. So, we chalk it up to good intentions and cutesy idealism that doesn’t work. This conversation will help you believe again in gratitude's astonishing power and put it into action with a simple formula. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. The Chief Officer of Awesome: Kevin Clayson Kevin Clayson is the President and Owner of Gratifuel, LLC and the Co-Founder and Director of Content and Marketing at Done for You Real Estate USA.  Kevin is an international professional speaker who shares his simple formula for unlimited joy and fulfillment. He has spoken to thousands of Middle School and High School students and is also a highly requested business and corporate speaker.  He has shared the stage with some of the biggest names in the personal development, speaking, coaching, business, and author world. Kevin Clayson's message is guaranteed to inspire you through stories of real-life experiences as a husband, a father, a multi-million-dollar business owner and the world's ONLY Chief Officer of Awesome! Mindset Is Everything I learned this truth about money from a mentor: Mental Capital X Relationship Capital = Financial Capital Your financial success is the result of your mindset and relationships.  Your mindset creates your financial outcomes.  An abundance mindset is the cause of financial abundance, not a result of it. Further, your mindset and relationships are the limiters on your financial success. If you want to create financial abundance, begin by making constant, incremental, daily improvements in your mindset. Gratitude Is Action The main reason why gratitude seems whimsical and fairy-tale-like is that it’s invisible and we don’t comprehend it. It’s easy to be grateful for things when life seems to be going our way.  But what then of those times when what we wish for seems to be far out of reach?  Could I suggest that we see gratitude as a disposition, a way of life that stands independent of our current situation?  In other words, I’m suggesting that instead of being thankful for things, we focus on being thankful in our circumstances, whatever they may be.  – Dieter Uchtdorf Gratitude is not an emotion or a feeling.  Emotions change like the wind, based on circumstances. It’s not gratitude journaling, which is an isolated event that's removed from the battlefront of our moment-to-momen... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qZrpe_0rpVU We interviewed Kevin Clayson, author of FLIP the Gratitude Switch.  He has made it his life’s work to empower people with a powerful, tangible formula that puts gratitude to work.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qZrpe_0rpVU




We interviewed Kevin Clayson, author of FLIP the Gratitude Switch.  He has made it his life’s work to empower people with a powerful, tangible formula that puts gratitude to work.



Gratitude is a key ingredient in the abundance mindset recipe required for building a life and business you love.  It’s like the yeast in a bread recipe or the coffee beans in the coffee.  In fact, I’d go so far as to say it’s the elixir of life.  It has the power to heal, elevate, bring clarity, create solutions, expand love, and increase your personal power.  It’s miraculous when it’s applied.

But for many of us, gratitude is plentiful when things are going well, and non-existent when we face problems.  In the difficult moments, gratitude seems unattainable.




So, we chalk it up to good intentions and cutesy idealism that doesn’t work.



This conversation will help you believe again in gratitude's astonishing power and put it into action with a simple formula.








Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



The Chief Officer of Awesome: Kevin Clayson



Kevin Clayson is the President and Owner of Gratifuel, LLC and the Co-Founder and Director of Content and Marketing at Done for You Real Estate USA.  Kevin is an international professional speaker who shares his simple formula for unlimited joy and fulfillment.



He has spoken to thousands of Middle School and High School students and is also a highly requested business and corporate speaker.  He has shared the stage with some of the biggest names in the personal development, speaking, coaching, business, and author world.



Kevin Clayson's message is guaranteed to inspire you through stories of real-life experiences as a husband, a father, a multi-million-dollar business owner and the world's ONLY Chief Officer of Awesome!



Mindset Is Everything



I learned this truth about money from a mentor:



Mental Capital X Relationship Capital = Financial Capital



Your financial success is the result of your mindset and relationships.  Your mindset creates your financial outcomes.  An abundance mindset is the cause of financial abundance, not a result of it.



Further, your mindset and relationships are the limiters on your financial success.


]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:05:38
Saving vs. Investing: What Is Savings? https://themoneyadvantage.com/saving-vs-investing-what-is-savings/ Mon, 05 Mar 2018 10:00:49 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1670 What Is Savings: Why We Need a Definition https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fs6S8Kfwy8Q In all the financial pressure you feel to plan for the future, have you ever stopped to consider, fundamentally, what is savings?  Often the answer is in asking the right questions.  Concerning great questions, this is one that will behoove you to ask, understand, and answer that question for yourself.Savings.  We love having it.  We know we need it.  Everybody wants more of it.Savings is a precept of wealth-building.  It’s a foundational cornerstone and precursor to success in almost every other area of your financial life. And yet, frankly, the savings levels of American adults are embarrassing.  Most people’s savings accounts languish far beneath the level of what they want to have. According to a 2016 GOBankingRates survey, 34% of all adults in the U.S. have $0 in savings, 35% have less than $1000, and ONLY 15% have $10,000 or more. There’s a disparity between our desire to save and the amount we have in savings.  For that reason, our mindset about savings becomes laden with guilt. To add insult to injury, there’s confusion about what savings, in fact, is. It’s pretty hard to achieve something you don’t feel good about or have a clear definition of.  It will continually be “un-prioritized.” Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. The Nuts and Bolts To clear the air and help you save more, let’s get down to brass tacks. We’re tackling what savings is and what it isn’t.  We’ll answer: What is savings and what is it not?How do I know if it’s savings?Where can I save my money?What are the best places to save money? And we’ll share the four top reasons why people aren’t saving, to help you overcome them and set you on a course to financial confidence and freedom. The foundations are the most important pieces to get right.  Whether you have significant savings and are looking for a better storage tank, want to beef up your savings, or if you’re just getting started, this discussion will help you get the clarity you need to up-level your savings. Related Articles and Podcast Episodes In Why the Wealthy Love Cash (Savings) Part 1 and Why the Wealthy Love Cash Part 2, we discussed the reasons the wealthy save: to create confidence and peace of mind, to sleep better at night, and to have the liquidity to jump into the right opportunities. In How to Save Like the Wealthy, we discussed how to design a system for managing the flow of your money that builds an emergency and opportunity fund and puts you in control. Our Definition of Savings Needs Work In this article, we’ll bring you 100% clarity on what savings is. Firstly, let’s start with your definition of savings. What Is Savings: Why We Need a Definition https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fs6S8Kfwy8Q In all the financial pressure you feel to plan for the future, have you ever stopped to consider, fundamentally, what is savings? What Is Savings: Why We Need a Definition




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fs6S8Kfwy8Q




In all the financial pressure you feel to plan for the future, have you ever stopped to consider, fundamentally, what is savings?  Often the answer is in asking the right questions.  Concerning great questions, this is one that will behoove you to ask, understand, and answer that question for yourself.

Savings.  We love having it.  We know we need it.  Everybody wants more of it.

Savings is a precept of wealth-building.  It’s a foundational cornerstone and precursor to success in almost every other area of your financial life.




And yet, frankly, the savings levels of American adults are embarrassing.  Most people’s savings accounts languish far beneath the level of what they want to have.



According to a 2016 GOBankingRates survey, 34% of all adults in the U.S. have $0 in savings, 35% have less than $1000, and ONLY 15% have $10,000 or more.



There’s a disparity between our desire to save and the amount we have in savings.  For that reason, our mindset about savings becomes laden with guilt.



To add insult to injury, there’s confusion about what savings, in fact, is.



It’s pretty hard to achieve something you don’t feel good about or have a clear definition of.  It will continually be “un-prioritized.”







Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



The Nuts and Bolts



To clear the air and help you save more, let’s get down to brass tacks.



We’re tackling what savings is and what it isn’t.  We’ll answer:



* What is savings and what is it not?* How do I know if it’s savings?* Where can I save my money?* What are the best places to save money?



And we’ll share the four top reasons why people aren’t saving,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 58:46
Trump’s Tax Reform: What Entrepreneurs Need to Know, with Dustin Griffiths https://themoneyadvantage.com/trumps-tax-reform-dustin-griffiths/ Mon, 26 Feb 2018 10:00:21 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1720 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W1UpHGh7Pf0 Trump's tax reform has made a lot of big changes to the tax code.  Because of the overhaul, our proactive tax team posted a series of blogs outlining the changes and what they mean for you.  When we read them, we knew right away that we wanted to share them with you. So, we brought Dustin Griffiths back on the podcast to share the changes we think are most relevant to the small business owner.  We're also sharing the links to all of their blogs to help you gain more clarity. Disclaimer: We've published this content for educational purposes only.  For individual recommendations and advice for your specific situation, please consult with a qualified tax professional. Listen to the Podcast This conversation expanded on each of the following topics.  We discussed examples and situations to help you understand how the changes will apply to you.  To gain the greatest understanding, be sure to listen to the conversation. Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. How Trump's Tax Reform Affects You Corporate Tax Rates Corporate tax rates went down from 34% to 21%.  However, C corps pay a double tax.  They're taxed at the corporate level and again at the individual shareholder level when you pay yourself.  Your total tax rate must account for both, and may effectively create a total tax rate of 36 - 51%. 20% Deduction for Pass-Through Entities Pass-through entities, like partnerships, S corporations, and sole proprietors, now will only have to claim 80% of business taxable income.  However, there are additional calculations if your AGI is over $315K or ($157K if you're single), and for service-based businesses, to determine if and how you can use this deduction. This is a “YUGE” tax savings for many small business owners!  Without doing anything differently, many of you are going to get a 20% reduction of your business's taxable income. Vehicle and Asset Purchases Asset purchases have received an expansion of the Bonus Depreciation and Section 179 definition, as well as the depreciation limits.  This allows you to deduct 100% of the depreciation up front, in many cases, being able to fully expense the purchase price in the first year, for new and used assets. This expansion puts more dollars in your pocket for large asset purchases.  However, the true test to determine whether to purchase an asset is whether you needed it in the first place. Business Expense Changes You can no longer deductions meals and entertainment expenses unless you use them for your employees. If you find that you had a lot of these entertainment expenses or eating out with clients, business just got more expensive. Changes in Real Estate Tax Laws For residential or commercial real estate investors, the reform simplified the definition of property improvements and limited the 1031 like-kind exchanges to real property.  Additionally, rules to inventory, including real property, allow you to deduct the purchase of inventory up-front... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W1UpHGh7Pf0 Trump's tax reform has made a lot of big changes to the tax code.  Because of the overhaul, our proactive tax team posted a series of blogs outlining the changes and what they mean for you.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W1UpHGh7Pf0




Trump's tax reform has made a lot of big changes to the tax code.  Because of the overhaul, our proactive tax team posted a series of blogs outlining the changes and what they mean for you.  When we read them, we knew right away that we wanted to share them with you.

So, we brought Dustin Griffiths back on the podcast to share the changes we think are most relevant to the small business owner.  We're also sharing the links to all of their blogs to help you gain more clarity.




Disclaimer: We've published this content for educational purposes only.  For individual recommendations and advice for your specific situation, please consult with a qualified tax professional.



Listen to the Podcast



This conversation expanded on each of the following topics.  We discussed examples and situations to help you understand how the changes will apply to you.  To gain the greatest understanding, be sure to listen to the conversation.







Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System







Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.




How Trump's Tax Reform Affects You



Corporate Tax Rates



Corporate tax rates went down from 34% to 21%.  However, C corps pay a double tax.  They're taxed at the corporate level and again at the individual shareholder level when you pay yourself.  Your total tax rate must account for both, and may effectively create a total tax rate of 36 - 51%.



20% Deduction for Pass-Through Entities



Pass-through entities, like partnerships, S corporations, and sole proprietors, now will only have to claim 80% of business taxable income.  However, there are additional calculations if your AGI is over $315K or ($157K if you're single), and for service-based businesses, to determine if and how you can use this deduction.



This is a “YUGE” tax savings for many small business owners!  Without doing anything differently, many of you are going to get a 20% reduction of your business's taxable income.



Vehicle and Asset Purchases



Asset purchases have received an expansion of the Bonus Depreciation and Section 179 definition, as well as the depreciation limits.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:02:06
How to Save Like the Wealthy https://themoneyadvantage.com/how-to-save-like-the-wealthy/ Mon, 19 Feb 2018 10:00:36 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1538 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AYUG9Qttgq4 If you want to seize opportunities like the wealthy, you will need to save like the wealthy. Building a financial system is a lot like barrel racing.Far away from the roar of audiences, the outcome of the race is determined by the hours of preparation and conditioning spent outside the ring, out of the public eye, before the race.Likewise, in building true wealth, developing a savings system is the preparation and conditioning it takes to succeed. Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Everything I Needed to Know I Learned from Equestrian Barrel Racing As a teen, I rode horses.  I got into competitive racing in speed and agility games like barrel racing, pole weaving, and keyhole. Just about everything I needed to know about life, I learned from the process of training to win in the ring. Where Winning HAPPENS The climax of barrel racing was the high-adrenaline, crowd-cheering, dirt-flying 28 seconds careening around the cloverleaf pattern of the barrel racing course.  Or it was the 11 seconds spent in the ring flashing through the pole-weaving course. I lived for that part.  The moment of truth.  It’s where the winning happened. From a spectator’s vantage point, it would be so easy to think it was the only part that mattered. Where Winning Is CREATED However, far more critical to the outcome were the hours upon hours of training and preparation. To perform well, conditioning was essential. There were warm-ups and cool-downs at a brisk trot.  We raced for miles upon miles across varied terrain to build endurance and stamina.  There were hundreds of hours of rides through the fields and forests, on trails, through swamps, and over fallen logs as we built agility and light-footedness. We took hundreds of practice runs at all paces, focusing on the fundamentals.  There were lurching starts, and sliding stops at the gentle flick of a wrist.  We practiced lead changes at a light pace with slight shift of weight. We worked over and over on exactly the right lead changes at the exactly the right moment, leaning into the turns at exactly the right point in the turn with exactly the right angles.  My horse and I learned to pay attention to the littlest things in order to be in tune with each other, listening, dancing. Precision.  Endurance.  Agility.  Speed.  Conditioning was the make-or-break of racing. Need I mention the even lesser-applauded routines like feeding, grooming, doctoring, and barn cleaning?  Compared to the competition?  Boring.  No audience.  No cheering crowds.  No timers or metrics. The point?  If you focus just on the flashy event, you’ll miss all the components that make up the win: the preparation, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AYUG9Qttgq4 If you want to seize opportunities like the wealthy, you will need to save like the wealthy. Building a financial system is a lot like barrel racing.Far away from the roar of audiences,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AYUG9Qttgq4




If you want to seize opportunities like the wealthy, you will need to save like the wealthy.

Building a financial system is a lot like barrel racing.

Far away from the roar of audiences, the outcome of the race is determined by the hours of preparation and conditioning spent outside the ring, out of the public eye, before the race.

Likewise, in building true wealth, developing a savings system is the preparation and conditioning it takes to succeed.








Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Everything I Needed to Know I Learned from Equestrian Barrel Racing



As a teen, I rode horses.  I got into competitive racing in speed and agility games like barrel racing, pole weaving, and keyhole.



Just about everything I needed to know about life, I learned from the process of training to win in the ring.



Where Winning HAPPENS



The climax of barrel racing was the high-adrenaline, crowd-cheering, dirt-flying 28 seconds careening around the cloverleaf pattern of the barrel racing course.  Or it was the 11 seconds spent in the ring flashing through the pole-weaving course.



I lived for that part.  The moment of truth.  It’s where the winning happened.



From a spectator’s vantage point, it would be so easy to think it was the only part that mattered.



Where Winning Is CREATED



However, far more critical to the outcome were the hours upon hours of training and preparation.



To perform well, conditioning was essential.



There were warm-ups and cool-downs at a brisk trot.  We raced for miles upon miles across varied terrain to build endurance and stamina.  There were hundreds of hours of rides through the fields and forests, on trails, through swamps, and over fallen logs as we built agility and light-footedness.



We took hundreds of practice runs at all paces, focusing on the fundamentals.  There were lurching starts,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 39:29
Explode Real Estate Returns with Privatized Banking, with Jimmy Vreeland https://themoneyadvantage.com/explode-real-estate-returns-privatized-banking-jimmy-vreeland/ Mon, 12 Feb 2018 10:00:50 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1601 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CI2eDBJqyHY Jimmy Vreeland is maximizing his real estate returns by using the premier financing strategy of the wealthy. As stand-alone tools, both real estate and high cash value life insurance are top-notch.  Their powers of cash flow, appreciation, equity, leverage, tax advantages, and a hedge against inflation are unrivaled by any other product.But when you combine these two high-quality assets together, your money does two things at the same time.  This gives you an unfair advantage parallel to none. If you’re a believer in one or the other, see how using these two assets symbiotically will supercharge your results. Where Real Estate Returns Fit in the Cash Flow System We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Two Starting Points to the Same Bridge You may be starting from one pillar or the other. On the one hand, perhaps you have cash value life insurance.  You want more than just to let the money sit in the policy.  You’re asking: How can I use my cash value life insurance to invest in cash-flowing real estate to accelerate my financial freedom? On the other hand, perhaps you are a real estate investor.  You want to finance most efficiently to increase your gains.  You’re asking: How do I amplify my real estate returns, by financing through cash value life insurance? We found no one better to help you understand this strategy than Jimmy Vreeland.  He's a real estate investor who is exploding his real estate returns by building a bridge between these two assets. Jimmy Vreeland is a passionate real estate investor who is helping other investors to reap the rewards of real estate investing. The Advantages of Real Estate Returns Jimmy Vreeland was an Army Ranger and US military officer who read Rich Dad, Poor Dad while he was in Afghanistan. He realized that he wanted to create systematic, scalable wealth through cash flow in a low-tax environment. He wanted an asset that he controlled, where he could build wealth by creating value instead of gambling through investments on Wall Street. All the indicators pointed to real estate. Consequently, he bought his first property in 2006 and began adding one property per year. The Beginnings of a Real Estate Lease Options Empire In 2014, Jimmy Vreeland and Bob Scott, both former US Military officers and Academy Graduates, partnered to create Joint Ops Properties. To capitalize on unique opportunities in the US Real Estate market. Joint Ops is now a leader in lease option investment properties.  They have decades of combined experience behind them, with an emphasis on the St. Louis area. Joint Ops Properties has been able to secure over 160 distressed properties. AND another 40 turnkey properties, often at just 30 to 40 cents on the dollar.  Joint Ops currently focuses on single-family homes and tenants seeking a lease to own option. This results in tenant buyers with more “skin in the game”. As opposed to a traditional tenant with no long-term interest in the home. Providing Value to Tenants and Investors Joint Ops is providing value to tenants, investors, and the community of St. Louis.  A New Lease on Life for Tenants They offer lease options to tenants in the St. Louis, MO area, allowing them to sign an option to buy at an agreed-upon price in 2 years in exchange for 5% of the value up front.  This allows the tenant time and consistent payments to fix their credit so that they can work their way into an FHA 30-year mortgage. Real Estate Returns (Cash Flow) for Investors For investors looking for monthly cash flow, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CI2eDBJqyHY Jimmy Vreeland is maximizing his real estate returns by using the premier financing strategy of the wealthy. As stand-alone tools, both real estate and high cash value life insurance are top-notch.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CI2eDBJqyHY




Jimmy Vreeland is maximizing his real estate returns by using the premier financing strategy of the wealthy.

As stand-alone tools, both real estate and high cash value life insurance are top-notch.  Their powers of cash flow, appreciation, equity, leverage, tax advantages, and a hedge against inflation are unrivaled by any other product.

But when you combine these two high-quality assets together, your money does two things at the same time.  This gives you an unfair advantage parallel to none.




If you’re a believer in one or the other, see how using these two assets symbiotically will supercharge your results.







Where Real Estate Returns Fit in the Cash Flow System







We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Two Starting Points to the Same Bridge



You may be starting from one pillar or the other.



On the one hand, perhaps you have cash value life insurance.  You want more than just to let the money sit in the policy.  You’re asking: How can I use my cash value life insurance to invest in cash-flowing real estate to accelerate my financial freedom?



On the other hand, perhaps you are a real estate investor.  You want to finance most efficiently to increase your gains.  You’re asking: How do I amplify my real estate returns, by financing through cash value life insurance?



We found no one better to help you understand this strategy than Jimmy Vreeland.  He's a real estate investor who is exploding his real estate returns by building a bridge between these two assets.



Jimmy Vreeland is a passionate real estate investor who is helping other investors to reap the rewards of real estate investing.



The Advantages of Real Estate Returns



Jimmy Vreeland was an Army Ranger and US military officer who read Rich Dad, Poor Dad while he was in Afghanistan.



He realized that he wanted to create systematic, scalable wealth through cash flow in a low-tax environment.



He wanted an asset that he controlled, where he could build wealth by creating value instead of gambling through investments on Wall Street.



All the indicators pointed to real estate.



Consequently, he bought his first property in 2006 and began adding one property per year.



The Beginnings of a Real Estate Lease Options Empire



In 2014, Jimmy Vreeland and Bob Scott, both former US Military officers and Academy Graduates, partnered to create Joint Ops Properties. To capitalize on unique opportunities in the US Real Estate market.



Joint Ops is now a leader in lease option investment properties.  They have decades of combined experience behind them, with an emphasis on the St. Louis area.



Joint Ops Properties has been able to secure over 160 distressed ...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 49:15
Why the Wealthy Love Cash, Part 2 https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-the-wealthy-love-cash-part-2/ Mon, 05 Feb 2018 10:00:59 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=798 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5PK5HP8mgFw The concept of holding cash – savings – is such an intricate, multi-faceted one.  This series will walk you through the WHY, the compelling reasons to value and build cash savings. Then, we’ll show you how to apply it and reveal the key distinctions to keep you on track.If you have a great enough WHY, then figuring out what to do becomes important.  But it all comes back to WHY.Since we love Simon Sinek’s Start with Why concept, we aim to apply it in everything we communicate.  You may have noticed. Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Real Life Stories and Examples of the Ultra-Wealthy Who Have a Strong Cash Position We know that theory without concrete evidence and facts to back it up is useless.  In fact, it will probably just fade out of your mind like a sand castle washed away by the waves. Today we're digging into some examples of the ultra-wealthy who are comfortable being in cash.  They don't feel the need to be fully invested all the time. We’ll discuss examples of Suze Orman and Mark Cuban, and their reasons for a strong position of safety and cash. We’ll point you to a bank report showing that the super-rich with over $30 Million in investible assets often have about 35% of their total portfolio in cash. And then, we’ll give you a Cash Flow Awareness Exercise you can do personally.  It's the same exercise that we use for our clients to help them think through their spending so they can free up more surplus cash each month. An Empowering Philosophy of Saving In Why the Wealthy Love Cash, Part 1, we discussed many of the ideas and philosophy about WHY savings is not only relevant but also crucial to your success. Cash savings creates peace of mind so you’re able to operate from a mindset of abundance and confidence.  With that perspective, you'll make better decisions and have greater clarity. Savings has guarantees.  That creates more options in the future. Because you have peace of mind and guarantees, you’re not desperate.  You focus your time and energy on the right clients, activities, and investments that align with your Investor DNA.  In this way, you create more value. You have the cash to cover setbacks, unexpected expenses, emergencies, or failure.  You’re able to rebound because cash is king, especially in a crisis. Budgeting and paying off debt are two strategies often touted as the root of financial confidence and freedom.  But neither create the same confidence that savings will. Aside from saving for emergencies, one of the primary reasons to save is for opportunities.  Not surprisingly, opportunities find people with cash. Another reason to put money aside is for no-regrets fun.  That way, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5PK5HP8mgFw The concept of holding cash – savings – is such an intricate, multi-faceted one.  This series will walk you through the WHY, the compelling reasons to value and build cash savings. Then,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5PK5HP8mgFw




The concept of holding cash – savings – is such an intricate, multi-faceted one.  This series will walk you through the WHY, the compelling reasons to value and build cash savings.

Then, we’ll show you how to apply it and reveal the key distinctions to keep you on track.

If you have a great enough WHY, then figuring out what to do becomes important.  But it all comes back to WHY.

Since we love Simon Sinek’s Start with Why concept, we aim to apply it in everything we communicate.  You may have noticed.








Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Real Life Stories and Examples of the Ultra-Wealthy Who Have a Strong Cash Position



We know that theory without concrete evidence and facts to back it up is useless.  In fact, it will probably just fade out of your mind like a sand castle washed away by the waves.



Today we're digging into some examples of the ultra-wealthy who are comfortable being in cash.  They don't feel the need to be fully invested all the time.



We’ll discuss examples of Suze Orman and Mark Cuban, and their reasons for a strong position of safety and cash.



We’ll point you to a bank report showing that the super-rich with over $30 Million in investible assets often have about 35% of their total portfolio in cash.



And then, we’ll give you a Cash Flow Awareness Exercise you can do personally.  It's the same exercise that we use for our clients to help them think through their spending so they can free up more surplus cash each month.



An Empowering Philosophy of Saving



In Why the Wealthy Love Cash, Part 1, we discussed many of the ideas and philosophy about WHY savings is not only relevant but also crucial to your success.



Cash savings creates peace of mind so you’re able to operate from a mindset of abundance and ...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 55:02
Prosperity Economics Principles, with Kim D.H. Butler https://themoneyadvantage.com/prosperity-economics-principles-kim-butler/ Mon, 29 Jan 2018 10:00:55 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1188 Kim Butler is a champion of Prosperity Economics principles who's bringing them back into the mainstream.  She’s revitalizing the traditional way of thinking, condensing age-old wealth principles into the 7 Principles of Prosperity.  She helps people get their money doing more jobs and building wealth outside of Wall Street.She’s the owner of Partners 4 Prosperity, a Registered Investment Advisory firm dedicated to the Prosperity Economics Principles.Additionally, Kim serves as the co-host of the Prosperity Podcast and a best-selling author of 6 books, including Live Your Life Insurance and Busting the Retirement Lies.She’s recommended by financial thought leaders like Robert Kiyosaki and has been listed in Investopedia’s top 100 most influential financial advisors in 2017. She’s been a tremendous influence on the philosophy and work of The Money Advantage, and we have the utmost respect for her. In this interview, we discuss her backstory.  You’ll see how she developed her financial wisdom and how her abundance mindset is allowing her to continue her objective to help as many people as possible in as many ways as possible. Where Prosperity Economics Principles Fit into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the Prosperity Economics principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. Here are the interview highlights: Before Kim Started Partners 4 Prosperity [3:30] Kim was a “typical” financial planner, with a Series 6 and 7 licenses to sell stocks, bonds, and mutual funds.  She made her living creating and delivering financial plans. When she became aware of the assumptions that made the plans unreliable the moment they were printed, she became disenfranchised with typical financial planning.  She felt she was subjecting clients’ money to so much risk. The Assumptions of Typical Financial Planning [5:25] The client is responsible to project when they’ll want to retire, what exactly they would want to happen if they had died yesterday, what interest rate they expect to achieve, and what inflation rate they presume. Because the foundation for the plans is complete guesswork, the plans have failed people as the roadmap they were intended to be. An Entrepreneurial Journey That Started in 4th Grade [6:53] When Kim was in 4th grade, her parents gifted her the raw materials for a business. They gave her a milk cow and taught her how to milk by hand.  She sold milk to friends and neighbors, earning an income.  She had to keep track of her finances, manage expenses, collect payment, and pay taxes. Giving up a Designation to Provide More Guarantees and Certainty [10:00] Kim had earned and held the Certified Financial Planner (CFP) designation.  To maintain her designation, Kim kept up with her continuing education.  Time and time again, she found incorrect assumptions that she could no longer subscribe to.  The questions and answers were simply incorrect. She realized that the designation didn’t have weight or meaning for clients.  If she had a designation at all, she wanted it to be about her clients, not about what test she had passed. She gave up the CFP designation to maintain the integrity of her convictions and be able to provide clients with more guarantees and certainty. Kim Butler is a champion of Prosperity Economics principles who's bringing them back into the mainstream.  She’s revitalizing the traditional way of thinking, condensing age-old wealth principles into the 7 Principles of Prosperity.



Kim Butler is a champion of Prosperity Economics principles who's bringing them back into the mainstream.  She’s revitalizing the traditional way of thinking, condensing age-old wealth principles into the 7 Principles of Prosperity.  She helps people get their money doing more jobs and building wealth outside of Wall Street.

She’s the owner of Partners 4 Prosperity, a Registered Investment Advisory firm dedicated to the Prosperity Economics Principles.

Additionally, Kim serves as the co-host of the Prosperity Podcast and a best-selling author of 6 books, including Live Your Life Insurance and Busting the Retirement Lies.

She’s recommended by financial thought leaders like Robert Kiyosaki and has been listed in Investopedia’s top 100 most influential financial advisors in 2017.




She’s been a tremendous influence on the philosophy and work of The Money Advantage, and we have the utmost respect for her.



In this interview, we discuss her backstory.  You’ll see how she developed her financial wisdom and how her abundance mindset is allowing her to continue her objective to help as many people as possible in as many ways as possible.







Where Prosperity Economics Principles Fit into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the Prosperity Economics principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



Here are the interview highlights:



Before Kim Started Partners 4 Prosperity



[3:30] Kim was a “typical” financial planner, with a Series 6 and 7 licenses to sell stocks, bonds, and mutual funds.  She made her living creating and delivering financial plans.



When she became aware of the assumptions that made the plans unreliable the moment they were printed, she became disenfranchised with typical financial planning.  She felt she was subjecting clients’ money to so much risk.



The Assumptions of Typical Financial Planning


]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:22
Why the Wealthy Love Cash, Part 1 https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-the-wealthy-love-cash-savings-part-1/ Mon, 22 Jan 2018 10:00:35 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=857 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g4f6nxH_eLE Have you ever had conflicting thoughts about cash savings?  You'd feel better with more savings, but you're not really sure it's a winning financial strategy. Savings is pure magic.  Within its seed is infinite and tremendous potential.  This article will help you see and unleash the power of savings to accomplish your financial goals.Savings is a value of the ultra-wealthy.  Having savings – liquid, accessible, safe cash – is critical and relevant, even in today’s economy, even with boring returns. But because the hard pull of the media, financial messaging, and what everyone else is doing points the opposite direction, saving often becomes snubbed and overlooked. Savings certainly doesn’t have the most electrifying connotation, I know. Because today's interest rates are at an all-time low, saving money seems wasteful.  It seems you’re putting your money out of commission, letting it just sit on the sidelines. In addition, financing is cheap and easy.  It quickly becomes a go-to source of capital when you don’t have cash of your own. To top it off, it seems like investments get higher returns than savings do, and that you’ll end up ahead if you invest instead. But, could this be only part of the story? Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. The Big Why of Savings: It Protects Your Mindset As we embark on this series about savings, we’ll walk through the reasons why having cash is so meaningful, from the perspective of the wealthy.  It becomes apparent that they’ve thought differently than everyone who’s currently tethered to “average” status.  It's enough to take notice. The wealthy know how to build financial wealth.  But they recognize that true wealth is a richness of mind, body, spirit, and relationships.  Their goal is a more fulfilling quality of life in every category of their life, today and in the future.  They meticulously attend to creating a life that supports that objective. Mental health tops the list.  With confidence and peace of mind, they're at their best.  They have the most creative, relaxed, confident version of themselves to bring to the table.  It allows them to use their unique abilities to create value and serve others. They go to great lengths to protect their mindset.  They value savings because it protects their peace of mind and gives them confidence for the future. With cash, they’re poised to take advantage of future opportunities, especially during a crisis. We’ll learn what they are doing as they prepare for the future, with an ear to the ground, listening to what is around the corner. Definition of Savings To make sure we’re on the same page before we dive in, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g4f6nxH_eLE Have you ever had conflicting thoughts about cash savings?  You'd feel better with more savings, but you're not really sure it's a winning financial strategy. Savings is pure magic.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g4f6nxH_eLE




Have you ever had conflicting thoughts about cash savings?  You'd feel better with more savings, but you're not really sure it's a winning financial strategy.

Savings is pure magic.  Within its seed is infinite and tremendous potential.  This article will help you see and unleash the power of savings to accomplish your financial goals.

Savings is a value of the ultra-wealthy.  Having savings – liquid, accessible, safe cash – is critical and relevant, even in today’s economy, even with boring returns.




But because the hard pull of the media, financial messaging, and what everyone else is doing points the opposite direction, saving often becomes snubbed and overlooked.




Savings certainly doesn’t have the most electrifying connotation, I know.



Because today's interest rates are at an all-time low, saving money seems wasteful.  It seems you’re putting your money out of commission, letting it just sit on the sidelines.



In addition, financing is cheap and easy.  It quickly becomes a go-to source of capital when you don’t have cash of your own.



To top it off, it seems like investments get higher returns than savings do, and that you’ll end up ahead if you invest instead.



But, could this be only part of the story?







Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



The Big Why of Savings: It Protects Your Mindset



As we embark on this series about savings, we’ll walk through the reasons why having cash is so meaningful, from the perspective of the wealthy.  It becomes apparent that they’ve thought differently than everyone who’s currently tethered to “average” status.  It's enough to take notice.



The wealthy know how to build financial wealth.  But they recognize that true wealth is a richness of mind, body, spirit, and relationships.  Their goal is a more fulfilling quality of life in every category of their life, today and in the future.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 54:33
How to Pay Less in Taxes Legally, with Dustin Griffiths https://themoneyadvantage.com/pay-less-taxes-legally-dustin-griffiths/ Mon, 15 Jan 2018 10:00:14 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1554 “Tax Empowered” vs. “Tax Scared” It’s time to stop tipping the IRS and pay less in taxes legally, from now on.No one likes paying the IRS, but are you letting the government steal from you?  If you aren’t strategic, tax deadlines can feel like doomsday.  You’re stuck with hating that you pay so much in taxes or fearing you’re doing something wrong.But, there’s no need for the word “taxes” to have you tucking your tail and running for the hills.While the IRS is not your friend, the tax code can be.  But it requires you to understand and apply the rules in your favor.If you don't want to pour through and interpret the IRS regulations on your own, you're not alone.  The tax code is a bunch of legalese and linguistic judo.You need someone in your corner who wants you to pay less in taxes, legally. A tax strategist can help you navigate the law with grace and efficiency.  They embrace the tax code as a roadmap for reducing your taxes.  And they're willing to stand up to the IRS on your behalf, helping you leverage the tax code.  This helps you make strategic decisions that keep more dollars in your pocket. Then, taxes seem less like a monster and more like an obstacle course to master. Dustin Griffiths, at Incite Tax and Accounting, is one such tax strategist.  He believes that you are the best person to steward your resources, not the federal government. Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Paying Less in Taxes Is Critical to Your Wealth Strategy Maximizing your cash flow and control of resources is one of the top priorities at The Money Advantage. Our expectation with tax planning is to be proactive and aggressively capture as many possible tax dollars that could be used in your own personal economy. Tax decisions aren’t isolated choices in a vacuum.  Every dollar you keep, instead of paying to Uncle Sam, is another dollar you can steward and use productively in your life. Instead of feeling powerless, we want to equip you with the knowledge and education to pay less in taxes legally. Legally Rigging the Tax Game in Your Favor There is a line separating what is legal and what is not.  Often, out fear and lack of understanding the tax code, many other tax professionals stay far away from the line. Dustin and the Incite team confidently walk right up to the line.  If it’s in the tax code, they will use it for your benefit. They aggressively find and apply the tax law to make sure you keep as much of your money as possible, this year and every year going forward.  In this way, they maximize your cash flow now and in the future, helping you keep more money in your control. They view taxes as an integral part of an overall wealth strategy and make it their mission to help you keep and control more of your money. Corporate Rent: One Strategy Most CPAs Miss One of the simple strategies almost all business owners can use, but most people are unaware of, could easily save them $3 - $5K in taxes. Rental income for personal property rented more ... “Tax Empowered” vs. “Tax Scared” It’s time to stop tipping the IRS and pay less in taxes legally, from now on.No one likes paying the IRS, but are you letting the government steal from you?  If you aren’t strategic, “Tax Empowered” vs. “Tax Scared”







It’s time to stop tipping the IRS and pay less in taxes legally, from now on.

No one likes paying the IRS, but are you letting the government steal from you?  If you aren’t strategic, tax deadlines can feel like doomsday.  You’re stuck with hating that you pay so much in taxes or fearing you’re doing something wrong.

But, there’s no need for the word “taxes” to have you tucking your tail and running for the hills.

While the IRS is not your friend, the tax code can be.  But it requires you to understand and apply the rules in your favor.

If you don't want to pour through and interpret the IRS regulations on your own, you're not alone.  The tax code is a bunch of legalese and linguistic judo.

You need someone in your corner who wants you to pay less in taxes, legally.




A tax strategist can help you navigate the law with grace and efficiency.  They embrace the tax code as a roadmap for reducing your taxes.  And they're willing to stand up to the IRS on your behalf, helping you leverage the tax code.  This helps you make strategic decisions that keep more dollars in your pocket.



Then, taxes seem less like a monster and more like an obstacle course to master.



Dustin Griffiths, at Incite Tax and Accounting, is one such tax strategist.  He believes that you are the best person to steward your resources, not the federal government.







Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System







Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.




Paying Less in Taxes Is Critical to Your Wealth Strategy



Maximizing your cash flow and control of resources is one of the top priorities at The Money Advantage.



Our expectation with tax planning is to be proactive and aggressively capture as many possible tax dollars that could be used in your own personal economy.



Tax decisions aren’t isolated choices in a vacuum.  Every dollar you keep, instead of paying to Uncle Sam, is another dollar you can steward and use productively in your life.



Instead of feeling powerless, we want to equip you with the knowledge and education to pay less in taxes legally.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 47:45
Entrepreneurial Lessons from a Top Amazon Seller, with Tyler Douthitt https://themoneyadvantage.com/entrepreneurial-lessons-top-amazon-seller-tyler-douthitt/ Mon, 08 Jan 2018 17:00:25 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1186 Along the 12-year journey to becoming a top Amazon seller, Tyler Douthitt has accumulated a wealth of entrepreneurial wisdom.  It takes a considerable amount of grit, resilience, vision, and self-awareness to make it to the top 2%.In this interview, you’ll note: His abundance perspective to create a great life, not only for himself but also for othersThe importance of being responsiveThe value of taking the one next step We hope his story, his success, and his lessons will encourage you along your entrepreneurial journey. Who Tyler Is Now Tyler Douthitt is a top Amazon seller, entrepreneur, lifelong businessman, and investor. He’s building a business as well as a personal brand.  His social media presence has over 10K followers on LinkedIn and Facebook each. He’s just launched a podcast titled the TD Project. He lives in Illinois with his wife and kids and runs his companies from his home office. How Honing a Niche Market Accelerated His Sales as a Top Amazon Seller Because Tyler worked in his parent’s business for 11 years, he gained experience with supply chains, and sourcing and selling products. He began selling earbuds as a result of cause and effect, continual learning and responding to the market. Each time he grew, the customers changed, along with those customer’s needs, and he had to stay responsive to innovate and continue to meet those needs differently. Sales exploded when he connected to the Amazon prime marketplace and moved from fulfilling individual orders to delivering bulk orders to his niche customer: schools. A Customer-Centric Business Model to Deliver More Value Than His Competitors He learned the supply chain in his industry and cut out the middleman, along with his commission. By doing so, he was able to provide better selection, better prices, and quicker delivery. Customized Direct Marketing Strategies Reach His Customer More Effectively Tyler attributes a significant majority of his success to targeted marketing strategies that reached his audience with information they want, where they want to receive it. Tyler noticed so many schools buying earbuds, so he inquired of his brother-in-law, an assistant principal, to determine who has the buying decision for these types of purchases. When he learned that the principal makes these decisions, and the best way to connect was to email them directly, he took action right away. Tyler began emailing school principals with his product and price and explained how his earbuds met their testing requirements. As that evolved, he started going to principal association conferences with his wife, building relationships face-to-face.  He showed how he could satisfy bulk orders at better prices, with more color options. The Greatest Lessons In looking back over what has fostered his success in becoming a top Amazon seller, Tyler says that it’s important to match your work ethic to your ambition. His daily vlog shows the honest side of his life. Having a business is like having a child.  There’s never a day I’m not a parent.  There’s never a day I’m not a business owner. Other Podcast Highlights: [6:45] How Tyler documents his daily routines to give transparency to an entrepreneur’s real life.[8:15] Perspective on balancing business and family life.[10:40] An inside look into the supply chain of buying, shipping, packing, and invoicing the earbuds.[16:20] A healthy perspective on sharing your business model and strategies that are not “teaching your competition.”[18:10] Hear the live result of an abundance mindset, and how it opened doors to exchange value with others.[18:55] How a top seller in a technologically-related industry continues to innovate into the future.[23:00] The difference between business owners and entrepreneurs.[24:00] Building entrepreneurial success that’s better than retirement.[27:50] The way to scale your business starts with serving a satisfied niche custom... Along the 12-year journey to becoming a top Amazon seller, Tyler Douthitt has accumulated a wealth of entrepreneurial wisdom.  It takes a considerable amount of grit, resilience, vision, and self-awareness to make it to the top 2%.In this interview,



Along the 12-year journey to becoming a top Amazon seller, Tyler Douthitt has accumulated a wealth of entrepreneurial wisdom.  It takes a considerable amount of grit, resilience, vision, and self-awareness to make it to the top 2%.

In this interview, you’ll note:




* His abundance perspective to create a great life, not only for himself but also for others* The importance of being responsive* The value of taking the one next step



We hope his story, his success, and his lessons will encourage you along your entrepreneurial journey.







Who Tyler Is Now



Tyler Douthitt is a top Amazon seller, entrepreneur, lifelong businessman, and investor.



He’s building a business as well as a personal brand.  His social media presence has over 10K followers on LinkedIn and Facebook each.



He’s just launched a podcast titled the TD Project.



He lives in Illinois with his wife and kids and runs his companies from his home office.



How Honing a Niche Market Accelerated His Sales as a Top Amazon Seller



Because Tyler worked in his parent’s business for 11 years, he gained experience with supply chains, and sourcing and selling products.



He began selling earbuds as a result of cause and effect, continual learning and responding to the market.



Each time he grew, the customers changed, along with those customer’s needs, and he had to stay responsive to innovate and continue to meet those needs differently.



Sales exploded when he connected to the Amazon prime marketplace and moved from fulfilling individual orders to delivering bulk orders to his niche customer: schools.



A Customer-Centric Business Model to Deliver More Value Than His Competitors



He learned the supply chain in his industry and cut out the middleman, along with his commission.



By doing so, he was able to provide better selection, better prices, and quicker delivery.



Customized Direct Marketing Strategies Reach His Customer More Effectively



Tyler attributes a significant majority of his success to targeted marketing strategies that reached his audience with information they want, where they want to receive it.



Tyler noticed so many schools buying earbuds, so he inquired of his brother-in-law, an assistant principal, to determine who has the buying decision for these types of purchases.



When he learned that the principal makes these decisions, and the best way to connect was to email them directly, he took action right away.



Tyler began emailing school principals with his product and price and explained how his earbuds met their testing requirements.



As that evolved, he started going to principal association conferences with his wife, building relationships face-to-face.  He showed how he could satisfy bulk orders at better prices, with more color options.



The Greatest Lessons



In looking back over what has fostered his success in becoming a top Amazon seller, Tyler says that it’s important to match your work ethic to your ambition.



His daily vlog shows the honest side of his life.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 47:51
What is Prosperity Economics? Part 2 https://themoneyadvantage.com/financial-planning-what-is-prosperity-economics-part-2/ Mon, 01 Jan 2018 17:00:27 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1183 Typical Financial Planning vs. Prosperity Economics The Prosperity Economics Movement is a wholesome and positive remedy to the limitations, guesses, and fear-based typical financial planning. On the one hand, the typical financial conversation holds an underlying opinion that you should give your money to someone else more qualified than you, put it aside for the future, not touch it or use it now, and hope things work out. On the other hand, the abundance-centric, value-creating, opportunity-seeking perspective of Prosperity Economics puts money in your hands today.  It validates that you’re the best person to be in control.  Prosperity Economics relentlessly steers towards financial freedom by prioritizing cash flow over accumulation. Refreshingly, it empowers you, the individual, with maximum control and certainty. The prosperity perspective is a departure from the status quo of today and a return to the traditional way of thinking about and handling money.  Similar to how people built wealth before the 1980’s, it encourages you to rely on your own business and put money in tools you know and control like savings accounts, whole life insurance policies, cash-flowing investments, and precious metals. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. How’s Your Thinking? Whether or not you’ve ever considered your way of thinking about money, you owe it to yourself to pause for a moment of reflection.  Have you fostered your awareness of what you are allowing to influence your financial beliefs and perspectives? We aim to help you develop clarity on your financial foundations and philosophy. If your current mindset is not helping you create your ideal life, we give you the permission to think differently. This article, in conjunction with Part 1, provides the basis for understanding the principles and beliefs guiding the typical money conversation and those behind the prosperity conversation. In Part 1 In What Is Prosperity Economics? – Part 1, we Dissected the false assumptions that are the foundation of typical financial planningIlluminated why financial planning has failedOutlined the four fundamental differences between the typical and the time-tested traditional financial paradigmsDiscussed the first eight of the twelve comparisons between financial planning and Prosperity Economics: Meeting needs and goals only vs. pursuing wants and dreams Minimizing requirements vs. optimizing opportunities Product-oriented vs. strategy-oriented Rate-of-return emphasis vs. focus on recovering opportunity cost Institutions control your money vs. you control your money Focus on your portfolio vs. focus on your whole personal economy Net worth measurement vs. cash flow measurement Retirement focus vs. freedom oriented In Part 2 In today’s article, we’ll highlight the last four of the twelve differentiators. 1) Living Only on Interest vs. Spending and Replacing Principal With the typical financial conversation, the ambition is to build a nest egg large enough to live on interest in retirement without depleting the principal. You used to be able to withdraw 5%, Typical Financial Planning vs. Prosperity Economics The Prosperity Economics Movement is a wholesome and positive remedy to the limitations, guesses, and fear-based typical financial planning. On the one hand, Typical Financial Planning vs. Prosperity Economics







The Prosperity Economics Movement is a wholesome and positive remedy to the limitations, guesses, and fear-based typical financial planning.



On the one hand, the typical financial conversation holds an underlying opinion that you should give your money to someone else more qualified than you, put it aside for the future, not touch it or use it now, and hope things work out.



On the other hand, the abundance-centric, value-creating, opportunity-seeking perspective of Prosperity Economics puts money in your hands today.  It validates that you’re the best person to be in control.  Prosperity Economics relentlessly steers towards financial freedom by prioritizing cash flow over accumulation.



Refreshingly, it empowers you, the individual, with maximum control and certainty.



The prosperity perspective is a departure from the status quo of today and a return to the traditional way of thinking about and handling money.  Similar to how people built wealth before the 1980’s, it encourages you to rely on your own business and put money in tools you know and control like savings accounts, whole life insurance policies, cash-flowing investments, and precious metals.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



How’s Your Thinking?



Whether or not you’ve ever considered your way of thinking about money, you owe it to yourself to pause for a moment of reflection.  Have you fostered your awareness of what you are allowing to influence your financial beliefs and perspectives?



We aim to help you develop clarity on your financial foundations and philosophy.



If your current mindset is not helping you create your ideal life, we give you the permission to think differently.



This article, in conjunction with clean 38:23
Maximizing Your Business Tax Deductions in 2018, with Mark Schreiber https://themoneyadvantage.com/maximizing-business-tax-deductions-mark-schreiber/ Mon, 25 Dec 2017 17:00:39 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1432 Do you know if you’re maximizing your business tax deductions?  If the thought of the new year brings you tax anxiety, you’re not alone. Many business owners fear tax season and the “day of reckoning” when they find out how much they owe to Uncle Sam. No one likes to part with hard-earned dollars or wonder whether they may have overpaid. To make matters worse, taxes seem like an endless maze of confusion.  Blindly trusting a professional and hoping they’re doing everything in your best interest is a sure-fire way to feel disempowered and out of control. In our work with business owners, one question rises to the forefront of all financial strategy – how do I pay less in taxes? Overpaying taxes is one of the most impactful money leaks we see for business owners because their money is flowing out of their control. Instead, we’re leaning into that dysphoria. We believe that education empowers you with the confidence to take action and make better decisions. Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build financial freedom and leave a rich legacy. Plan for Your Best Tax Year Yet 2018 is a brand-new year. Instead of taxes being something that makes you cringe, we want to empower you with a mindset, tips, knowledge, and strategy to help you keep more of your money by leveraging the tax code and maximizing your tax deductions. In this interview with Mark Schreiber, CPA and Tax Strategist with e3 Wealth, we discuss the best way to start 2018 prepared to make it your best year for tax savings. Mark’s Background Mark has worked in public accounting for 35 years. In his work with small businesses and entrepreneurs, he focuses on doing taxes, tax planning, and estate tax planning.  He’s been with one of the “large eight” CPA firms and joined e3 2 years ago. Interview Highlights: A lot of Tax Planning is Reactive: At the end of the year, you hand over your books, your CPA crunches the numbers and gives you a tax return.  It’s not often proactive, forward-looking tax planning that takes into consideration your specific business and plans with an objective to minimize taxes this year and every year going forward. Tax Deferrals, Deductions, and Credits: Tax deferrals reduce taxable income this year by postponing a portion of income to pay tax in the future instead.  On the other hand, tax deductions reduce taxable income this year, and never come back to be taxed again.  Tax credits shrink your tax bill dollar-for-dollar. How to Save 15.3% on Your Taxes With 1 Strategy: Many self-employed people are Sole Proprietors.  They file a Schedule C and pay ordinary tax, PLUS 7.65% for the employee portion of FICA and Medicare, PLUS another 7.65% for the employer portion of FICA and Medicare.  This additional 15.3% is referred to as the self-employment tax, and business owners pay it on top of regular income tax.   A business entity taxed as an S Corp has a way to minimize the self-employment tax.  After paying a reasonable salary to the business owner at the full self-employment tax rate, Do you know if you’re maximizing your business tax deductions?  If the thought of the new year brings you tax anxiety, you’re not alone. Many business owners fear tax season and the “day of reckoning” when they find out how much they owe to Uncl... Do you know if you’re maximizing your business tax deductions?  If the thought of the new year brings you tax anxiety, you’re not alone.







Many business owners fear tax season and the “day of reckoning” when they find out how much they owe to Uncle Sam.



No one likes to part with hard-earned dollars or wonder whether they may have overpaid.



To make matters worse, taxes seem like an endless maze of confusion.  Blindly trusting a professional and hoping they’re doing everything in your best interest is a sure-fire way to feel disempowered and out of control.



In our work with business owners, one question rises to the forefront of all financial strategy – how do I pay less in taxes?



Overpaying taxes is one of the most impactful money leaks we see for business owners because their money is flowing out of their control.



Instead, we’re leaning into that dysphoria.



We believe that education empowers you with the confidence to take action and make better decisions.







Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System







Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build financial freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Plan for Your Best Tax Year Yet



2018 is a brand-new year.



Instead of taxes being something that makes you cringe, we want to empower you with a mindset, tips, knowledge, and strategy to help you keep more of your money by leveraging the tax code and maximizing your tax deductions.



In this interview with Mark Schreiber, CPA and Tax Strategist with e3 Wealth, we discuss the best way to start 2018 prepared to make it your best year for tax savings.



Mark’s Background



Mark has worked in public accounting for 35 years.



In his work with small businesses and entrepreneurs, he focuses on doing taxes, tax planning, and estate tax planning.  He’s been with one of the “large eight” CPA firms and joined e3 2 years ago.



Interview Highlights:



* A lot of Tax Planning is Reactive:

* At the end of the year, you hand over your books, your CPA crunches the numbers and gives you a tax return.]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 42:24 What is Prosperity Economics? Part 1 https://themoneyadvantage.com/what-is-prosperity-economics-part-1/ Mon, 18 Dec 2017 04:01:50 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1181 Prosperity Economics has begun its renaissance as an alternative to typical financial planning.  An increasing number of courageous, conscious, independent thinkers have outgrown typical financial planning. They resonate with a different financial philosophy that provides more control, certainty, and permission to use their money now. For them, the financial status quo has been losing its luster. Its unfulfilled promises and failure to produce economic security have grown increasingly apparent. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. Typical Financial Planning Is Planning to Fail All around, you notice people who have socked away money in retirement plans who are unable to retire.  They’re working longer because they have to, giving up on the lifestyle they’d hoped for, or fearing running out of money. You’re told it’s their fault because they haven’t saved enough. But even the most diligent and disciplined savers have had wealth indiscriminately erased by the fickle tide of the market. It seems impossible to get ahead, much less to win the financial game. The incongruences are shocking.  Many tried to ignore it, but you couldn't.  No matter what you do, it seems like you’re swimming against the tide in a system that’s rigged against you. If you put less away for the future, you end up not having enough in the future. If you put more away for the future, you end up more worried about losing what you’ve built because of uncertainty and the risk of loss. Unsettled About Unanswered Questions You have many looming questions about what you've heard from the media, Wall Street, and the financial planning industry. You’re not content with feeling out of control.  You don't like closing your eyes and hanging on for the ride, hoping for the best.  You want guarantees and certainty that put you in the driver's seat of your life and destiny. Isn't that why you started a business in the first place?  To create your future and take the bull by the horns?  The Unstable Premises of Typical Financial Planning, Demystified There’s valid reason for you to feel unsettled.  Your hunch about the status quo is right: it is failing the American population. The underlying assumptions of typical financial planning don’t fit your worldview or your life goals. Here’s why: Typical Financial Planning Assumption #1: You desire to feel great about your money means you want a plan for retirement. Typical financial advice today is usually synonymous with retirement planning.  Its aim is to plan for your future.  Planning for the most robust present isn’t within its scope. Typical Financial Planning Assumption #2: You can create a plan that will work, based on guesses about the future. The starting point of the conversation is: When do you want to retire?How much can you save or invest?How long do you expect to live?What do you expect inflation to be over time?What is your risk tolerance?How much money do you need in retirement? No one can legitimately know the answers to these questions. Instead of looking dumb, we make guesses that are nowhere near concrete answers. Prosperity Economics has begun its renaissance as an alternative to typical financial planning.  An increasing number of courageous, conscious, independent thinkers have outgrown typical financial planning.



Prosperity Economics has begun its renaissance as an alternative to typical financial planning.  An increasing number of courageous, conscious, independent thinkers have outgrown typical financial planning.



They resonate with a different financial philosophy that provides more control, certainty, and permission to use their money now.



For them, the financial status quo has been losing its luster.



Its unfulfilled promises and failure to produce economic security have grown increasingly apparent.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



Typical Financial Planning Is Planning to Fail



All around, you notice people who have socked away money in retirement plans who are unable to retire.  They’re working longer because they have to, giving up on the lifestyle they’d hoped for, or fearing running out of money.



You’re told it’s their fault because they haven’t saved enough.



But even the most diligent and disciplined savers have had wealth indiscriminately erased by the fickle tide of the market.



It seems impossible to get ahead, much less to win the financial game.



The incongruences are shocking.  Many tried to ignore it, but you couldn't.  No matter what you do, it seems like you’re swimming against the tide in a system that’s rigged against you.



If you put less away for the future, you end up not having enough in the future.



If you put more away for the future, you end up more worried about losing what you’ve built because of uncertainty and the risk of loss.



Unsettled About Unanswered Questions



You have many looming questions about what you've heard from the media, Wall Street, and the financial planning industry.



You’re not content with feeling out of control.  You don't like closing your eyes and hanging on for the ride, hoping for the best.  You want guarantees and certainty that put you in the driver's seat of your life and destiny.



Isn't that why you started a business in the first place?  To create your future and take the bull by the horns? 



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 57:07
Infinite Banking: Increasing Capital and Cashflow, with Dr. Robert P. Murphy https://themoneyadvantage.com/infinite-banking-cashflow-robert-murphy/ Mon, 11 Dec 2017 17:00:51 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1179 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dYURsXmE2lc Infinite Banking is the perfect savings system for entrepreneurs.  It allows you to emulate the most powerful business model in the world: The Bank!Bob Murphy discusses out-of-the-box strategies that complement the entrepreneur.  He is an economist in an unconventional wrapper. His sense of humor and straight-talk help him convey the most perplexing concepts with elegance and simplicity we can all understand. He’s a free market thinker with the courage to be contrarian. He goes against the grain of the financial and economic status quo that marginalizes entrepreneurs and disregards their primary needs.  Instead, he salutes the nobility of entrepreneurship.  He gives clear-cut guidance on how to fortify their financial footing with cash flow and control of capital. Where Infinite Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System Infinite Banking (Privatized Banking) is just one step in the greater Cash Flow System. Infinite banking is sandwiched between Stage 1, where you’re being more efficient and keeping more money you already make, and Stage 3, where you’re increasing cash flow from your investments. While it’s nestled into Stage 2, Protection, it also improves everything else around it.  Infinite Banking helps you keep more of the money you make in Stage 1, amplify your cash-flowing asset strategy in Stage 3, and accelerate your Time and Money Freedom. Credentials That Have Earned Him Wide Respect Robert P. Murphy is a Research Assistant Professor with the Free Market Institute at Texas Tech University. Along with Tom Woods, he is co-host of the popular podcast “Contra Krugman.” Murphy has a Ph.D. in economics from New York University. He is also Senior Economist with the Institute for Energy Research, Senior Fellow with the Fraser Institute, Senior Fellow at the Mises Institute, and Research Fellow with the Independent Institute. He’s a prolific author and speaker on Austrian economics. Murphy has testified before Congress on energy markets and monetary policy and has given numerous interviews on TV and radio. He is the author of hundreds of articles and several books on economic topics created for the layperson. He publishes (with Carlos Lara) the Lara-Murphy Report, and is co-creator of the IBC Practitioner Program. He’s a member of the board at the Nelson Nash Institute. His works have been published in: The AustrianMises Daily ArticleThe Journal of Libertarian StudiesQuarterly Journal of Austrian EconomicsMises ReviewThe Free MarketReview of Austrian EconomicsSpeeches and Presentations The Interview Highlights The Human Element That Makes Economics Unpredictable Bob makes economics simple and relevant to everyday people making everyday life decisions. While mainstream economics is often confusing, he gives people the tools to understand the world around them and make decisions. Bob starts by casting off a general assumption that economics is fundamentally math.  He brings the human element front and center, writing in his book, Lessons for the Young Economist. “Economics always involves the operation of at least one mind, intelligence that has conscious goals and takes steps to influence the material world in order to achieve those goals.” ~ Bob Murphy Economics has individual actors that you can’t put into a mathematical model.  They aren’t going to consistently do the same thing, like in a science lab.  He says: “Economists face two huge problems: the objects of their study have minds of their own, and it’s much harder to perform a controlled experiment in economics than it is in natural science.” ~ Bob Murphy If you attempt to treat the social sciences like the physical sciences, it gives a false concept of precision.  People are much more complicated than atoms and molecules. Real-world economics has to account for an unknown future, and best equip us to flourish in any environment. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dYURsXmE2lc Infinite Banking is the perfect savings system for entrepreneurs.  It allows you to emulate the most powerful business model in the world: The Bank!Bob Murphy discusses out-of-the-box strategies that comp...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dYURsXmE2lc




Infinite Banking is the perfect savings system for entrepreneurs.  It allows you to emulate the most powerful business model in the world: The Bank!

Bob Murphy discusses out-of-the-box strategies that complement the entrepreneur.  He is an economist in an unconventional wrapper. His sense of humor and straight-talk help him convey the most perplexing concepts with elegance and simplicity we can all understand. He’s a free market thinker with the courage to be contrarian.




He goes against the grain of the financial and economic status quo that marginalizes entrepreneurs and disregards their primary needs.  Instead, he salutes the nobility of entrepreneurship.  He gives clear-cut guidance on how to fortify their financial footing with cash flow and control of capital.







Where Infinite Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System







Infinite Banking (Privatized Banking) is just one step in the greater Cash Flow System.



Infinite banking is sandwiched between Stage 1, where you’re being more efficient and keeping more money you already make, and Stage 3, where you’re increasing cash flow from your investments.



While it’s nestled into Stage 2, Protection, it also improves everything else around it.  Infinite Banking helps you keep more of the money you make in Stage 1, amplify your cash-flowing asset strategy in Stage 3, and accelerate your Time and Money Freedom.



Credentials That Have Earned Him Wide Respect



Robert P. Murphy is a Research Assistant Professor with the Free Market Institute at Texas Tech University. Along with Tom Woods, he is co-host of the popular podcast “Contra Krugman.”



Murphy has a Ph.D. in economics from New York University. He is also Senior Economist with the Institute for Energy Research, Senior Fellow with the Fraser Institute, Senior Fellow at the Mises Institute, and Research Fellow with the Independent Institute.



He’s a prolific author and speaker on Austrian economics.



Murphy has testified before Congress on energy markets and monetary policy and has given numerous interviews on TV and radio. He is the author of hundreds of articles and several books on economic topics created for the layperson.



He publishes (with Carlos Lara) the Lara-Murphy Report, and is co-creator of the IBC Practitioner Program.



He’s a member of the board at the Nelson Nash Institute.



His works have been published in:



* The Austrian* Mises Daily Article* The Journal of Libertarian Studies* Quarterly Journal of Austrian Economics* Mises Review* The Free Market* Review of Austrian Economics* Speeches and Presentations



The Interview Highlights



The Human Element That Makes Economics Unpredictable



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 51:30
Abundance: Philosophy, Principles and Beliefs https://themoneyadvantage.com/abundance-philosophy-principles-beliefs/ Tue, 05 Dec 2017 03:52:06 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1043 Your financial life should have come with the instructions: "For best results, abundance thinking required!"  Your financial results are a direct product of your way of thinking about money.  While it's tempting to jump right into strategies and products and investments, you'll never outperform your mindset.  You are your greatest investment, therefore exponential results are created by an abundance mindset. In the famous Indian fable of the Blind Men and the Elephant, six blind men described an elephant from their perspective.  One said it was like a rope, and another said the elephant was like a tree.  A third said it was like a spear.  The fourth, a snake.  The fifth, a fan.  And finally, the sixth man said it was like a wall. Each man had touched a different part of the elephant, and his experience shaped his understanding. Their limited thinking is evident to us.  But all too often, we, just like each blind man, are unaware of our own finite mindset. Our mindset is intangible and tucked away out of sight, so it’s easy to think it doesn’t require your attention. You can be unaware of it, ignore it, pretend it’s something different, or choose it. Regardless of your level of consciousness around your mindset and beliefs, your mental programming is driving your life. Where an Abundance Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. How We Learn If you want different results than you see today, it’s not enough to change your actions.  You need to expand your mindset. In the elephant story, each man was beholden to his perspective.  They each believed that their own experience was the full interpretation, and it led them to severe errors of judgment.  Not one was willing to learn from each other to broaden his understanding. When it comes to our understanding of the world, we’re each like the blind men. Of all of the available facts in the world, each of us knows some of them.  None of us know them all.  The limited set of facts we have and our interpretation of them form our unique map.  Of the 7 billion people in the world, all of them have a map, and none of them look like yours. This is your belief system.  Unless you're willing to expand your map, nothing new exists for you. When we come into a conversation with people who see differently, it's important to recognize that if we both had the same map, we'd think the same way. When we each defend our own interpretation of the facts, it leads to conflict. The only way you can learn something new is to be willing to step off of your map and onto someone else's. It's not about who's right, but about learning what else is possible. We Don’t Know Everything Here at The Money Advantage, we don't claim to be all-knowing gurus with all the answers. In our life and work, we've seen a specific way of thinking about money that produces the healthiest, most vibrant lives. We'd like to invite you into our understanding about money. What We Do Know is This Let's have a candid discussion about the foundational principles and beliefs that lead to a life of abundance and prosperity. We’re laying a foundation of prosperous thinking in your mo... Your financial life should have come with the instructions: "For best results, abundance thinking required!"  Your financial results are a direct product of your way of thinking about money.  While it's tempting to jump right into strategies and produc... Your financial life should have come with the instructions: "For best results, abundance thinking required!"  Your financial results are a direct product of your way of thinking about money.  While it's tempting to jump right into strategies and products and investments, you'll never outperform your mindset.  You are your greatest investment, therefore exponential results are created by an abundance mindset.







In the famous Indian fable of the Blind Men and the Elephant, six blind men described an elephant from their perspective.  One said it was like a rope, and another said the elephant was like a tree.  A third said it was like a spear.  The fourth, a snake.  The fifth, a fan.  And finally, the sixth man said it was like a wall.



Each man had touched a different part of the elephant, and his experience shaped his understanding.



Their limited thinking is evident to us.  But all too often, we, just like each blind man, are unaware of our own finite mindset.



Our mindset is intangible and tucked away out of sight, so it’s easy to think it doesn’t require your attention.



You can be unaware of it, ignore it, pretend it’s something different, or choose it.



Regardless of your level of consciousness around your mindset and beliefs, your mental programming is driving your life.







Where an Abundance Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



How We Learn



If you want different results than you see today, it’s not enough to change your actions.  You need to expand your mindset.



In the elephant story, each man was beholden to his perspective.  They each believed that their own experience was the full interpretation, and it led them to severe errors of judgment.  Not one was willing to learn from each other to broaden his understanding.



When it comes to our understanding of the world, we’re each like the blind men.



Of all of the available facts in the world, each of us knows some of them.  None of us know them all.  The limited set of facts we have and our interpretation of them form our unique map.  Of the 7 billion people in the world, all of them have a map, and none of them look like yours.



This is your belief system.  Unless you're willing to expand your map, nothing new exists for you.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:15
Just Take Action https://themoneyadvantage.com/just-take-action/ Thu, 09 Nov 2017 04:59:05 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=994 With naivety that makes me laugh now, after having my first child, I thought I'd have so much free time, why not start a business?As much courage as it takes to tell one’s story, it’s also tremendously freeing and empowering. I heard it said that the most important gift we can give is our story.  Every story we hear is a gift because we find ourselves in each other’s stories.  We receive the gift of permission to live out our own story bravely, own it, and share it. I’ll share how I became a cash flow coach, how it’s a part of my family, why I keep going, and why I want to keep growing for my entire life.  More importantly, I’ll tell you about the mindset breakthroughs along the way. I’ll tell you about the ugly mistakes I made during the process.  I hope to encourage you not to give up.  I hope to show you that there are lessons on the other side that are worth every gut-wrenching tear. And I’ll show you how consistently taking action, no matter how imperfect, has been the secret to growth, confidence, and progress. I hope to give you the permission to think differently and grow along with like-minded entrepreneurs. In case you missed it, in the prior episodes, we covered How The Money Advantage Began, and my co-host Bruce's backstory in The Mindset Shift. My Core Strengths Illuminated By an Eclectic History I grew up the oldest of 4 on a farm in Minnesota. Everything I did was with my whole heart, with a grand, epic meaning. I was involved in 4-H throughout grade school. At 12 years old, on one of my project folders I defined 4-H: … a window into greater levels of knowledge, determination, personal development, perseverance and effort which involves making friends, learning new skills, and having fun. I rode horses and competed at the state level in barrel racing.  This taught me alot about dedication, hard work, and being coachable. At 17, I moved 1,300 miles away from home to join a ministry training program.  We traveled across the nation, leading youth conferences. I joined the administrative staff of my church and led a team of 90 volunteers, and learned that I loved inspiring people to work together.  Through writing training curriculum, I developed the ability to teach. After I married Lucas in 2006, I finished out a bachelor’s degree in psychology and business.  I was drawn to marriage and family therapy.  In college, I discovered my aptitude for accounting and was offered a paid scholarship to make it my major.  I turned it down, thinking I wouldn’t be interested in “crunching numbers.” Out of college, I landed a career in business and human resource management.  Training and development was my strength, and I thrived in building relationships that drew out the potential of others and inspiring teamwork.  I learned that leadership and influence didn’t have to come from a company title or a supervisory position. The Intrigue of Entrepreneurship I can point back to an eighth-grade introduction to Robert Kiyosaki’s Rich Dad Poor Dad, and the Cashflow Game, as the first seed of entrepreneurship in my life. I wanted to understand investing and business ownership that made money and created financial freedom. The desire lay dormant for several years and resurfaced when Lucas and I were dating. We’d have long conversations about what we wanted to do in the future.  We weighed and researched many options, from starting a computer services company, to a coffeehouse, to buying a franchise like a Subway or a cleaning company. At the time, we didn’t know much about our unique abilities or how to best use our strengths.  Our main motivation was to build a business that would help us personally create cash flow and financial freedom. The Silly Idea That Got Us Started Five years after we were married, we welcomed our daughter into the world.  Overnight, I went from full-time employee to full-time stay-at-home mom. With naivety that makes me laugh now, after having my first child, I thought I'd have so much free time, why not start a business?As much courage as it takes to tell one’s story, it’s also tremendously freeing and empowering. With naivety that makes me laugh now, after having my first child, I thought I'd have so much free time, why not start a business?

As much courage as it takes to tell one’s story, it’s also tremendously freeing and empowering.








I heard it said that the most important gift we can give is our story.  Every story we hear is a gift because we find ourselves in each other’s stories.  We receive the gift of permission to live out our own story bravely, own it, and share it.



I’ll share how I became a cash flow coach, how it’s a part of my family, why I keep going, and why I want to keep growing for my entire life.  More importantly, I’ll tell you about the mindset breakthroughs along the way.



I’ll tell you about the ugly mistakes I made during the process.  I hope to encourage you not to give up.  I hope to show you that there are lessons on the other side that are worth every gut-wrenching tear.



And I’ll show you how consistently taking action, no matter how imperfect, has been the secret to growth, confidence, and progress.



I hope to give you the permission to think differently and grow along with like-minded entrepreneurs.







In case you missed it, in the prior episodes, we covered How The Money Advantage Began, and my co-host Bruce's backstory in The Mindset Shift.



My Core Strengths Illuminated By an Eclectic History



I grew up the oldest of 4 on a farm in Minnesota.



Everything I did was with my whole heart, with a grand, epic meaning.



I was involved in 4-H throughout grade school. At 12 years old, on one of my project folders I defined 4-H:



… a window into greater levels of knowledge, determination, personal development, perseverance and effort which involves making friends, learning new skills, and having fun.



I rode horses and competed at the state level in barrel racing.  This taught me alot about dedication, hard work, and being coachable.



At 17, I moved 1,300 miles away from home to join a ministry training program.  We traveled across the nation, leading youth conferences.



I joined the administrative staff of my church and led a team of 90 volunteers, and learned that I loved inspiring people to work together.  Through writing training curriculum, I developed the ability to teach.



After I married Lucas in 2006, I finished out a bachelor’s degree in psychology and business.  I was drawn to marriage and family therapy.  In college, I discovered my aptitude for accounting and was offered a paid scholarship to make it my major.  I turned it down, thinking I wouldn’t be interested in “crunching numbers.”



Out of college, I landed a career in business and human resource management.  Training and development was my strength, and I thrived in building relationships that drew out the potential of others and inspiring teamwork.  I learned that leadership and influence didn’t have to come from a company title or a supervisory position.



The Intrigue of Entrepreneurship



I can point back to an eighth-grade introduction to Robert Kiyosaki’s Rich Dad Poor Dad, and the Cashflow Game,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 40:13
The Mindset Shift https://themoneyadvantage.com/mindset-shift/ Wed, 08 Nov 2017 03:54:12 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=917 At 25 years old, Bruce had chest pains and thought he was having a heart attack.  The crisis caused him to face his own mortality.  He re-evaluated the nobility of hard work, pushing himself, and hustling.Bruce’s backstory highlights two strategic mindset shifts that have developed him into the person he is today. Because of his experience, he has become a giver with the keen ability to add value to his clients’ lives.The first shift was a decision not to be dependent on another person or entity for his livelihood.The second shift was the move from transactional selling to truly delivering value.Bruce’s early life experiences in business and entrepreneurship led him to embrace business ownership as a way of life.  Because he understands the business culture and unique challenges owners face, he serves them with tremendous value. His perspective and insights are what have allowed him to personally take thousands of clients through a financial discovery process.  His objective is to put the client in control of their own financial destiny. We hope that you will find yourself in his story and that his transparent honesty will validate your own experiences. In case you missed it, in the prior episode, we discussed How The Money Advantage Began. The Prevailing Culture of Dependence Bruce grew up during the ‘60s and ‘70s.  During the years of the Vietnam War conflict in the '60s, the US economy was struggling.  This was an influential time for Bruce as he watched the birth of entitlement programs. Additionally, in the pre-World War II timeframe, as the industrial revolution began, the economy shifted from being dominated by small businesses, to one driven by corporations and employees. Together, these changes caused people to develop a mindset of dependence on the government and corporations. The Early Influence of His Father’s Business Despite the backdrop of dependence that surrounded him, Bruce learned about business ownership at a very young age. He was the child of German immigrants. His father, like many others in the immigrant community, owned a business. From working in his father’s Shell Service Station, Bruce learned about the value of hard work and the necessity of innovation. He watched his Dad build a self-sustaining business.  His dad developed a team and had the flexibility to leave the business and have it continue to operate. As a child, he remembers working long hours in the gas station, often from 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. The Need for Innovation During Creative Destruction The Oil Embargo of 1975-1976 and Missouri’s Blue Laws restricted his father’s ability to operate his business. This brought about creative destruction, shifting the industry from true service to self-service and convenience.  Service stations used to include pumping gas for people, tire rotation, windshield washing, checking the radiator and fan belts.  To stay competitive, merchants had to mark down the gas.  They provided gas as a loss leader and added convenience items to bring in profit. Bruce’s father couldn't expand into the convenience model because his station was landlocked.  He was unable to ride the wave of change and stay profitable in the new environment and lost his business as a result. The Undercurrent of a Scarcity Mindset As Bruce looks back, he notices the fear that shrouded his father’s entrepreneurial activities.  Business was a grind, and the hard work and long hours were esteemed.  Business was not something you could enjoy and find true meaning and fulfillment in. His family and community believed in never owing anyone, business ownership, taking care of yourself, and living frugally. Additionally, there was a trend in the Baby Boomer generation that it was taboo to talk about money.  As a result, they didn't pass on knowledge to the next generation. In spite of it being a forbidden topic, Bruce was curious about money. One day, At 25 years old, Bruce had chest pains and thought he was having a heart attack.  The crisis caused him to face his own mortality.  He re-evaluated the nobility of hard work, pushing himself, and hustling.Bruce’s backstory highlights two strategic mind...



At 25 years old, Bruce had chest pains and thought he was having a heart attack.  The crisis caused him to face his own mortality.  He re-evaluated the nobility of hard work, pushing himself, and hustling.

Bruce’s backstory highlights two strategic mindset shifts that have developed him into the person he is today. Because of his experience, he has become a giver with the keen ability to add value to his clients’ lives.

The first shift was a decision not to be dependent on another person or entity for his livelihood.

The second shift was the move from transactional selling to truly delivering value.

Bruce’s early life experiences in business and entrepreneurship led him to embrace business ownership as a way of life.  Because he understands the business culture and unique challenges owners face, he serves them with tremendous value.




His perspective and insights are what have allowed him to personally take thousands of clients through a financial discovery process.  His objective is to put the client in control of their own financial destiny.



We hope that you will find yourself in his story and that his transparent honesty will validate your own experiences.







In case you missed it, in the prior episode, we discussed How The Money Advantage Began.



The Prevailing Culture of Dependence



Bruce grew up during the ‘60s and ‘70s.  During the years of the Vietnam War conflict in the '60s, the US economy was struggling.  This was an influential time for Bruce as he watched the birth of entitlement programs.



Additionally, in the pre-World War II timeframe, as the industrial revolution began, the economy shifted from being dominated by small businesses, to one driven by corporations and employees.



Together, these changes caused people to develop a mindset of dependence on the government and corporations.



The Early Influence of His Father’s Business



Despite the backdrop of dependence that surrounded him, Bruce learned about business ownership at a very young age.



He was the child of German immigrants. His father, like many others in the immigrant community, owned a business.



From working in his father’s Shell Service Station, Bruce learned about the value of hard work and the necessity of innovation.



He watched his Dad build a self-sustaining business.  His dad developed a team and had the flexibility to leave the business and have it continue to operate.



As a child, he remembers working long hours in the gas station, often from 6 a.m. to 9 p.m.



The Need for Innovation During Creative Destruction



The Oil Embargo of 1975-1976 and Missouri’s Blue Laws restricted his father’s ability to operate his business.



This brought about creative destruction, shifting the industry from true service to self-service and convenience.  Service stations used to include pumping gas for people, tire rotation, windshield washing, checking the radiator and fan belts.  To stay competitive, merchants had to mark down the gas.  They provided gas as a loss leader and added convenience items to bring in profit.



Bruce’s father couldn't expand into the convenience model because his station was landlocked.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 38:32
How The Money Advantage Began https://themoneyadvantage.com/how-the-money-advantage-began/ Wed, 08 Nov 2017 01:15:36 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=899 The Money Advantage was born out of unexpected collaboration in the most unlikely of circumstances. Three financial service professionals in an industry known for its undercurrent of competition, from across state lines, different companies, different levels of experience, and different generations.With the common ground of a desire to bring empowering education to business owners to help them keep and control more of their money, a Go-Giver spirit, a willingness to say yes to the unknown and live it as an adventure, and a little dream to start a podcast and the surprising ignition switch that made it happen.I’ll tell you the story of how we met, why we’ve continued to build a collaborative relationship, why we’ve teamed up to deliver The Money Advantage to you, and what you can expect as a result. The Reason We Met Bruce Wehner’s organization, e3 Wealth, based in St. Louis, Missouri, had become disenfranchised with financial services industry. They saw how difficult it was for a person to get consistent financial advice from their CPA, investment advisor, insurance broker, and mortgage professional, who often worked independently, not collaboratively. They engaged in a mission to transform the financial industry, building a teamwork model across professionals. The objective was to foster relationships with like-minded financial professionals, to share best practices and best empower clients. They partnered with the Nelson Nash Institute to create the Freedom Advisor Live event as a step towards building this vision. My husband, Lucas and I, wealth strategists in Virginia, heard about the event through the Nelson Nash Institute.  When we listened to their teleconferences, we discovered a team doing the same work, that had much more experience. We booked plane tickets and attended the first Freedom Advisor event in November 2015 with the desire to find mentors. It Was the Start of a Collaborative Working Relationship We took immediate action on the lessons we learned, changing most of our client process. One of the changes was implementing a financial picture process with our clients. As I worked with clients, I discussed our recommendations with Bruce to gain further insight.  As a result, we had frequent conversations over the two years that followed. How The Money Advantage Was Born One of the many areas of common ground was that Bruce and I are educators by nature. We both believe in the power of education to give people the confidence to make decisions. Bruce had the experience of sitting down with over 4,000 clients.  One of his unique abilities is strategic thinking.  Through his volume of real-life experience, he has developed the skill to lead clients in thinking exercises that support clear decision-making. My unique ability is communicating complex ideas in a way that’s fun, simple and doable.  I’m able to put ideas down on paper and into a process and communicate them in a way that helps people come to their own conclusions.  I'd been creating video and blog content for over a year, and wanted to produce higher quality educational content with more depth and context. I had been creating video and blog content for over a year, and I saw podcasting as the next step to produce higher quality educational content with more depth and context. Even though it was my desire to start a podcast, it was my husband Lucas that made it happen.  On a hunch, he called up Bruce and asked if he would co-host a show with me. Bruce said yes! Imagine my surprise when I stood face to face with my dream. It was for now, not someday… Lucas and I believed that partnership with Bruce was just what was needed to increase the quality of the conversation. It was the impetus that put everything in motion to deliver The Money Advantage to you today. The State of the Financial Services Industry We recognize that there’s so much noise in the financial industry today.  Do this. The Money Advantage was born out of unexpected collaboration in the most unlikely of circumstances. Three financial service professionals in an industry known for its undercurrent of competition, from across state lines, different companies,



The Money Advantage was born out of unexpected collaboration in the most unlikely of circumstances. Three financial service professionals in an industry known for its undercurrent of competition, from across state lines, different companies, different levels of experience, and different generations.

With the common ground of a desire to bring empowering education to business owners to help them keep and control more of their money, a Go-Giver spirit, a willingness to say yes to the unknown and live it as an adventure, and a little dream to start a podcast and the surprising ignition switch that made it happen.

I’ll tell you the story of how we met, why we’ve continued to build a collaborative relationship, why we’ve teamed up to deliver The Money Advantage to you, and what you can expect as a result.








The Reason We Met



Bruce Wehner’s organization, e3 Wealth, based in St. Louis, Missouri, had become disenfranchised with financial services industry.



They saw how difficult it was for a person to get consistent financial advice from their CPA, investment advisor, insurance broker, and mortgage professional, who often worked independently, not collaboratively.



They engaged in a mission to transform the financial industry, building a teamwork model across professionals. The objective was to foster relationships with like-minded financial professionals, to share best practices and best empower clients.



They partnered with the Nelson Nash Institute to create the Freedom Advisor Live event as a step towards building this vision.



My husband, Lucas and I, wealth strategists in Virginia, heard about the event through the Nelson Nash Institute.  When we listened to their teleconferences, we discovered a team doing the same work, that had much more experience.



We booked plane tickets and attended the first Freedom Advisor event in November 2015 with the desire to find mentors.



It Was the Start of a Collaborative Working Relationship



We took immediate action on the lessons we learned, changing most of our client process. One of the changes was implementing a financial picture process with our clients. As I worked with clients, I discussed our recommendations with Bruce to gain further insight.  As a result, we had frequent conversations over the two years that followed.



How The Money Advantage Was Born



One of the many areas of common ground was that Bruce and I are educators by nature. We both believe in the power of education to give people the confidence to make decisions.



Bruce had the experience of sitting down with over 4,000 clients.  One of his unique abilities is strategic thinking.  Through his volume of real-life experience, he has developed the skill to lead clients in thinking exercises that support clear decision-making.



My unique ability is communicating complex ideas in a way that’s fun, simple and doable.  I’m able to put ideas down on paper and into a process and communicate them in a way that helps people come to their own conclusions.  I'd been creating video and blog content for over a year, and wanted to produce higher quality educational content with more depth and context.



I had been creating video and blog content for over a year, and I saw podcasting as the next step to produce higher quali...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 29:22